MKE15Z7

ACMP: Analog Comparator Driver

void ACMP_Init(CMP_Type *base, const acmp_config_t *config)

Initializes the ACMP.

The default configuration can be got by calling ACMP_GetDefaultConfig().

Parameters:

base – ACMP peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to ACMP configuration structure.

void ACMP_Deinit(CMP_Type *base)

Deinitializes the ACMP.

Parameters:

base – ACMP peripheral base address.

void ACMP_GetDefaultConfig(acmp_config_t *config)

Gets the default configuration for ACMP.

This function initializes the user configuration structure to default value. The default value are:

Example:

config->enableHighSpeed = false;
config->enableInvertOutput = false;
config->useUnfilteredOutput = false;
config->enablePinOut = false;
config->enableHysteresisBothDirections = false;
config->hysteresisMode = kACMP_hysteresisMode0;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to ACMP configuration structure.

void ACMP_Enable(CMP_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the ACMP.

Parameters:

base – ACMP peripheral base address.
enable – True to enable the ACMP.

void ACMP_EnableLinkToDAC(CMP_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables the link from CMP to DAC enable.

When this bit is set, the DAC enable/disable is controlled by the bit CMP_C0[EN] instead of CMP_C1[DACEN].

Parameters:

base – ACMP peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the feature or not.

void ACMP_SetChannelConfig(CMP_Type *base, const acmp_channel_config_t *config)

Sets the channel configuration.

Note that the plus/minus mux’s setting is only valid when the positive/negative port’s input isn’t from DAC but from channel mux.

Example:

acmp_channel_config_t configStruct = {0};
configStruct.positivePortInput = kACMP_PortInputFromDAC;
configStruct.negativePortInput = kACMP_PortInputFromMux;
configStruct.minusMuxInput = 1U;
ACMP_SetChannelConfig(CMP0, &configStruct);

Parameters:

base – ACMP peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to channel configuration structure.

void ACMP_EnableDMA(CMP_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables DMA.

Parameters:

base – ACMP peripheral base address.
enable – True to enable DMA.

void ACMP_EnableWindowMode(CMP_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables window mode.

Parameters:

base – ACMP peripheral base address.
enable – True to enable window mode.

void ACMP_SetFilterConfig(CMP_Type *base, const acmp_filter_config_t *config)

Configures the filter.

The filter can be enabled when the filter count is bigger than 1, the filter period is greater than 0 and the sample clock is from divided bus clock or the filter is bigger than 1 and the sample clock is from external clock. Detailed usage can be got from the reference manual.

Example:

acmp_filter_config_t configStruct = {0};
configStruct.filterCount = 5U;
configStruct.filterPeriod = 200U;
configStruct.enableSample = false;
ACMP_SetFilterConfig(CMP0, &configStruct);

Parameters:

base – ACMP peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to filter configuration structure.

void ACMP_SetDACConfig(CMP_Type *base, const acmp_dac_config_t *config)

Configures the internal DAC.

Example:

acmp_dac_config_t configStruct = {0};
configStruct.referenceVoltageSource = kACMP_VrefSourceVin1;
configStruct.DACValue = 20U;
configStruct.enableOutput = false;
configStruct.workMode = kACMP_DACWorkLowSpeedMode;
ACMP_SetDACConfig(CMP0, &configStruct);

Parameters:

base – ACMP peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to DAC configuration structure. “NULL” is for disabling the feature.

void ACMP_SetRoundRobinConfig(CMP_Type *base, const acmp_round_robin_config_t *config)

Configures the round robin mode.

Example:

acmp_round_robin_config_t configStruct = {0};
configStruct.fixedPort = kACMP_FixedPlusPort;
configStruct.fixedChannelNumber = 3U;
configStruct.checkerChannelMask = 0xF7U;
configStruct.sampleClockCount = 0U;
configStruct.delayModulus = 0U;
ACMP_SetRoundRobinConfig(CMP0, &configStruct);

Parameters:

base – ACMP peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to round robin mode configuration structure. “NULL” is for disabling the feature.

void ACMP_SetRoundRobinPreState(CMP_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Defines the pre-set state of channels in round robin mode.

Note: The pre-state has different circuit with get-round-robin-result in the SOC even though they are same bits. So get-round-robin-result can’t return the same value as the value are set by pre-state.

Parameters:

base – ACMP peripheral base address.
mask – Mask of round robin channel index. Available range is channel0:0x01 to channel7:0x80.

static inline uint32_t ACMP_GetRoundRobinStatusFlags(CMP_Type *base)

Gets the channel input changed flags in round robin mode.

Parameters:

base – ACMP peripheral base address.

Returns:

Mask of channel input changed asserted flags. Available range is channel0:0x01 to channel7:0x80.

void ACMP_ClearRoundRobinStatusFlags(CMP_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the channel input changed flags in round robin mode.

Parameters:

base – ACMP peripheral base address.
mask – Mask of channel index. Available range is channel0:0x01 to channel7:0x80.

static inline uint32_t ACMP_GetRoundRobinResult(CMP_Type *base)

Gets the round robin result.

Note that the set-pre-state has different circuit with get-round-robin-result in the SOC even though they are same bits. So ACMP_GetRoundRobinResult() can’t return the same value as the value are set by ACMP_SetRoundRobinPreState.

Parameters:

base – ACMP peripheral base address.

Returns:

Mask of round robin channel result. Available range is channel0:0x01 to channel7:0x80.

void ACMP_EnableInterrupts(CMP_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables interrupts.

Parameters:

base – ACMP peripheral base address.
mask – Interrupts mask. See “_acmp_interrupt_enable”.

void ACMP_DisableInterrupts(CMP_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables interrupts.

Parameters:

base – ACMP peripheral base address.
mask – Interrupts mask. See “_acmp_interrupt_enable”.

uint32_t ACMP_GetStatusFlags(CMP_Type *base)

Gets status flags.

Parameters:

base – ACMP peripheral base address.

Returns:

Status flags asserted mask. See “_acmp_status_flags”.

void ACMP_ClearStatusFlags(CMP_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears status flags.

Parameters:

base – ACMP peripheral base address.
mask – Status flags mask. See “_acmp_status_flags”.

void ACMP_SetDiscreteModeConfig(CMP_Type *base, const acmp_discrete_mode_config_t *config)

Configure the discrete mode.

Configure the discrete mode when supporting 3V domain with 1.8V core.

Parameters:

base – ACMP peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to configuration structure. See “acmp_discrete_mode_config_t”.

void ACMP_GetDefaultDiscreteModeConfig(acmp_discrete_mode_config_t *config)

Get the default configuration for discrete mode setting.

Parameters:

config – Pointer to configuration structure to be restored with the setting values.

FSL_ACMP_DRIVER_VERSION: ACMP driver version 2.3.0.

enum _acmp_interrupt_enable

Interrupt enable/disable mask.

Values:

enumerator kACMP_OutputRisingInterruptEnable: Enable the interrupt when comparator outputs rising.

enumerator kACMP_OutputFallingInterruptEnable: Enable the interrupt when comparator outputs falling.

enumerator kACMP_RoundRobinInterruptEnable: Enable the Round-Robin interrupt.

enum _acmp_status_flags

Status flag mask.

Values:

enumerator kACMP_OutputRisingEventFlag: Rising-edge on compare output has occurred.

enumerator kACMP_OutputFallingEventFlag: Falling-edge on compare output has occurred.

enumerator kACMP_OutputAssertEventFlag: Return the current value of the analog comparator output.

enum _acmp_offset_mode

Comparator hard block offset control.

If OFFSET level is 1, then there is no hysteresis in the case of positive port input crossing negative port input in the positive direction (or negative port input crossing positive port input in the negative direction). Hysteresis still exists for positive port input crossing negative port input in the falling direction. If OFFSET level is 0, then the hysteresis selected by acmp_hysteresis_mode_t is valid for both directions.

Values:

enumerator kACMP_OffsetLevel0: The comparator hard block output has level 0 offset internally.

enumerator kACMP_OffsetLevel1: The comparator hard block output has level 1 offset internally.

enum _acmp_hysteresis_mode

Comparator hard block hysteresis control.

See chip data sheet to get the actual hysteresis value with each level.

Values:

enumerator kACMP_HysteresisLevel0: Offset is level 0 and Hysteresis is level 0.

enumerator kACMP_HysteresisLevel1: Offset is level 0 and Hysteresis is level 1.

enumerator kACMP_HysteresisLevel2: Offset is level 0 and Hysteresis is level 2.

enumerator kACMP_HysteresisLevel3: Offset is level 0 and Hysteresis is level 3.

enum _acmp_reference_voltage_source

CMP Voltage Reference source.

Values:

enumerator kACMP_VrefSourceVin1: Vin1 is selected as resistor ladder network supply reference Vin.

enumerator kACMP_VrefSourceVin2: Vin2 is selected as resistor ladder network supply reference Vin.

enum _acmp_port_input

Port input source.

Values:

enumerator kACMP_PortInputFromDAC: Port input from the 8-bit DAC output.

enumerator kACMP_PortInputFromMux: Port input from the analog 8-1 mux.

enum _acmp_fixed_port

Fixed mux port.

Values:

enumerator kACMP_FixedPlusPort: Only the inputs to the Minus port are swept in each round.

enumerator kACMP_FixedMinusPort: Only the inputs to the Plus port are swept in each round.

enum _acmp_dac_work_mode

Internal DAC’s work mode.

Values:

enumerator kACMP_DACWorkLowSpeedMode: DAC is selected to work in low speed and low power mode.

enumerator kACMP_DACWorkHighSpeedMode: DAC is selected to work in high speed high power mode.

enum _acmp_discrete_clock_source

Discrete mode clock selection.

Values:

enumerator kACMP_DiscreteClockSlow: Slow clock (32kHz) is used as the discrete mode clock.

enumerator kACMP_DiscreteClockFast: Fast clock (16-20MHz) is used as the discrete mode clock.

enum _acmp_discrete_sample_time

ACMP discrete sample selection. These values configures the analog comparator sampling timing (speicified by the discrete mode clock period T which is selected by acmp_discrete_clock_source_t) in discrete mode.

Values:

enumerator kACMP_DiscreteSampleTimeAs1T: The sampling time equals to 1xT.

enumerator kACMP_DiscreteSampleTimeAs2T: The sampling time equals to 2xT.

enumerator kACMP_DiscreteSampleTimeAs4T: The sampling time equals to 4xT.

enumerator kACMP_DiscreteSampleTimeAs8T: The sampling time equals to 8xT.

enumerator kACMP_DiscreteSampleTimeAs16T: The sampling time equals to 16xT.

enumerator kACMP_DiscreteSampleTimeAs32T: The sampling time equals to 32xT.

enumerator kACMP_DiscreteSampleTimeAs64T: The sampling time equals to 64xT.

enumerator kACMP_DiscreteSampleTimeAs256T: The sampling time equals to 256xT.

enum _acmp_discrete_phase_time

ACMP discrete phase time selection. There are two phases for sampling input signals, phase 1 and phase 2.

Values:

enumerator kACMP_DiscretePhaseTimeAlt0: The phase x active in one sampling selection 0.

enumerator kACMP_DiscretePhaseTimeAlt1: The phase x active in one sampling selection 1.

enumerator kACMP_DiscretePhaseTimeAlt2: The phase x active in one sampling selection 2.

enumerator kACMP_DiscretePhaseTimeAlt3: The phase x active in one sampling selection 3.

enumerator kACMP_DiscretePhaseTimeAlt4: The phase x active in one sampling selection 4.

enumerator kACMP_DiscretePhaseTimeAlt5: The phase x active in one sampling selection 5.

enumerator kACMP_DiscretePhaseTimeAlt6: The phase x active in one sampling selection 6.

enumerator kACMP_DiscretePhaseTimeAlt7: The phase x active in one sampling selection 7.

typedef enum _acmp_offset_mode acmp_offset_mode_t

Comparator hard block offset control.

If OFFSET level is 1, then there is no hysteresis in the case of positive port input crossing negative port input in the positive direction (or negative port input crossing positive port input in the negative direction). Hysteresis still exists for positive port input crossing negative port input in the falling direction. If OFFSET level is 0, then the hysteresis selected by acmp_hysteresis_mode_t is valid for both directions.

typedef enum _acmp_hysteresis_mode acmp_hysteresis_mode_t

Comparator hard block hysteresis control.

See chip data sheet to get the actual hysteresis value with each level.

typedef enum _acmp_reference_voltage_source acmp_reference_voltage_source_t: CMP Voltage Reference source.

typedef enum _acmp_port_input acmp_port_input_t: Port input source.

typedef enum _acmp_fixed_port acmp_fixed_port_t: Fixed mux port.

typedef enum _acmp_dac_work_mode acmp_dac_work_mode_t: Internal DAC’s work mode.

typedef struct _acmp_config acmp_config_t: Configuration for ACMP.

typedef struct _acmp_channel_config acmp_channel_config_t

Configuration for channel.

The comparator’s port can be input from channel mux or DAC. If port input is from channel mux, detailed channel number for the mux should be configured.

typedef struct _acmp_filter_config acmp_filter_config_t: Configuration for filter.

typedef struct _acmp_dac_config acmp_dac_config_t: Configuration for DAC.

typedef struct _acmp_round_robin_config acmp_round_robin_config_t: Configuration for round robin mode.

typedef enum _acmp_discrete_clock_source acmp_discrete_clock_source_t: Discrete mode clock selection.

typedef enum _acmp_discrete_sample_time acmp_discrete_sample_time_t: ACMP discrete sample selection. These values configures the analog comparator sampling timing (speicified by the discrete mode clock period T which is selected by acmp_discrete_clock_source_t) in discrete mode.

typedef enum _acmp_discrete_phase_time acmp_discrete_phase_time_t: ACMP discrete phase time selection. There are two phases for sampling input signals, phase 1 and phase 2.

typedef struct _acmp_discrete_mode_config acmp_discrete_mode_config_t: Configuration for discrete mode.

CMP_C0_CFx_MASK: The mask of status flags cleared by writing 1.

CMP_C1_CHNn_MASK

CMP_C2_CHnF_MASK

struct _acmp_config

#include <fsl_acmp.h>

Configuration for ACMP.

Public Members

acmp_offset_mode_t offsetMode: Offset mode.

acmp_hysteresis_mode_t hysteresisMode: Hysteresis mode.

bool enableHighSpeed: Enable High Speed (HS) comparison mode.

bool enableInvertOutput: Enable inverted comparator output.

bool useUnfilteredOutput: Set compare output(COUT) to equal COUTA(true) or COUT(false).

bool enablePinOut: The comparator output is available on the associated pin.

struct _acmp_channel_config

#include <fsl_acmp.h>

Configuration for channel.

The comparator’s port can be input from channel mux or DAC. If port input is from channel mux, detailed channel number for the mux should be configured.

Public Members

acmp_port_input_t positivePortInput: Input source of the comparator’s positive port.

uint32_t plusMuxInput: Plus mux input channel(0~7).

acmp_port_input_t negativePortInput: Input source of the comparator’s negative port.

uint32_t minusMuxInput: Minus mux input channel(0~7).

struct _acmp_filter_config

#include <fsl_acmp.h>

Configuration for filter.

Public Members

bool enableSample: Using external SAMPLE as sampling clock input, or using divided bus clock.

uint32_t filterCount: Filter Sample Count. Available range is 1-7, 0 would cause the filter disabled.

uint32_t filterPeriod: Filter Sample Period. The divider to bus clock. Available range is 0-255.

struct _acmp_dac_config

#include <fsl_acmp.h>

Configuration for DAC.

Public Members

acmp_reference_voltage_source_t referenceVoltageSource: Supply voltage reference source.

uint32_t DACValue: Value for DAC Output Voltage. Available range is 0-255.

bool enableOutput: Enable the DAC output.

struct _acmp_round_robin_config

#include <fsl_acmp.h>

Configuration for round robin mode.

Public Members

acmp_fixed_port_t fixedPort: Fixed mux port.

uint32_t fixedChannelNumber: Indicates which channel is fixed in the fixed mux port.

uint32_t checkerChannelMask: Mask of checker channel index. Available range is channel0:0x01 to channel7:0x80 for round-robin checker.

uint32_t sampleClockCount: Specifies how many round-robin clock cycles(0~3) later the sample takes place.

uint32_t delayModulus: Comparator and DAC initialization delay modulus.

struct _acmp_discrete_mode_config

#include <fsl_acmp.h>

Configuration for discrete mode.

Public Members

bool enablePositiveChannelDiscreteMode: Positive Channel Continuous Mode Enable. By default, the continuous mode is used.

bool enableNegativeChannelDiscreteMode: Negative Channel Continuous Mode Enable. By default, the continuous mode is used.

bool enableResistorDivider: Resistor Divider Enable is used to enable the resistor divider for the inputs when they come from 3v domain and their values are above 1.8v.

acmp_discrete_clock_source_t clockSource: Select the clock source in order to generate the requiried timing for comparator to work in discrete mode.

acmp_discrete_sample_time_t sampleTime: Select the ACMP total sampling time period.

acmp_discrete_phase_time_t phase1Time: Select the ACMP phase 1 sampling time.

acmp_discrete_phase_time_t phase2Time: Select the ACMP phase 2 sampling time.

ADC12: Analog-to-Digital Converter

void ADC12_Init(ADC_Type *base, const adc12_config_t *config)

Initialize the ADC12 module.

Parameters:

base – ADC12 peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to “adc12_config_t” structure.

void ADC12_Deinit(ADC_Type *base)

De-initialize the ADC12 module.

Parameters:

base – ADC12 peripheral base address.

void ADC12_GetDefaultConfig(adc12_config_t *config)

Gets an available pre-defined settings for converter’s configuration.

This function initializes the converter configuration structure with an available settings. The default values are:

Example:

config->referenceVoltageSource = kADC12_ReferenceVoltageSourceVref;
config->clockSource = kADC12_ClockSourceAlt0;
config->clockDivider = kADC12_ClockDivider1;
config->resolution = kADC12_Resolution8Bit;
config->sampleClockCount = 12U;
config->enableContinuousConversion = false;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to “adc12_config_t” structure.

void ADC12_SetChannelConfig(ADC_Type *base, uint32_t channelGroup, const adc12_channel_config_t *config)

Configure the conversion channel.

This operation triggers the conversion in software trigger mode. In hardware trigger mode, this API configures the channel while the external trigger source helps to trigger the conversion.

Note that the “Channel Group” has a detailed description. To allow sequential conversions of the ADC to be triggered by internal peripherals, the ADC can have more than one group of status and control register, one for each conversion. The channel group parameter indicates which group of registers are used, channel group 0 is for Group A registers and channel group 1 is for Group B registers. The channel groups are used in a “ping-pong” approach to control the ADC operation. At any time, only one of the channel groups is actively controlling ADC conversions. Channel group 0 is used for both software and hardware trigger modes of operation. Channel groups 1 and greater indicate potentially multiple channel group registers for use only in hardware trigger mode. See the chip configuration information in the MCU reference manual about the number of SC1n registers (channel groups) specific to this device. None of the channel groups 1 or greater are used for software trigger operation and therefore writes to these channel groups do not initiate a new conversion. Updating channel group 0 while a different channel group is actively controlling a conversion is allowed and vice versa. Writing any of the channel group registers while that specific channel group is actively controlling a conversion aborts the current conversion.

Parameters:

base – ADC12 peripheral base address.
channelGroup – Channel group index.
config – Pointer to “adc12_channel_config_t” structure.

static inline uint32_t ADC12_GetChannelConversionValue(ADC_Type *base, uint32_t channelGroup)

Get the conversion value.

Parameters:

base – ADC12 peripheral base address.
channelGroup – Channel group index.

Returns:

Conversion value.

uint32_t ADC12_GetChannelStatusFlags(ADC_Type *base, uint32_t channelGroup)

Get the status flags of channel.

Parameters:

base – ADC12 peripheral base address.
channelGroup – Channel group index.

Returns:

Flags’ mask if indicated flags are asserted. See to “_adc12_channel_status_flags”.

status_t ADC12_DoAutoCalibration(ADC_Type *base)

Automate the hardware calibration.

This auto calibration helps to adjust the gain automatically according to the converter’s working environment. Execute the calibration before conversion. Note that the software trigger should be used during calibration.

Parameters:

base – ADC12 peripheral base address.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Calibration is done successfully.
kStatus_Fail – Calibration is failed.

static inline void ADC12_SetOffsetValue(ADC_Type *base, uint32_t value)

Set the offset value for the conversion result.

This offset value takes effect on the conversion result. If the offset value is not zero, the conversion result is substracted by it.

Parameters:

base – ADC12 peripheral base address.
value – Offset value.

static inline void ADC12_SetGainValue(ADC_Type *base, uint32_t value)

Set the gain value for the conversion result.

This gain value takes effect on the conversion result. If the gain value is not zero, the conversion result is amplified as it.

Parameters:

base – ADC12 peripheral base address.
value – Gain value.

static inline void ADC12_EnableDMA(ADC_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable generating the DMA trigger when conversion is completed.

Parameters:

base – ADC12 peripheral base address.
enable – Switcher of DMA feature. “true” means to enable, “false” means to disable.

static inline void ADC12_EnableHardwareTrigger(ADC_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable of disable the hardware trigger mode.

Parameters:

base – ADC12 peripheral base address.
enable – Switcher of hardware trigger feature. “true” means to enable, “false” means not.

void ADC12_SetHardwareCompareConfig(ADC_Type *base, const adc12_hardware_compare_config_t *config)

Configure the hardware compare mode.

The hardware compare mode provides a way to process the conversion result automatically by hardware. Only the result in compare range is available. To compare the range, see “adc12_hardware_compare_mode_t”, or the reference manual document for more detailed information.

Parameters:

base – ADC12 peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to “adc12_hardware_compare_config_t” structure. Pass “NULL” to disable the feature.

void ADC12_SetHardwareAverage(ADC_Type *base, adc12_hardware_average_mode_t mode)

Set the hardware average mode.

Hardware average mode provides a way to process the conversion result automatically by hardware. The multiple conversion results are accumulated and averaged internally. This aids to get more accurate conversion result.

Parameters:

base – ADC12 peripheral base address.
mode – Setting hardware average mode. See to “adc12_hardware_average_mode_t”.

uint32_t ADC12_GetStatusFlags(ADC_Type *base)

Get the status flags of the converter.

Parameters:

base – ADC12 peripheral base address.

Returns:

Flags’ mask if indicated flags are asserted. See to “_adc12_status_flags”.

enum _adc12_channel_status_flags

Channel status flags’ mask.

Values:

enumerator kADC12_ChannelConversionCompletedFlag: Conversion done.

enum _adc12_status_flags

Converter status flags’ mask.

Values:

enumerator kADC12_ActiveFlag: Converter is active.

enumerator kADC12_CalibrationFailedFlag: Calibration is failed.

enum _adc12_clock_divider

Clock divider for the converter.

Values:

enumerator kADC12_ClockDivider1: For divider 1 from the input clock to the module.

enumerator kADC12_ClockDivider2: For divider 2 from the input clock to the module.

enumerator kADC12_ClockDivider4: For divider 4 from the input clock to the module.

enumerator kADC12_ClockDivider8: For divider 8 from the input clock to the module.

enum _adc12_resolution

Converter’s resolution.

Values:

enumerator kADC12_Resolution8Bit: 8 bit resolution.

enumerator kADC12_Resolution12Bit: 12 bit resolution.

enumerator kADC12_Resolution10Bit: 10 bit resolution.

enum _adc12_clock_source

Conversion clock source.

Values:

enumerator kADC12_ClockSourceAlt0: Alternate clock 1 (ADC_ALTCLK1).

enumerator kADC12_ClockSourceAlt1: Alternate clock 2 (ADC_ALTCLK2).

enumerator kADC12_ClockSourceAlt2: Alternate clock 3 (ADC_ALTCLK3).

enumerator kADC12_ClockSourceAlt3: Alternate clock 4 (ADC_ALTCLK4).

enum _adc12_reference_voltage_source

Reference voltage source.

Values:

enumerator kADC12_ReferenceVoltageSourceVref: For external pins pair of VrefH and VrefL.

enumerator kADC12_ReferenceVoltageSourceValt: For alternate reference pair of ValtH and ValtL.

enum _adc12_hardware_average_mode

Hardware average mode.

Values:

enumerator kADC12_HardwareAverageCount4: For hardware average with 4 samples.

enumerator kADC12_HardwareAverageCount8: For hardware average with 8 samples.

enumerator kADC12_HardwareAverageCount16: For hardware average with 16 samples.

enumerator kADC12_HardwareAverageCount32: For hardware average with 32 samples.

enumerator kADC12_HardwareAverageDisabled: Disable the hardware average feature.

enum _adc12_hardware_compare_mode

Hardware compare mode.

Values:

enumerator kADC12_HardwareCompareMode0: x < value1.

enumerator kADC12_HardwareCompareMode1: x > value1.

enumerator kADC12_HardwareCompareMode2: if value1 <= value2, then x < value1 || x > value2; else, value1 > x > value2.

enumerator kADC12_HardwareCompareMode3: if value1 <= value2, then value1 <= x <= value2; else x >= value1 || x <= value2.

typedef enum _adc12_clock_divider adc12_clock_divider_t: Clock divider for the converter.

typedef enum _adc12_resolution adc12_resolution_t: Converter’s resolution.

typedef enum _adc12_clock_source adc12_clock_source_t: Conversion clock source.

typedef enum _adc12_reference_voltage_source adc12_reference_voltage_source_t: Reference voltage source.

typedef enum _adc12_hardware_average_mode adc12_hardware_average_mode_t: Hardware average mode.

typedef enum _adc12_hardware_compare_mode adc12_hardware_compare_mode_t: Hardware compare mode.

typedef struct _adc12_config adc12_config_t: Converter configuration.

typedef struct _adc12_hardware_compare_config adc12_hardware_compare_config_t: Hardware compare configuration.

typedef struct _adc12_channel_config adc12_channel_config_t: Channel conversion configuration.

FSL_ADC12_DRIVER_VERSION

ADC12 driver version.

Version 2.0.7.

struct _adc12_config

#include <fsl_adc12.h>

Converter configuration.

Public Members

adc12_reference_voltage_source_t referenceVoltageSource: Select the reference voltage source.

adc12_clock_source_t clockSource: Select the input clock source to converter.

adc12_clock_divider_t clockDivider: Select the divider of input clock source.

adc12_resolution_t resolution: Select the sample resolution mode.

uint32_t sampleClockCount: Select the sample clock count. Add its value may improve the stability of the conversion result.

bool enableContinuousConversion: Enable continuous conversion mode.

struct _adc12_hardware_compare_config

#include <fsl_adc12.h>

Hardware compare configuration.

Public Members

adc12_hardware_compare_mode_t hardwareCompareMode: Select the hardware compare mode.

int16_t value1: Setting value1 for hardware compare mode.

int16_t value2: Setting value2 for hardware compare mode.

struct _adc12_channel_config

#include <fsl_adc12.h>

Channel conversion configuration.

Public Members

uint32_t channelNumber: Setting the conversion channel number. The available range is 0-31. See channel connection information for each chip in Reference Manual document.

bool enableInterruptOnConversionCompleted: Generate a interrupt request once the conversion is completed.

Clock Driver

enum _clock_name

Clock name used to get clock frequency.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_CoreSysClk: Core/system clock

enumerator kCLOCK_BusClk: Bus clock

enumerator kCLOCK_FlexBusClk: FlexBus clock

enumerator kCLOCK_FlashClk: Flash clock

enumerator kCLOCK_ScgSysOscClk: SCG system OSC clock. (SYSOSC)

enumerator kCLOCK_ScgSircClk: SCG SIRC clock.

enumerator kCLOCK_ScgFircClk: SCG FIRC clock.

enumerator kCLOCK_ScgLpFllClk: SCG low power FLL clock. (LPFLL)

enumerator kCLOCK_ScgSysOscAsyncDiv2Clk: SOSCDIV2_CLK.

enumerator kCLOCK_ScgSircAsyncDiv2Clk: SIRCDIV2_CLK.

enumerator kCLOCK_ScgFircAsyncDiv2Clk: FIRCDIV2_CLK.

enumerator kCLOCK_ScgLpFllAsyncDiv2Clk: LPFLLDIV2_CLK.

enumerator kCLOCK_LpoClk: LPO clock

enumerator kCLOCK_Osc32kClk: External OSC 32K clock (OSC32KCLK)

enumerator kCLOCK_ErClk: ERCLK. The external reference clock from SCG.

enum _clock_ip_src

Clock source for peripherals that support various clock selections.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_IpSrcNoneOrExt: Clock is off or external clock is used.

enumerator kCLOCK_IpSrcSysOscAsync: System Oscillator async clock.

enumerator kCLOCK_IpSrcSircAsync: Slow IRC async clock.

enumerator kCLOCK_IpSrcFircAsync: Fast IRC async clock.

enumerator kCLOCK_IpSrcLpFllAsync: LPFLL async clock.

enum _clock_ip_name

Peripheral clock name difinition used for clock gate, clock source and clock divider setting. It is defined as the corresponding register address.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_IpInvalid

enumerator kCLOCK_Dma0

enumerator kCLOCK_Flash0

enumerator kCLOCK_Dmamux0

enumerator kCLOCK_Adc1

enumerator kCLOCK_Lpspi0

enumerator kCLOCK_Lpspi1

enumerator kCLOCK_Crc0

enumerator kCLOCK_Pdb0

enumerator kCLOCK_Lpit0

enumerator kCLOCK_Ftm0

enumerator kCLOCK_Ftm1

enumerator kCLOCK_Ftm2

enumerator kCLOCK_Adc0

enumerator kCLOCK_Rtc0

enumerator kCLOCK_Lptmr0

enumerator kCLOCK_Tsi0

enumerator kCLOCK_PortA

enumerator kCLOCK_PortB

enumerator kCLOCK_PortC

enumerator kCLOCK_PortD

enumerator kCLOCK_PortE

enumerator kCLOCK_Pwt0

enumerator kCLOCK_Flexio0

enumerator kCLOCK_RtcOsc0

enumerator kCLOCK_Ewm0

enumerator kCLOCK_Lpi2c0

enumerator kCLOCK_Lpi2c1

enumerator kCLOCK_Lpuart0

enumerator kCLOCK_Lpuart1

enumerator kCLOCK_Lpuart2

enumerator kCLOCK_Cmp0

enumerator kCLOCK_Cmp1

enum _osc32_mode

OSC32 work mode.

Values:

enumerator kOSC32_Bypass: Bypass mode, use external input clock directly.

enumerator kOSC32_Crystal: Crystal mode, does not work in stop mode.

enumerator kOSC32_CrystalEnableInStop: Crystal mode, still work in stop mode.

SCG status return codes.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_SCG_Busy: Clock is busy.

enumerator kStatus_SCG_InvalidSrc: Invalid source.

enum _scg_sys_clk

SCG system clock type.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_SysClkSlow: System slow clock.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkCore: Core clock.

enum _scg_sys_clk_src

SCG system clock source.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_SysClkSrcSysOsc: System OSC.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkSrcSirc: Slow IRC.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkSrcFirc: Fast IRC.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkSrcLpFll: Low power FLL.

enum _scg_sys_clk_div

SCG system clock divider value.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy1: Divided by 1.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy2: Divided by 2.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy3: Divided by 3.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy4: Divided by 4.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy5: Divided by 5.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy6: Divided by 6.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy7: Divided by 7.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy8: Divided by 8.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy9: Divided by 9.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy10: Divided by 10.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy11: Divided by 11.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy12: Divided by 12.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy13: Divided by 13.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy14: Divided by 14.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy15: Divided by 15.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy16: Divided by 16.

enum _clock_clkout_src

SCG clock out configuration (CLKOUTSEL).

Values:

enumerator kClockClkoutSelScgSlow: SCG slow clock.

enumerator kClockClkoutSelSysOsc: System OSC.

enumerator kClockClkoutSelSirc: Slow IRC.

enumerator kClockClkoutSelFirc: Fast IRC.

enumerator kClockClkoutSelLpFll: Low power FLL.

enum _scg_async_clk

SCG asynchronous clock type.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_AsyncDiv2Clk: The async clock by DIV2, e.g. SOSCDIV2_CLK, SIRCDIV2_CLK.

enum scg_async_clk_div

SCG asynchronous clock divider value.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_AsyncClkDisable: Clock output is disabled.

enumerator kSCG_AsyncClkDivBy1: Divided by 1.

enumerator kSCG_AsyncClkDivBy2: Divided by 2.

enumerator kSCG_AsyncClkDivBy4: Divided by 4.

enumerator kSCG_AsyncClkDivBy8: Divided by 8.

enumerator kSCG_AsyncClkDivBy16: Divided by 16.

enumerator kSCG_AsyncClkDivBy32: Divided by 32.

enumerator kSCG_AsyncClkDivBy64: Divided by 64.

enum _scg_sosc_monitor_mode

SCG system OSC monitor mode.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_SysOscMonitorDisable: Monitor disabled.

enumerator kSCG_SysOscMonitorInt: Interrupt when the system OSC error is detected.

enumerator kSCG_SysOscMonitorReset: Reset when the system OSC error is detected.

enum _scg_sosc_mode

OSC work mode.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_SysOscModeExt: Use external clock.

enumerator kSCG_SysOscModeOscLowPower: Oscillator low power.

enumerator kSCG_SysOscModeOscHighGain: Oscillator high gain.

OSC enable mode.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_SysOscEnable: Enable OSC clock.

enumerator kSCG_SysOscEnableInStop: Enable OSC in stop mode.

enumerator kSCG_SysOscEnableInLowPower: Enable OSC in low power mode.

enumerator kSCG_SysOscEnableErClk: Enable OSCERCLK.

enum _scg_sirc_range

SCG slow IRC clock frequency range.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_SircRangeLow: Slow IRC low range clock (2 MHz, 4 MHz for i.MX 7 ULP).

enumerator kSCG_SircRangeHigh: Slow IRC high range clock (8 MHz, 16 MHz for i.MX 7 ULP).

SIRC enable mode.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_SircEnable: Enable SIRC clock.

enumerator kSCG_SircEnableInStop: Enable SIRC in stop mode.

enumerator kSCG_SircEnableInLowPower: Enable SIRC in low power mode.

enum _scg_firc_trim_mode

SCG fast IRC trim mode.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_FircTrimNonUpdate: FIRC trim enable but not enable trim value update. In this mode, the trim value is fixed to the initialized value which is defined by trimCoar and trimFine in configure structure scg_firc_trim_config_t.

enumerator kSCG_FircTrimUpdate: FIRC trim enable and trim value update enable. In this mode, the trim value is auto update.

enum _scg_firc_trim_div

SCG fast IRC trim predivided value for system OSC.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_FircTrimDivBy1: Divided by 1.

enumerator kSCG_FircTrimDivBy128: Divided by 128.

enumerator kSCG_FircTrimDivBy256: Divided by 256.

enumerator kSCG_FircTrimDivBy512: Divided by 512.

enumerator kSCG_FircTrimDivBy1024: Divided by 1024.

enumerator kSCG_FircTrimDivBy2048: Divided by 2048.

enum _scg_firc_trim_src

SCG fast IRC trim source.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_FircTrimSrcSysOsc: System OSC.

enum _scg_firc_range

SCG fast IRC clock frequency range.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_FircRange48M: Fast IRC is trimmed to 48 MHz.

enumerator kSCG_FircRange52M: Fast IRC is trimmed to 52 MHz.

enumerator kSCG_FircRange56M: Fast IRC is trimmed to 56 MHz.

enumerator kSCG_FircRange60M: Fast IRC is trimmed to 60 MHz.

FIRC enable mode.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_FircEnable: Enable FIRC clock.

enumerator kSCG_FircEnableInStop: Enable FIRC in stop mode.

enumerator kSCG_FircEnableInLowPower: Enable FIRC in low power mode.

enumerator kSCG_FircDisableRegulator: Disable regulator.

LPFLL enable mode.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_LpFllEnable: Enable LPFLL clock.

enum _scg_lpfll_range

SCG LPFLL clock frequency range.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_LpFllRange48M: LPFLL is trimmed to 48MHz.

enumerator kSCG_LpFllRange72M: LPFLL is trimmed to 72MHz.

enumerator kSCG_LpFllRange96M: LPFLL is trimmed to 96MHz.

enumerator kSCG_LpFllRange120M: LPFLL is trimmed to 120MHz.

enum _scg_lpfll_trim_mode

SCG LPFLL trim mode.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_LpFllTrimNonUpdate: LPFLL trim is enabled but the trim value update is not enabled. In this mode, the trim value is fixed to the initialized value, which is defined by the Member variable trimValue in the structure scg_lpfll_trim_config_t.

enumerator kSCG_LpFllTrimUpdate: FIRC trim is enabled and trim value update is enabled. In this mode, the trim value is automatically updated.

enum _scg_lpfll_trim_src

SCG LPFLL trim source.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_LpFllTrimSrcSirc: SIRC.

enumerator kSCG_LpFllTrimSrcFirc: FIRC.

enumerator kSCG_LpFllTrimSrcSysOsc: System OSC.

enumerator kSCG_LpFllTrimSrcRtcOsc: RTC OSC (32.768 kHz).

enum _scg_lpfll_lock_mode

SCG LPFLL lock mode.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_LpFllLock1Lsb: Lock with 1 LSB.

enumerator kSCG_LpFllLock2Lsb: Lock with 2 LSB.

typedef enum _clock_name clock_name_t: Clock name used to get clock frequency.

typedef enum _clock_ip_src clock_ip_src_t: Clock source for peripherals that support various clock selections.

typedef enum _clock_ip_name clock_ip_name_t: Peripheral clock name difinition used for clock gate, clock source and clock divider setting. It is defined as the corresponding register address.

typedef enum _osc32_mode osc32_mode_t: OSC32 work mode.

typedef enum _scg_sys_clk scg_sys_clk_t: SCG system clock type.

typedef enum _scg_sys_clk_src scg_sys_clk_src_t: SCG system clock source.

typedef enum _scg_sys_clk_div scg_sys_clk_div_t: SCG system clock divider value.

typedef struct _scg_sys_clk_config scg_sys_clk_config_t: SCG system clock configuration.

typedef enum _clock_clkout_src clock_clkout_src_t: SCG clock out configuration (CLKOUTSEL).

typedef enum _scg_async_clk scg_async_clk_t: SCG asynchronous clock type.

typedef enum scg_async_clk_div scg_async_clk_div_t: SCG asynchronous clock divider value.

typedef enum _scg_sosc_monitor_mode scg_sosc_monitor_mode_t: SCG system OSC monitor mode.

typedef enum _scg_sosc_mode scg_sosc_mode_t: OSC work mode.

typedef struct _scg_sosc_config scg_sosc_config_t: SCG system OSC configuration.

typedef enum _scg_sirc_range scg_sirc_range_t: SCG slow IRC clock frequency range.

typedef struct _scg_sirc_config scg_sirc_config_t: SCG slow IRC clock configuration.

typedef enum _scg_firc_trim_mode scg_firc_trim_mode_t: SCG fast IRC trim mode.

typedef enum _scg_firc_trim_div scg_firc_trim_div_t: SCG fast IRC trim predivided value for system OSC.

typedef enum _scg_firc_trim_src scg_firc_trim_src_t: SCG fast IRC trim source.

typedef struct _scg_firc_trim_config scg_firc_trim_config_t: SCG fast IRC clock trim configuration.

typedef enum _scg_firc_range scg_firc_range_t: SCG fast IRC clock frequency range.

typedef struct _scg_firc_config_t scg_firc_config_t: SCG fast IRC clock configuration.

typedef enum _scg_lpfll_range scg_lpfll_range_t: SCG LPFLL clock frequency range.

typedef enum _scg_lpfll_trim_mode scg_lpfll_trim_mode_t: SCG LPFLL trim mode.

typedef enum _scg_lpfll_trim_src scg_lpfll_trim_src_t: SCG LPFLL trim source.

typedef enum _scg_lpfll_lock_mode scg_lpfll_lock_mode_t: SCG LPFLL lock mode.

typedef struct _scg_lpfll_trim_config scg_lpfll_trim_config_t: SCG LPFLL clock trim configuration.

typedef struct _scg_lpfll_config scg_lpfll_config_t: SCG low power FLL configuration.

volatile uint32_t g_xtal0Freq

External XTAL0 (OSC0/SYSOSC) clock frequency.

The XTAL0/EXTAL0 (OSC0/SYSOSC) clock frequency in Hz. When the clock is set up, use the function CLOCK_SetXtal0Freq to set the value in the clock driver. For example, if XTAL0 is 8 MHz:

CLOCK_InitSysOsc(...);
CLOCK_SetXtal0Freq(80000000);

This is important for the multicore platforms where only one core needs to set up the OSC0/SYSOSC using CLOCK_InitSysOsc. All other cores need to call the CLOCK_SetXtal0Freq to get a valid clock frequency.

volatile uint32_t g_xtal32Freq

External XTAL32/EXTAL32 clock frequency.

The XTAL32/EXTAL32 clock frequency in Hz. When the clock is set up, use the function CLOCK_SetXtal32Freq to set the value in the clock driver.

This is important for the multicore platforms where only one core needs to set up the clock. All other cores need to call the CLOCK_SetXtal32Freq to get a valid clock frequency.

static inline void CLOCK_EnableClock(clock_ip_name_t name)

Enable the clock for specific IP.

Parameters:

name – Which clock to enable, see clock_ip_name_t.

static inline void CLOCK_DisableClock(clock_ip_name_t name)

Disable the clock for specific IP.

Parameters:

name – Which clock to disable, see clock_ip_name_t.

static inline bool CLOCK_IsEnabledByOtherCore(clock_ip_name_t name)

Check whether the clock is already enabled and configured by any other core.

Parameters:

name – Which peripheral to check, see clock_ip_name_t.

Returns:

True if clock is already enabled, otherwise false.

static inline void CLOCK_SetIpSrc(clock_ip_name_t name, clock_ip_src_t src)

Set the clock source for specific IP module.

Set the clock source for specific IP, not all modules need to set the clock source, should only use this function for the modules need source setting.

Parameters:

name – Which peripheral to check, see clock_ip_name_t.
src – Clock source to set.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetFreq(clock_name_t clockName)

Gets the clock frequency for a specific clock name.

This function checks the current clock configurations and then calculates the clock frequency for a specific clock name defined in clock_name_t.

Parameters:

clockName – Clock names defined in clock_name_t

Returns:

Clock frequency value in hertz

uint32_t CLOCK_GetCoreSysClkFreq(void)

Get the core clock or system clock frequency.

Returns:: Clock frequency in Hz.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetBusClkFreq(void)

Get the bus clock frequency.

Returns:: Clock frequency in Hz.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetFlashClkFreq(void)

Get the flash clock frequency.

Returns:: Clock frequency in Hz.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetOsc32kClkFreq(void)

Get the OSC 32K clock frequency (OSC32KCLK).

Returns:: Clock frequency in Hz.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetErClkFreq(void)

Get the external reference clock frequency (ERCLK).

Returns:: Clock frequency in Hz.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetIpFreq(clock_ip_name_t name)

Gets the clock frequency for a specific IP module.

This function gets the IP module clock frequency based on PCC registers. It is only used for the IP modules which could select clock source by PCC[PCS].

Parameters:

name – Which peripheral to get, see clock_ip_name_t.

Returns:

Clock frequency value in hertz

FSL_CLOCK_DRIVER_VERSION: CLOCK driver version 2.4.0.

SDK_DEVICE_MAXIMUM_CPU_CLOCK_FREQUENCY

DMAMUX_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for DMAMUX.

RTC_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for RTC.

RTCOSC_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for RTCOSC.

PORT_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for PORT.

LPI2C_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for LPI2C.

FLEXIO_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for FLEXIO.

TSI_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for TSI.

EDMA_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for EDMA.

LPUART_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for LPUART.

LPTMR_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for LPTMR.

ADC12_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for ADC12.

LPSPI_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for LPSPI.

LPIT_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for LPIT.

CRC_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for CRC.

CMP_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for CMP.

FLASH_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for FLASH.

EWM_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for EWM.

FTM_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for FLEXTMR.

PDB_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for PDB.

PWT_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for PWT.

LPO_CLK_FREQ: LPO clock frequency.

kCLOCK_Osc0ErClk

kCLOCK_Er32kClk

CLOCK_GetOsc0ErClkFreq: For compatible with other MCG platforms.

CLOCK_GetEr32kClkFreq: For compatible with other MCG platforms.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetSysClkFreq(scg_sys_clk_t type)

Gets the SCG system clock frequency.

This function gets the SCG system clock frequency. These clocks are used for core, platform, external, and bus clock domains.

Parameters:

type – Which type of clock to get, core clock or slow clock.

Returns:

Clock frequency.

static inline void CLOCK_SetVlprModeSysClkConfig(const scg_sys_clk_config_t *config)

Sets the system clock configuration for VLPR mode.

This function sets the system clock configuration for VLPR mode.

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the configuration.

static inline void CLOCK_SetRunModeSysClkConfig(const scg_sys_clk_config_t *config)

Sets the system clock configuration for RUN mode.

This function sets the system clock configuration for RUN mode.

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the configuration.

static inline void CLOCK_GetCurSysClkConfig(scg_sys_clk_config_t *config)

Gets the system clock configuration in the current power mode.

This function gets the system configuration in the current power mode.

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the configuration.

static inline void CLOCK_SetClkOutSel(clock_clkout_src_t setting)

Sets the clock out selection.

This function sets the clock out selection (CLKOUTSEL).

Parameters:

setting – The selection to set.

Returns:

The current clock out selection.

status_t CLOCK_InitSysOsc(const scg_sosc_config_t *config)

Initializes the SCG system OSC.

This function enables the SCG system OSC clock according to the configuration.

Note

This function can’t detect whether the system OSC has been enabled and used by an IP.

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – System OSC is initialized.
kStatus_SCG_Busy – System OSC has been enabled and is used by the system clock.
kStatus_ReadOnly – System OSC control register is locked.

status_t CLOCK_DeinitSysOsc(void)

De-initializes the SCG system OSC.

This function disables the SCG system OSC clock.

Note

This function can’t detect whether the system OSC is used by an IP.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – System OSC is deinitialized.
kStatus_SCG_Busy – System OSC is used by the system clock.
kStatus_ReadOnly – System OSC control register is locked.

static inline void CLOCK_SetSysOscAsyncClkDiv(scg_async_clk_t asyncClk, scg_async_clk_div_t divider)

Set the asynchronous clock divider.

Note

There might be glitch when changing the asynchronous divider, so make sure the asynchronous clock is not used while changing divider.

Parameters:

asyncClk – Which asynchronous clock to configure.
divider – The divider value to set.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetSysOscFreq(void)

Gets the SCG system OSC clock frequency (SYSOSC).

Returns:: Clock frequency; If the clock is invalid, returns 0.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetSysOscAsyncFreq(scg_async_clk_t type)

Gets the SCG asynchronous clock frequency from the system OSC.

Parameters:

type – The asynchronous clock type.

Returns:

Clock frequency; If the clock is invalid, returns 0.

static inline bool CLOCK_IsSysOscErr(void)

Checks whether the system OSC clock error occurs.

Returns:: True if the error occurs, false if not.

static inline void CLOCK_ClearSysOscErr(void): Clears the system OSC clock error.

static inline void CLOCK_SetSysOscMonitorMode(scg_sosc_monitor_mode_t mode)

Sets the system OSC monitor mode.

This function sets the system OSC monitor mode. The mode can be disabled, it can generate an interrupt when the error is disabled, or reset when the error is detected.

Parameters:

mode – Monitor mode to set.

static inline bool CLOCK_IsSysOscValid(void)

Checks whether the system OSC clock is valid.

Returns:: True if clock is valid, false if not.

status_t CLOCK_InitSirc(const scg_sirc_config_t *config)

Initializes the SCG slow IRC clock.

This function enables the SCG slow IRC clock according to the configuration.

Note

This function can’t detect whether the system OSC has been enabled and used by an IP.

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – SIRC is initialized.
kStatus_SCG_Busy – SIRC has been enabled and is used by system clock.
kStatus_ReadOnly – SIRC control register is locked.

status_t CLOCK_DeinitSirc(void)

De-initializes the SCG slow IRC.

This function disables the SCG slow IRC.

Note

This function can’t detect whether the SIRC is used by an IP.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – SIRC is deinitialized.
kStatus_SCG_Busy – SIRC is used by system clock.
kStatus_ReadOnly – SIRC control register is locked.

static inline void CLOCK_SetSircAsyncClkDiv(scg_async_clk_t asyncClk, scg_async_clk_div_t divider)

Set the asynchronous clock divider.

Note

There might be glitch when changing the asynchronous divider, so make sure the asynchronous clock is not used while changing divider.

Parameters:

asyncClk – Which asynchronous clock to configure.
divider – The divider value to set.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetSircFreq(void)

Gets the SCG SIRC clock frequency.

Returns:: Clock frequency; If the clock is invalid, returns 0.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetSircAsyncFreq(scg_async_clk_t type)

Gets the SCG asynchronous clock frequency from the SIRC.

Parameters:

type – The asynchronous clock type.

Returns:

Clock frequency; If the clock is invalid, returns 0.

static inline bool CLOCK_IsSircValid(void)

Checks whether the SIRC clock is valid.

Returns:: True if clock is valid, false if not.

status_t CLOCK_InitFirc(const scg_firc_config_t *config)

Initializes the SCG fast IRC clock.

This function enables the SCG fast IRC clock according to the configuration.

Note

This function can’t detect whether the FIRC has been enabled and used by an IP.

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – FIRC is initialized.
kStatus_SCG_Busy – FIRC has been enabled and is used by the system clock.
kStatus_ReadOnly – FIRC control register is locked.

status_t CLOCK_DeinitFirc(void)

De-initializes the SCG fast IRC.

This function disables the SCG fast IRC.

Note

This function can’t detect whether the FIRC is used by an IP.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – FIRC is deinitialized.
kStatus_SCG_Busy – FIRC is used by the system clock.
kStatus_ReadOnly – FIRC control register is locked.

static inline void CLOCK_SetFircAsyncClkDiv(scg_async_clk_t asyncClk, scg_async_clk_div_t divider)

Set the asynchronous clock divider.

Note

There might be glitch when changing the asynchronous divider, so make sure the asynchronous clock is not used while changing divider.

Parameters:

asyncClk – Which asynchronous clock to configure.
divider – The divider value to set.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetFircFreq(void)

Gets the SCG FIRC clock frequency.

Returns:: Clock frequency; If the clock is invalid, returns 0.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetFircAsyncFreq(scg_async_clk_t type)

Gets the SCG asynchronous clock frequency from the FIRC.

Parameters:

type – The asynchronous clock type.

Returns:

Clock frequency; If the clock is invalid, returns 0.

static inline bool CLOCK_IsFircErr(void)

Checks whether the FIRC clock error occurs.

Returns:: True if the error occurs, false if not.

static inline void CLOCK_ClearFircErr(void): Clears the FIRC clock error.

static inline bool CLOCK_IsFircValid(void)

Checks whether the FIRC clock is valid.

Returns:: True if clock is valid, false if not.

status_t CLOCK_InitLpFll(const scg_lpfll_config_t *config)

Initializes the SCG LPFLL clock.

This function enables the SCG LPFLL clock according to the configuration.

Note

This function can’t detect whether the LPFLL has been enabled and used by an IP.

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – LPFLL is initialized.
kStatus_SCG_Busy – LPFLL has been enabled and is used by the system clock.
kStatus_ReadOnly – LPFLL control register is locked.

status_t CLOCK_DeinitLpFll(void)

De-initializes the SCG LPFLL.

This function disables the SCG LPFLL.

Note

This function can’t detect whether the LPFLL is used by an IP.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – LPFLL is deinitialized.
kStatus_SCG_Busy – LPFLL is used by the system clock.
kStatus_ReadOnly – LPFLL control register is locked.

static inline void CLOCK_SetLpFllAsyncClkDiv(scg_async_clk_t asyncClk, scg_async_clk_div_t divider)

Set the asynchronous clock divider.

Note

There might be glitch when changing the asynchronous divider, so make sure the asynchronous clock is not used while changing divider.

Parameters:

asyncClk – Which asynchronous clock to configure.
divider – The divider value to set.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetLpFllFreq(void)

Gets the SCG LPFLL clock frequency.

Returns:: Clock frequency in Hz; If the clock is invalid, returns 0.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetLpFllAsyncFreq(scg_async_clk_t type)

Gets the SCG asynchronous clock frequency from the LPFLL.

Parameters:

type – The asynchronous clock type.

Returns:

Clock frequency in Hz; If the clock is invalid, returns 0.

static inline bool CLOCK_IsLpFllValid(void)

Checks whether the LPFLL clock is valid.

Returns:: True if the clock is valid, false if not.

void OSC32_Init(OSC32_Type *base, osc32_mode_t mode)

Initializes OSC32.

Parameters:

base – OSC32 peripheral base address.
mode – OSC32 work mode, see osc32_mode_t

void OSC32_Deinit(OSC32_Type *base)

Deinitializes OSC32.

Parameters:

base – OSC32 peripheral base address.

static inline void CLOCK_SetXtal0Freq(uint32_t freq)

Sets the XTAL0 frequency based on board settings.

Parameters:

freq – The XTAL0/EXTAL0 input clock frequency in Hz.

static inline void CLOCK_SetXtal32Freq(uint32_t freq)

Sets the XTAL32 frequency based on board settings.

Parameters:

freq – The XTAL32/EXTAL32 input clock frequency in Hz.

uint32_t divSlow: Slow clock divider, see scg_sys_clk_div_t.

uint32_t __pad0__: Reserved.

uint32_t __pad1__: Reserved.

uint32_t __pad2__: Reserved.

uint32_t divCore: Core clock divider, see scg_sys_clk_div_t.

uint32_t __pad3__: Reserved.

uint32_t src: System clock source, see scg_sys_clk_src_t.

uint32_t __pad4__: reserved.

uint32_t freq: System OSC frequency.

scg_sosc_monitor_mode_t monitorMode: Clock monitor mode selected.

uint8_t enableMode: Enable mode, OR’ed value of _scg_sosc_enable_mode.

scg_async_clk_div_t div2: SOSCDIV2 value.

scg_sosc_mode_t workMode: OSC work mode.

uint32_t enableMode: Enable mode, OR’ed value of _scg_sirc_enable_mode.

scg_async_clk_div_t div2: SIRCDIV2 value.

scg_sirc_range_t range: Slow IRC frequency range.

scg_firc_trim_mode_t trimMode: FIRC trim mode.

scg_firc_trim_src_t trimSrc: Trim source.

scg_firc_trim_div_t trimDiv: Trim predivided value for the system OSC.

uint8_t trimCoar: Trim coarse value; Irrelevant if trimMode is kSCG_FircTrimUpdate.

uint8_t trimFine: Trim fine value; Irrelevant if trimMode is kSCG_FircTrimUpdate.

uint32_t enableMode: Enable mode, OR’ed value of _scg_firc_enable_mode.

scg_async_clk_div_t div2: FIRCDIV2 value.

scg_firc_range_t range: Fast IRC frequency range.

const scg_firc_trim_config_t *trimConfig: Pointer to the FIRC trim configuration; set NULL to disable trim.

scg_lpfll_trim_mode_t trimMode: Trim mode.

scg_lpfll_lock_mode_t lockMode: Lock mode; Irrelevant if the trimMode is kSCG_LpFllTrimNonUpdate.

scg_lpfll_trim_src_t trimSrc: Trim source.

uint8_t trimDiv: Trim predivideds value, which can be 0 ~ 31. [ Trim source frequency / (trimDiv + 1) ] must be 2 MHz or 32768 Hz.

uint8_t trimValue: Trim value; Irrelevant if trimMode is the kSCG_LpFllTrimUpdate.

uint8_t enableMode: Enable mode, OR’ed value of _scg_lpfll_enable_mode

scg_async_clk_div_t div2: LPFLLDIV2 value.

scg_lpfll_range_t range: LPFLL frequency range.

const scg_lpfll_trim_config_t *trimConfig: Trim configuration; set NULL to disable trim.

FSL_SDK_DISABLE_DRIVER_CLOCK_CONTROL

Configure whether driver controls clock.

When set to 0, peripheral drivers will enable clock in initialize function and disable clock in de-initialize function. When set to 1, peripheral driver will not control the clock, application could control the clock out of the driver.

Note

All drivers share this feature switcher. If it is set to 1, application should handle clock enable and disable for all drivers.

struct _scg_sys_clk_config: #include <fsl_clock.h>

SCG system clock configuration.

struct _scg_sosc_config: #include <fsl_clock.h>

SCG system OSC configuration.

struct _scg_sirc_config: #include <fsl_clock.h>

SCG slow IRC clock configuration.

struct _scg_firc_trim_config: #include <fsl_clock.h>

SCG fast IRC clock trim configuration.

struct _scg_firc_config_t: #include <fsl_clock.h>

SCG fast IRC clock configuration.

struct _scg_lpfll_trim_config: #include <fsl_clock.h>

SCG LPFLL clock trim configuration.

struct _scg_lpfll_config: #include <fsl_clock.h>

SCG low power FLL configuration.

CRC: Cyclic Redundancy Check Driver

FSL_CRC_DRIVER_VERSION

CRC driver version. Version 2.0.4.

Current version: 2.0.4

Change log:

Version 2.0.4
- Release peripheral from reset if necessary in init function.
Version 2.0.3
- Fix MISRA issues
Version 2.0.2
- Fix MISRA issues
Version 2.0.1
- move DATA and DATALL macro definition from header file to source file

enum _crc_bits

CRC bit width.

Values:

enumerator kCrcBits16: Generate 16-bit CRC code

enumerator kCrcBits32: Generate 32-bit CRC code

enum _crc_result

CRC result type.

Values:

enumerator kCrcFinalChecksum: CRC data register read value is the final checksum. Reflect out and final xor protocol features are applied.

enumerator kCrcIntermediateChecksum: CRC data register read value is intermediate checksum (raw value). Reflect out and final xor protocol feature are not applied. Intermediate checksum can be used as a seed for CRC_Init() to continue adding data to this checksum.

typedef enum _crc_bits crc_bits_t: CRC bit width.

typedef enum _crc_result crc_result_t: CRC result type.

typedef struct _crc_config crc_config_t

CRC protocol configuration.

This structure holds the configuration for the CRC protocol.

void CRC_Init(CRC_Type *base, const crc_config_t *config)

Enables and configures the CRC peripheral module.

This function enables the clock gate in the SIM module for the CRC peripheral. It also configures the CRC module and starts a checksum computation by writing the seed.

Parameters:

base – CRC peripheral address.
config – CRC module configuration structure.

static inline void CRC_Deinit(CRC_Type *base)

Disables the CRC peripheral module.

This function disables the clock gate in the SIM module for the CRC peripheral.

Parameters:

base – CRC peripheral address.

void CRC_GetDefaultConfig(crc_config_t *config)

Loads default values to the CRC protocol configuration structure.

Loads default values to the CRC protocol configuration structure. The default values are as follows.

config->polynomial = 0x1021;
config->seed = 0xFFFF;
config->reflectIn = false;
config->reflectOut = false;
config->complementChecksum = false;
config->crcBits = kCrcBits16;
config->crcResult = kCrcFinalChecksum;

Parameters:

config – CRC protocol configuration structure.

void CRC_WriteData(CRC_Type *base, const uint8_t *data, size_t dataSize)

Writes data to the CRC module.

Writes input data buffer bytes to the CRC data register. The configured type of transpose is applied.

Parameters:

base – CRC peripheral address.
data – Input data stream, MSByte in data[0].
dataSize – Size in bytes of the input data buffer.

uint32_t CRC_Get32bitResult(CRC_Type *base)

Reads the 32-bit checksum from the CRC module.

Reads the CRC data register (either an intermediate or the final checksum). The configured type of transpose and complement is applied.

Parameters:

base – CRC peripheral address.

Returns:

An intermediate or the final 32-bit checksum, after configured transpose and complement operations.

uint16_t CRC_Get16bitResult(CRC_Type *base)

Reads a 16-bit checksum from the CRC module.

Reads the CRC data register (either an intermediate or the final checksum). The configured type of transpose and complement is applied.

Parameters:

base – CRC peripheral address.

Returns:

An intermediate or the final 16-bit checksum, after configured transpose and complement operations.

CRC_DRIVER_USE_CRC16_CCIT_FALSE_AS_DEFAULT: Default configuration structure filled by CRC_GetDefaultConfig(). Use CRC16-CCIT-FALSE as defeault.

struct _crc_config

#include <fsl_crc.h>

CRC protocol configuration.

This structure holds the configuration for the CRC protocol.

Public Members

uint32_t polynomial: CRC Polynomial, MSBit first. Example polynomial: 0x1021 = 1_0000_0010_0001 = x^12+x^5+1

uint32_t seed: Starting checksum value

bool reflectIn: Reflect bits on input.

bool reflectOut: Reflect bits on output.

bool complementChecksum: True if the result shall be complement of the actual checksum.

crc_bits_t crcBits: Selects 16- or 32- bit CRC protocol.

crc_result_t crcResult: Selects final or intermediate checksum return from CRC_Get16bitResult() or CRC_Get32bitResult()

DMAMUX: Direct Memory Access Multiplexer Driver

void DMAMUX_Init(DMAMUX_Type *base)

Initializes the DMAMUX peripheral.

This function ungates the DMAMUX clock.

Parameters:

base – DMAMUX peripheral base address.

void DMAMUX_Deinit(DMAMUX_Type *base)

Deinitializes the DMAMUX peripheral.

This function gates the DMAMUX clock.

Parameters:

base – DMAMUX peripheral base address.

static inline void DMAMUX_EnableChannel(DMAMUX_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Enables the DMAMUX channel.

This function enables the DMAMUX channel.

Parameters:

base – DMAMUX peripheral base address.
channel – DMAMUX channel number.

static inline void DMAMUX_DisableChannel(DMAMUX_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Disables the DMAMUX channel.

This function disables the DMAMUX channel.

Note

The user must disable the DMAMUX channel before configuring it.

Parameters:

base – DMAMUX peripheral base address.
channel – DMAMUX channel number.

static inline void DMAMUX_SetSource(DMAMUX_Type *base, uint32_t channel, int32_t source)

Configures the DMAMUX channel source.

Parameters:

base – DMAMUX peripheral base address.
channel – DMAMUX channel number.
source – Channel source, which is used to trigger the DMA transfer.User need to use the dma_request_source_t type as the input parameter.

static inline void DMAMUX_EnablePeriodTrigger(DMAMUX_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Enables the DMAMUX period trigger.

This function enables the DMAMUX period trigger feature.

Parameters:

base – DMAMUX peripheral base address.
channel – DMAMUX channel number.

static inline void DMAMUX_DisablePeriodTrigger(DMAMUX_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Disables the DMAMUX period trigger.

This function disables the DMAMUX period trigger.

Parameters:

base – DMAMUX peripheral base address.
channel – DMAMUX channel number.

FSL_DMAMUX_DRIVER_VERSION: DMAMUX driver version 2.1.0.

eDMA: Enhanced Direct Memory Access (eDMA) Controller Driver

void EDMA_Init(DMA_Type *base, const edma_config_t *config)

Initializes the eDMA peripheral.

This function ungates the eDMA clock and configures the eDMA peripheral according to the configuration structure. All emda enabled request will be cleared in this function.

Note

This function enables the minor loop map feature.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
config – A pointer to the configuration structure, see “edma_config_t”.

void EDMA_Deinit(DMA_Type *base)

Deinitializes the eDMA peripheral.

This function gates the eDMA clock.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.

void EDMA_InstallTCD(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, edma_tcd_t *tcd)

Push content of TCD structure into hardware TCD register.

Parameters:

base – EDMA peripheral base address.
channel – EDMA channel number.
tcd – Point to TCD structure.

void EDMA_GetDefaultConfig(edma_config_t *config)

Gets the eDMA default configuration structure.

This function sets the configuration structure to default values. The default configuration is set to the following values.

config.enableContinuousLinkMode = false;
config.enableHaltOnError = true;
config.enableRoundRobinArbitration = false;
config.enableDebugMode = false;

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the eDMA configuration structure.

static inline void EDMA_EnableContinuousChannelLinkMode(DMA_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable/Disable continuous channel link mode.

Note

Do not use continuous link mode with a channel linking to itself if there is only one minor loop iteration per service request, for example, if the channel’s NBYTES value is the same as either the source or destination size. The same data transfer profile can be achieved by simply increasing the NBYTES value, which provides more efficient, faster processing.

Parameters:

base – EDMA peripheral base address.
enable – true is enable, false is disable.

static inline void EDMA_EnableMinorLoopMapping(DMA_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable/Disable minor loop mapping.

The TCDn.word2 is redefined to include individual enable fields, an offset field, and the NBYTES field.

Parameters:

base – EDMA peripheral base address.
enable – true is enable, false is disable.

void EDMA_ResetChannel(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Sets all TCD registers to default values.

This function sets TCD registers for this channel to default values.

Note

This function must not be called while the channel transfer is ongoing or it causes unpredictable results.

Note

This function enables the auto stop request feature.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.

void EDMA_SetTransferConfig(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, const edma_transfer_config_t *config, edma_tcd_t *nextTcd)

Configures the eDMA transfer attribute.

This function configures the transfer attribute, including source address, destination address, transfer size, address offset, and so on. It also configures the scatter gather feature if the user supplies the TCD address. Example:

edma_transfer_t config;
edma_tcd_t tcd;
config.srcAddr = ..;
config.destAddr = ..;
...
EDMA_SetTransferConfig(DMA0, channel, &config, &stcd);

Note

If nextTcd is not NULL, it means scatter gather feature is enabled and DREQ bit is cleared in the previous transfer configuration, which is set in the eDMA_ResetChannel.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
config – Pointer to eDMA transfer configuration structure.
nextTcd – Point to TCD structure. It can be NULL if users do not want to enable scatter/gather feature.

void EDMA_SetMinorOffsetConfig(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, const edma_minor_offset_config_t *config)

Configures the eDMA minor offset feature.

The minor offset means that the signed-extended value is added to the source address or destination address after each minor loop.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
config – A pointer to the minor offset configuration structure.

void EDMA_SetChannelPreemptionConfig(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, const edma_channel_Preemption_config_t *config)

Configures the eDMA channel preemption feature.

This function configures the channel preemption attribute and the priority of the channel.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number
config – A pointer to the channel preemption configuration structure.

void EDMA_SetChannelLink(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, edma_channel_link_type_t linkType, uint32_t linkedChannel)

Sets the channel link for the eDMA transfer.

This function configures either the minor link or the major link mode. The minor link means that the channel link is triggered every time CITER decreases by 1. The major link means that the channel link is triggered when the CITER is exhausted.

Note

Users should ensure that DONE flag is cleared before calling this interface, or the configuration is invalid.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
linkType – A channel link type, which can be one of the following:
- kEDMA_LinkNone
- kEDMA_MinorLink
- kEDMA_MajorLink
linkedChannel – The linked channel number.

void EDMA_SetBandWidth(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, edma_bandwidth_t bandWidth)

Sets the bandwidth for the eDMA transfer.

Because the eDMA processes the minor loop, it continuously generates read/write sequences until the minor count is exhausted. The bandwidth forces the eDMA to stall after the completion of each read/write access to control the bus request bandwidth seen by the crossbar switch.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
bandWidth – A bandwidth setting, which can be one of the following:
- kEDMABandwidthStallNone
- kEDMABandwidthStall4Cycle
- kEDMABandwidthStall8Cycle

void EDMA_SetModulo(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, edma_modulo_t srcModulo, edma_modulo_t destModulo)

Sets the source modulo and the destination modulo for the eDMA transfer.

This function defines a specific address range specified to be the value after (SADDR + SOFF)/(DADDR + DOFF) calculation is performed or the original register value. It provides the ability to implement a circular data queue easily.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
srcModulo – A source modulo value.
destModulo – A destination modulo value.

static inline void EDMA_EnableAsyncRequest(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, bool enable)

Enables an async request for the eDMA transfer.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
enable – The command to enable (true) or disable (false).

static inline void EDMA_EnableAutoStopRequest(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, bool enable)

Enables an auto stop request for the eDMA transfer.

If enabling the auto stop request, the eDMA hardware automatically disables the hardware channel request.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
enable – The command to enable (true) or disable (false).

void EDMA_EnableChannelInterrupts(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Enables the interrupt source for the eDMA transfer.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
mask – The mask of interrupt source to be set. Users need to use the defined edma_interrupt_enable_t type.

void EDMA_DisableChannelInterrupts(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Disables the interrupt source for the eDMA transfer.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
mask – The mask of the interrupt source to be set. Use the defined edma_interrupt_enable_t type.

void EDMA_SetMajorOffsetConfig(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, int32_t sourceOffset, int32_t destOffset)

Configures the eDMA channel TCD major offset feature.

Adjustment value added to the source address at the completion of the major iteration count

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – edma channel number.
sourceOffset – source address offset will be applied to source address after major loop done.
destOffset – destination address offset will be applied to source address after major loop done.

void EDMA_TcdReset(edma_tcd_t *tcd)

Sets all fields to default values for the TCD structure.

This function sets all fields for this TCD structure to default value.

Note

This function enables the auto stop request feature.

Parameters:

tcd – Pointer to the TCD structure.

void EDMA_TcdSetTransferConfig(edma_tcd_t *tcd, const edma_transfer_config_t *config, edma_tcd_t *nextTcd)

Configures the eDMA TCD transfer attribute.

The TCD is a transfer control descriptor. The content of the TCD is the same as the hardware TCD registers. The TCD is used in the scatter-gather mode. This function configures the TCD transfer attribute, including source address, destination address, transfer size, address offset, and so on. It also configures the scatter gather feature if the user supplies the next TCD address. Example:

edma_transfer_t config = {
...
}
edma_tcd_t tcd __aligned(32);
edma_tcd_t nextTcd __aligned(32);
EDMA_TcdSetTransferConfig(&tcd, &config, &nextTcd);

Note

TCD address should be 32 bytes aligned or it causes an eDMA error.

Note

If the nextTcd is not NULL, the scatter gather feature is enabled and DREQ bit is cleared in the previous transfer configuration, which is set in the EDMA_TcdReset.

Parameters:

tcd – Pointer to the TCD structure.
config – Pointer to eDMA transfer configuration structure.
nextTcd – Pointer to the next TCD structure. It can be NULL if users do not want to enable scatter/gather feature.

void EDMA_TcdSetMinorOffsetConfig(edma_tcd_t *tcd, const edma_minor_offset_config_t *config)

Configures the eDMA TCD minor offset feature.

A minor offset is a signed-extended value added to the source address or a destination address after each minor loop.

Parameters:

tcd – A point to the TCD structure.
config – A pointer to the minor offset configuration structure.

void EDMA_TcdSetChannelLink(edma_tcd_t *tcd, edma_channel_link_type_t linkType, uint32_t linkedChannel)

Sets the channel link for the eDMA TCD.

This function configures either a minor link or a major link. The minor link means the channel link is triggered every time CITER decreases by 1. The major link means that the channel link is triggered when the CITER is exhausted.

Note

Users should ensure that DONE flag is cleared before calling this interface, or the configuration is invalid.

Parameters:

tcd – Point to the TCD structure.
linkType – Channel link type, it can be one of:
- kEDMA_LinkNone
- kEDMA_MinorLink
- kEDMA_MajorLink
linkedChannel – The linked channel number.

static inline void EDMA_TcdSetBandWidth(edma_tcd_t *tcd, edma_bandwidth_t bandWidth)

Sets the bandwidth for the eDMA TCD.

Because the eDMA processes the minor loop, it continuously generates read/write sequences until the minor count is exhausted. The bandwidth forces the eDMA to stall after the completion of each read/write access to control the bus request bandwidth seen by the crossbar switch.

Parameters:

tcd – A pointer to the TCD structure.
bandWidth – A bandwidth setting, which can be one of the following:
- kEDMABandwidthStallNone
- kEDMABandwidthStall4Cycle
- kEDMABandwidthStall8Cycle

void EDMA_TcdSetModulo(edma_tcd_t *tcd, edma_modulo_t srcModulo, edma_modulo_t destModulo)

Sets the source modulo and the destination modulo for the eDMA TCD.

This function defines a specific address range specified to be the value after (SADDR + SOFF)/(DADDR + DOFF) calculation is performed or the original register value. It provides the ability to implement a circular data queue easily.

Parameters:

tcd – A pointer to the TCD structure.
srcModulo – A source modulo value.
destModulo – A destination modulo value.

static inline void EDMA_TcdEnableAutoStopRequest(edma_tcd_t *tcd, bool enable)

Sets the auto stop request for the eDMA TCD.

If enabling the auto stop request, the eDMA hardware automatically disables the hardware channel request.

Parameters:

tcd – A pointer to the TCD structure.
enable – The command to enable (true) or disable (false).

void EDMA_TcdEnableInterrupts(edma_tcd_t *tcd, uint32_t mask)

Enables the interrupt source for the eDMA TCD.

Parameters:

tcd – Point to the TCD structure.
mask – The mask of interrupt source to be set. Users need to use the defined edma_interrupt_enable_t type.

void EDMA_TcdDisableInterrupts(edma_tcd_t *tcd, uint32_t mask)

Disables the interrupt source for the eDMA TCD.

Parameters:

tcd – Point to the TCD structure.
mask – The mask of interrupt source to be set. Users need to use the defined edma_interrupt_enable_t type.

void EDMA_TcdSetMajorOffsetConfig(edma_tcd_t *tcd, int32_t sourceOffset, int32_t destOffset)

Configures the eDMA TCD major offset feature.

Adjustment value added to the source address at the completion of the major iteration count

Parameters:

tcd – A point to the TCD structure.
sourceOffset – source address offset wiil be applied to source address after major loop done.
destOffset – destination address offset will be applied to source address after major loop done.

static inline void EDMA_EnableChannelRequest(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Enables the eDMA hardware channel request.

This function enables the hardware channel request.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.

static inline void EDMA_DisableChannelRequest(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Disables the eDMA hardware channel request.

This function disables the hardware channel request.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.

static inline void EDMA_TriggerChannelStart(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Starts the eDMA transfer by using the software trigger.

This function starts a minor loop transfer.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.

uint32_t EDMA_GetRemainingMajorLoopCount(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Gets the remaining major loop count from the eDMA current channel TCD.

This function checks the TCD (Task Control Descriptor) status for a specified eDMA channel and returns the number of major loop count that has not finished.

Note

1. This function can only be used to get unfinished major loop count of transfer without the next TCD, or it might be inaccuracy.

The unfinished/remaining transfer bytes cannot be obtained directly from registers while the channel is running. Because to calculate the remaining bytes, the initial NBYTES configured in DMA_TCDn_NBYTES_MLNO register is needed while the eDMA IP does not support getting it while a channel is active. In another word, the NBYTES value reading is always the actual (decrementing) NBYTES value the dma_engine is working with while a channel is running. Consequently, to get the remaining transfer bytes, a software-saved initial value of NBYTES (for example copied before enabling the channel) is needed. The formula to calculate it is shown below: RemainingBytes = RemainingMajorLoopCount * NBYTES(initially configured)

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.

Returns:

Major loop count which has not been transferred yet for the current TCD.

static inline uint32_t EDMA_GetErrorStatusFlags(DMA_Type *base)

Gets the eDMA channel error status flags.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.

Returns:

The mask of error status flags. Users need to use the _edma_error_status_flags type to decode the return variables.

uint32_t EDMA_GetChannelStatusFlags(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Gets the eDMA channel status flags.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.

Returns:

The mask of channel status flags. Users need to use the _edma_channel_status_flags type to decode the return variables.

void EDMA_ClearChannelStatusFlags(DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Clears the eDMA channel status flags.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
mask – The mask of channel status to be cleared. Users need to use the defined _edma_channel_status_flags type.

void EDMA_CreateHandle(edma_handle_t *handle, DMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Creates the eDMA handle.

This function is called if using the transactional API for eDMA. This function initializes the internal state of the eDMA handle.

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer. The eDMA handle stores callback function and parameters.
base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.

void EDMA_InstallTCDMemory(edma_handle_t *handle, edma_tcd_t *tcdPool, uint32_t tcdSize)

Installs the TCDs memory pool into the eDMA handle.

This function is called after the EDMA_CreateHandle to use scatter/gather feature. This function shall only be used while users need to use scatter gather mode. Scatter gather mode enables EDMA to load a new transfer control block (tcd) in hardware, and automatically reconfigure that DMA channel for a new transfer. Users need to prepare tcd memory and also configure tcds using interface EDMA_SubmitTransfer.

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer.
tcdPool – A memory pool to store TCDs. It must be 32 bytes aligned.
tcdSize – The number of TCD slots.

void EDMA_SetCallback(edma_handle_t *handle, edma_callback callback, void *userData)

Installs a callback function for the eDMA transfer.

This callback is called in the eDMA IRQ handler. Use the callback to do something after the current major loop transfer completes. This function will be called every time one tcd finished transfer.

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer.
callback – eDMA callback function pointer.
userData – A parameter for the callback function.

void EDMA_PrepareTransferConfig(edma_transfer_config_t *config, void *srcAddr, uint32_t srcWidth, int16_t srcOffset, void *destAddr, uint32_t destWidth, int16_t destOffset, uint32_t bytesEachRequest, uint32_t transferBytes)

Prepares the eDMA transfer structure configurations.

This function prepares the transfer configuration structure according to the user input.

Note

The data address and the data width must be consistent. For example, if the SRC is 4 bytes, the source address must be 4 bytes aligned, or it results in source address error (SAE).

Parameters:

config – The user configuration structure of type edma_transfer_t.
srcAddr – eDMA transfer source address.
srcWidth – eDMA transfer source address width(bytes).
srcOffset – source address offset.
destAddr – eDMA transfer destination address.
destWidth – eDMA transfer destination address width(bytes).
destOffset – destination address offset.
bytesEachRequest – eDMA transfer bytes per channel request.
transferBytes – eDMA transfer bytes to be transferred.

void EDMA_PrepareTransfer(edma_transfer_config_t *config, void *srcAddr, uint32_t srcWidth, void *destAddr, uint32_t destWidth, uint32_t bytesEachRequest, uint32_t transferBytes, edma_transfer_type_t transferType)

Prepares the eDMA transfer structure.

This function prepares the transfer configuration structure according to the user input.

Note

The data address and the data width must be consistent. For example, if the SRC is 4 bytes, the source address must be 4 bytes aligned, or it results in source address error (SAE).

Parameters:

config – The user configuration structure of type edma_transfer_t.
srcAddr – eDMA transfer source address.
srcWidth – eDMA transfer source address width(bytes).
destAddr – eDMA transfer destination address.
destWidth – eDMA transfer destination address width(bytes).
bytesEachRequest – eDMA transfer bytes per channel request.
transferBytes – eDMA transfer bytes to be transferred.
transferType – eDMA transfer type.

status_t EDMA_SubmitTransfer(edma_handle_t *handle, const edma_transfer_config_t *config)

Submits the eDMA transfer request.

This function submits the eDMA transfer request according to the transfer configuration structure. In scatter gather mode, call this function will add a configured tcd to the circular list of tcd pool. The tcd pools is setup by call function EDMA_InstallTCDMemory before.

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer.
config – Pointer to eDMA transfer configuration structure.

Return values:

kStatus_EDMA_Success – It means submit transfer request succeed.
kStatus_EDMA_QueueFull – It means TCD queue is full. Submit transfer request is not allowed.
kStatus_EDMA_Busy – It means the given channel is busy, need to submit request later.

void EDMA_StartTransfer(edma_handle_t *handle)

eDMA starts transfer.

This function enables the channel request. Users can call this function after submitting the transfer request or before submitting the transfer request.

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer.

void EDMA_StopTransfer(edma_handle_t *handle)

eDMA stops transfer.

This function disables the channel request to pause the transfer. Users can call EDMA_StartTransfer() again to resume the transfer.

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer.

void EDMA_AbortTransfer(edma_handle_t *handle)

eDMA aborts transfer.

This function disables the channel request and clear transfer status bits. Users can submit another transfer after calling this API.

Parameters:

handle – DMA handle pointer.

static inline uint32_t EDMA_GetUnusedTCDNumber(edma_handle_t *handle)

Get unused TCD slot number.

This function gets current tcd index which is run. If the TCD pool pointer is NULL, it will return 0.

Parameters:

handle – DMA handle pointer.

Returns:

The unused tcd slot number.

static inline uint32_t EDMA_GetNextTCDAddress(edma_handle_t *handle)

Get the next tcd address.

This function gets the next tcd address. If this is last TCD, return 0.

Parameters:

handle – DMA handle pointer.

Returns:

The next TCD address.

void EDMA_HandleIRQ(edma_handle_t *handle)

eDMA IRQ handler for the current major loop transfer completion.

This function clears the channel major interrupt flag and calls the callback function if it is not NULL.

Note: For the case using TCD queue, when the major iteration count is exhausted, additional operations are performed. These include the final address adjustments and reloading of the BITER field into the CITER. Assertion of an optional interrupt request also occurs at this time, as does a possible fetch of a new TCD from memory using the scatter/gather address pointer included in the descriptor (if scatter/gather is enabled).

For instance, when the time interrupt of TCD[0] happens, the TCD[1] has already been loaded into the eDMA engine. As sga and sga_index are calculated based on the DLAST_SGA bitfield lies in the TCD_CSR register, the sga_index in this case should be 2 (DLAST_SGA of TCD[1] stores the address of TCD[2]). Thus, the “tcdUsed” updated should be (tcdUsed - 2U) which indicates the number of TCDs can be loaded in the memory pool (because TCD[0] and TCD[1] have been loaded into the eDMA engine at this point already.).

For the last two continuous ISRs in a scatter/gather process, they both load the last TCD (The last ISR does not load a new TCD) from the memory pool to the eDMA engine when major loop completes. Therefore, ensure that the header and tcdUsed updated are identical for them. tcdUsed are both 0 in this case as no TCD to be loaded.

See the “eDMA basic data flow” in the eDMA Functional description section of the Reference Manual for further details.

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer.

FSL_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION

eDMA driver version

Version 2.4.4.

enum _edma_transfer_size

eDMA transfer configuration

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize1Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 1 byte every time

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize2Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 2 bytes every time

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize4Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 4 bytes every time

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize8Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 8 bytes every time

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize16Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 16 bytes every time

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize32Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 32 bytes every time

enum _edma_modulo

eDMA modulo configuration

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_ModuloDisable: Disable modulo

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo2bytes: Circular buffer size is 2 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo4bytes: Circular buffer size is 4 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo8bytes: Circular buffer size is 8 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo16bytes: Circular buffer size is 16 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo32bytes: Circular buffer size is 32 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo64bytes: Circular buffer size is 64 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo128bytes: Circular buffer size is 128 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo256bytes: Circular buffer size is 256 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo512bytes: Circular buffer size is 512 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo1Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 1 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo2Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 2 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo4Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 4 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo8Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 8 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo16Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 16 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo32Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 32 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo64Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 64 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo128Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 128 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo256Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 256 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo512Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 512 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo1Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 1 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo2Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 2 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo4Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 4 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo8Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 8 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo16Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 16 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo32Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 32 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo64Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 64 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo128Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 128 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo256Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 256 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo512Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 512 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo1Gbytes: Circular buffer size is 1 G bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo2Gbytes: Circular buffer size is 2 G bytes.

enum _edma_bandwidth

Bandwidth control.

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_BandwidthStallNone: No eDMA engine stalls.

enumerator kEDMA_BandwidthStall4Cycle: eDMA engine stalls for 4 cycles after each read/write.

enumerator kEDMA_BandwidthStall8Cycle: eDMA engine stalls for 8 cycles after each read/write.

enum _edma_channel_link_type

Channel link type.

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_LinkNone: No channel link

enumerator kEDMA_MinorLink: Channel link after each minor loop

enumerator kEDMA_MajorLink: Channel link while major loop count exhausted

_edma_channel_status_flags eDMA channel status flags.

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_DoneFlag: DONE flag, set while transfer finished, CITER value exhausted

enumerator kEDMA_ErrorFlag: eDMA error flag, an error occurred in a transfer

enumerator kEDMA_InterruptFlag: eDMA interrupt flag, set while an interrupt occurred of this channel

_edma_error_status_flags eDMA channel error status flags.

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_DestinationBusErrorFlag: Bus error on destination address

enumerator kEDMA_SourceBusErrorFlag: Bus error on the source address

enumerator kEDMA_ScatterGatherErrorFlag: Error on the Scatter/Gather address, not 32byte aligned.

enumerator kEDMA_NbytesErrorFlag: NBYTES/CITER configuration error

enumerator kEDMA_DestinationOffsetErrorFlag: Destination offset not aligned with destination size

enumerator kEDMA_DestinationAddressErrorFlag: Destination address not aligned with destination size

enumerator kEDMA_SourceOffsetErrorFlag: Source offset not aligned with source size

enumerator kEDMA_SourceAddressErrorFlag: Source address not aligned with source size

enumerator kEDMA_ErrorChannelFlag: Error channel number of the cancelled channel number

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelPriorityErrorFlag: Channel priority is not unique.

enumerator kEDMA_TransferCanceledFlag: Transfer cancelled

enumerator kEDMA_ValidFlag: No error occurred, this bit is 0. Otherwise, it is 1.

enum _edma_interrupt_enable

eDMA interrupt source

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_ErrorInterruptEnable: Enable interrupt while channel error occurs.

enumerator kEDMA_MajorInterruptEnable: Enable interrupt while major count exhausted.

enumerator kEDMA_HalfInterruptEnable: Enable interrupt while major count to half value.

enum _edma_transfer_type

eDMA transfer type

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_MemoryToMemory: Transfer from memory to memory

enumerator kEDMA_PeripheralToMemory: Transfer from peripheral to memory

enumerator kEDMA_MemoryToPeripheral: Transfer from memory to peripheral

enumerator kEDMA_PeripheralToPeripheral: Transfer from Peripheral to peripheral

_edma_transfer_status eDMA transfer status

Values:

enumerator kStatus_EDMA_QueueFull: TCD queue is full.

enumerator kStatus_EDMA_Busy: Channel is busy and can’t handle the transfer request.

typedef enum _edma_transfer_size edma_transfer_size_t: eDMA transfer configuration

typedef enum _edma_modulo edma_modulo_t: eDMA modulo configuration

typedef enum _edma_bandwidth edma_bandwidth_t: Bandwidth control.

typedef enum _edma_channel_link_type edma_channel_link_type_t: Channel link type.

typedef enum _edma_interrupt_enable edma_interrupt_enable_t: eDMA interrupt source

typedef enum _edma_transfer_type edma_transfer_type_t: eDMA transfer type

typedef struct _edma_config edma_config_t: eDMA global configuration structure.

typedef struct _edma_transfer_config edma_transfer_config_t

eDMA transfer configuration

This structure configures the source/destination transfer attribute.

typedef struct _edma_channel_Preemption_config edma_channel_Preemption_config_t: eDMA channel priority configuration

typedef struct _edma_minor_offset_config edma_minor_offset_config_t: eDMA minor offset configuration

typedef struct _edma_tcd edma_tcd_t

eDMA TCD.

This structure is same as TCD register which is described in reference manual, and is used to configure the scatter/gather feature as a next hardware TCD.

typedef void (*edma_callback)(struct _edma_handle *handle, void *userData, bool transferDone, uint32_t tcds)

Define callback function for eDMA.

This callback function is called in the EDMA interrupt handle. In normal mode, run into callback function means the transfer users need is done. In scatter gather mode, run into callback function means a transfer control block (tcd) is finished. Not all transfer finished, users can get the finished tcd numbers using interface EDMA_GetUnusedTCDNumber.

Param handle:: EDMA handle pointer, users shall not touch the values inside.
Param userData:: The callback user parameter pointer. Users can use this parameter to involve things users need to change in EDMA callback function.
Param transferDone:: If the current loaded transfer done. In normal mode it means if all transfer done. In scatter gather mode, this parameter shows is the current transfer block in EDMA register is done. As the load of core is different, it will be different if the new tcd loaded into EDMA registers while this callback called. If true, it always means new tcd still not loaded into registers, while false means new tcd already loaded into registers.
Param tcds:: How many tcds are done from the last callback. This parameter only used in scatter gather mode. It tells user how many tcds are finished between the last callback and this.

typedef struct _edma_handle edma_handle_t: eDMA transfer handle structure

DMA_DCHPRI_INDEX(channel): Compute the offset unit from DCHPRI3.

struct _edma_config

#include <fsl_edma.h>

eDMA global configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableContinuousLinkMode: Enable (true) continuous link mode. Upon minor loop completion, the channel activates again if that channel has a minor loop channel link enabled and the link channel is itself.

bool enableHaltOnError: Enable (true) transfer halt on error. Any error causes the HALT bit to set. Subsequently, all service requests are ignored until the HALT bit is cleared.

bool enableRoundRobinArbitration: Enable (true) round robin channel arbitration method or fixed priority arbitration is used for channel selection

bool enableDebugMode: Enable(true) eDMA debug mode. When in debug mode, the eDMA stalls the start of a new channel. Executing channels are allowed to complete.

struct _edma_transfer_config

#include <fsl_edma.h>

eDMA transfer configuration

This structure configures the source/destination transfer attribute.

Public Members

uint32_t srcAddr: Source data address.

uint32_t destAddr: Destination data address.

edma_transfer_size_t srcTransferSize: Source data transfer size.

edma_transfer_size_t destTransferSize: Destination data transfer size.

int16_t srcOffset: Sign-extended offset applied to the current source address to form the next-state value as each source read is completed.

int16_t destOffset: Sign-extended offset applied to the current destination address to form the next-state value as each destination write is completed.

uint32_t minorLoopBytes: Bytes to transfer in a minor loop

uint32_t majorLoopCounts: Major loop iteration count.

struct _edma_channel_Preemption_config

#include <fsl_edma.h>

eDMA channel priority configuration

Public Members

bool enableChannelPreemption: If true: a channel can be suspended by other channel with higher priority

bool enablePreemptAbility: If true: a channel can suspend other channel with low priority

uint8_t channelPriority: Channel priority

struct _edma_minor_offset_config

#include <fsl_edma.h>

eDMA minor offset configuration

Public Members

bool enableSrcMinorOffset: Enable(true) or Disable(false) source minor loop offset.

bool enableDestMinorOffset: Enable(true) or Disable(false) destination minor loop offset.

uint32_t minorOffset: Offset for a minor loop mapping.

struct _edma_tcd

#include <fsl_edma.h>

eDMA TCD.

This structure is same as TCD register which is described in reference manual, and is used to configure the scatter/gather feature as a next hardware TCD.

Public Members

__IO uint32_t SADDR: SADDR register, used to save source address

__IO uint16_t SOFF: SOFF register, save offset bytes every transfer

__IO uint16_t ATTR: ATTR register, source/destination transfer size and modulo

__IO uint32_t NBYTES: Nbytes register, minor loop length in bytes

__IO uint32_t SLAST: SLAST register

__IO uint32_t DADDR: DADDR register, used for destination address

__IO uint16_t DOFF: DOFF register, used for destination offset

__IO uint16_t CITER: CITER register, current minor loop numbers, for unfinished minor loop.

__IO uint32_t DLAST_SGA: DLASTSGA register, next tcd address used in scatter-gather mode

__IO uint16_t CSR: CSR register, for TCD control status

__IO uint16_t BITER: BITER register, begin minor loop count.

struct _edma_handle

#include <fsl_edma.h>

eDMA transfer handle structure

Public Members

edma_callback callback: Callback function for major count exhausted.

void *userData: Callback function parameter.

DMA_Type *base: eDMA peripheral base address.

edma_tcd_t *tcdPool: Pointer to memory stored TCDs.

uint8_t channel: eDMA channel number.

volatile int8_t header: The first TCD index. Should point to the next TCD to be loaded into the eDMA engine.

volatile int8_t tail: The last TCD index. Should point to the next TCD to be stored into the memory pool.

volatile int8_t tcdUsed: The number of used TCD slots. Should reflect the number of TCDs can be used/loaded in the memory.

volatile int8_t tcdSize: The total number of TCD slots in the queue.

uint8_t flags: The status of the current channel.

EWM: External Watchdog Monitor Driver

void EWM_Init(EWM_Type *base, const ewm_config_t *config)

Initializes the EWM peripheral.

This function is used to initialize the EWM. After calling, the EWM runs immediately according to the configuration. Note that, except for the interrupt enable control bit, other control bits and registers are write once after a CPU reset. Modifying them more than once generates a bus transfer error.

This is an example.

ewm_config_t config;
EWM_GetDefaultConfig(&config);
config.compareHighValue = 0xAAU;
EWM_Init(ewm_base,&config);

Parameters:

base – EWM peripheral base address
config – The configuration of the EWM

void EWM_Deinit(EWM_Type *base)

Deinitializes the EWM peripheral.

This function is used to shut down the EWM.

Parameters:

base – EWM peripheral base address

void EWM_GetDefaultConfig(ewm_config_t *config)

Initializes the EWM configuration structure.

This function initializes the EWM configuration structure to default values. The default values are as follows.

ewmConfig->enableEwm = true;
ewmConfig->enableEwmInput = false;
ewmConfig->setInputAssertLogic = false;
ewmConfig->enableInterrupt = false;
ewmConfig->ewm_lpo_clock_source_t = kEWM_LpoClockSource0;
ewmConfig->prescaler = 0;
ewmConfig->compareLowValue = 0;
ewmConfig->compareHighValue = 0xFEU;

See also

ewm_config_t

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the EWM configuration structure.

static inline void EWM_EnableInterrupts(EWM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the EWM interrupt.

This function enables the EWM interrupt.

Parameters:

base – EWM peripheral base address
mask – The interrupts to enable The parameter can be combination of the following source if defined
- kEWM_InterruptEnable

static inline void EWM_DisableInterrupts(EWM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the EWM interrupt.

This function enables the EWM interrupt.

Parameters:

base – EWM peripheral base address
mask – The interrupts to disable The parameter can be combination of the following source if defined
- kEWM_InterruptEnable

static inline uint32_t EWM_GetStatusFlags(EWM_Type *base)

Gets all status flags.

This function gets all status flags.

This is an example for getting the running flag.

uint32_t status;
status = EWM_GetStatusFlags(ewm_base) & kEWM_RunningFlag;

See also

_ewm_status_flags_t

True: a related status flag has been set.
False: a related status flag is not set.

Parameters:

base – EWM peripheral base address

Returns:

State of the status flag: asserted (true) or not-asserted (false).

void EWM_Refresh(EWM_Type *base)

Services the EWM.

This function resets the EWM counter to zero.

Parameters:

base – EWM peripheral base address

FSL_EWM_DRIVER_VERSION: EWM driver version 2.0.3.

enum _ewm_lpo_clock_source

Describes EWM clock source.

Values:

enumerator kEWM_LpoClockSource0: EWM clock sourced from lpo_clk[0]

enumerator kEWM_LpoClockSource1: EWM clock sourced from lpo_clk[1]

enumerator kEWM_LpoClockSource2: EWM clock sourced from lpo_clk[2]

enumerator kEWM_LpoClockSource3: EWM clock sourced from lpo_clk[3]

enum _ewm_interrupt_enable_t

EWM interrupt configuration structure with default settings all disabled.

This structure contains the settings for all of EWM interrupt configurations.

Values:

enumerator kEWM_InterruptEnable: Enable the EWM to generate an interrupt

enum _ewm_status_flags_t

EWM status flags.

This structure contains the constants for the EWM status flags for use in the EWM functions.

Values:

enumerator kEWM_RunningFlag: Running flag, set when EWM is enabled

typedef enum _ewm_lpo_clock_source ewm_lpo_clock_source_t: Describes EWM clock source.

typedef struct _ewm_config ewm_config_t

Data structure for EWM configuration.

This structure is used to configure the EWM.

struct _ewm_config

#include <fsl_ewm.h>

Data structure for EWM configuration.

This structure is used to configure the EWM.

Public Members

bool enableEwm: Enable EWM module

bool enableEwmInput: Enable EWM_in input

bool setInputAssertLogic: EWM_in signal assertion state

bool enableInterrupt: Enable EWM interrupt

ewm_lpo_clock_source_t clockSource: Clock source select

uint8_t prescaler: Clock prescaler value

uint8_t compareLowValue: Compare low-register value

uint8_t compareHighValue: Compare high-register value

FGPIO Driver

void FGPIO_PinInit(FGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, const gpio_pin_config_t *config)

Initializes a FGPIO pin used by the board.

To initialize the FGPIO driver, define a pin configuration, as either input or output, in the user file. Then, call the FGPIO_PinInit() function.

This is an example to define an input pin or an output pin configuration:

Define a digital input pin configuration,
gpio_pin_config_t config =
{
  kGPIO_DigitalInput,
  0,
}
Define a digital output pin configuration,
gpio_pin_config_t config =
{
  kGPIO_DigitalOutput,
  0,
}

Parameters:

base – FGPIO peripheral base pointer (FGPIOA, FGPIOB, FGPIOC, and so on.)
pin – FGPIO port pin number
config – FGPIO pin configuration pointer

static inline void FGPIO_PinWrite(FGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, uint8_t output)

Sets the output level of the multiple FGPIO pins to the logic 1 or 0.

Parameters:

base – FGPIO peripheral base pointer (FGPIOA, FGPIOB, FGPIOC, and so on.)
pin – FGPIO pin number
output – FGPIOpin output logic level.
- 0: corresponding pin output low-logic level.
- 1: corresponding pin output high-logic level.

static inline void FGPIO_PortSet(FGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the output level of the multiple FGPIO pins to the logic 1.

Parameters:

base – FGPIO peripheral base pointer (FGPIOA, FGPIOB, FGPIOC, and so on.)
mask – FGPIO pin number macro

static inline void FGPIO_PortClear(FGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the output level of the multiple FGPIO pins to the logic 0.

Parameters:

base – FGPIO peripheral base pointer (FGPIOA, FGPIOB, FGPIOC, and so on.)
mask – FGPIO pin number macro

static inline void FGPIO_PortToggle(FGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Reverses the current output logic of the multiple FGPIO pins.

Parameters:

base – FGPIO peripheral base pointer (FGPIOA, FGPIOB, FGPIOC, and so on.)
mask – FGPIO pin number macro

static inline uint32_t FGPIO_PinRead(FGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin)

Reads the current input value of the FGPIO port.

Parameters:

base – FGPIO peripheral base pointer (FGPIOA, FGPIOB, FGPIOC, and so on.)
pin – FGPIO pin number

Return values:

FGPIO – port input value

0: corresponding pin input low-logic level.
1: corresponding pin input high-logic level.

uint32_t FGPIO_PortGetInterruptFlags(FGPIO_Type *base)

Reads the FGPIO port interrupt status flag.

If a pin is configured to generate the DMA request, the corresponding flag is cleared automatically at the completion of the requested DMA transfer. Otherwise, the flag remains set until a logic one is written to that flag. If configured for a level-sensitive interrupt that remains asserted, the flag is set again immediately.

Parameters:

base – FGPIO peripheral base pointer (FGPIOA, FGPIOB, FGPIOC, and so on.)

Return values:

The – current FGPIO port interrupt status flags, for example, 0x00010001 means the pin 0 and 17 have the interrupt.

void FGPIO_PortClearInterruptFlags(FGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the multiple FGPIO pin interrupt status flag.

Parameters:

base – FGPIO peripheral base pointer (FGPIOA, FGPIOB, FGPIOC, and so on.)
mask – FGPIO pin number macro

C90TFS Flash Driver

FlexIO: FlexIO Driver

FlexIO Driver

void FLEXIO_GetDefaultConfig(flexio_config_t *userConfig)

Gets the default configuration to configure the FlexIO module. The configuration can used directly to call the FLEXIO_Configure().

Example:

flexio_config_t config;
FLEXIO_GetDefaultConfig(&config);

Parameters:

userConfig – pointer to flexio_config_t structure

void FLEXIO_Init(FLEXIO_Type *base, const flexio_config_t *userConfig)

Configures the FlexIO with a FlexIO configuration. The configuration structure can be filled by the user or be set with default values by FLEXIO_GetDefaultConfig().

Example

flexio_config_t config = {
.enableFlexio = true,
.enableInDoze = false,
.enableInDebug = true,
.enableFastAccess = false
};
FLEXIO_Configure(base, &config);

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
userConfig – pointer to flexio_config_t structure

void FLEXIO_Deinit(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Gates the FlexIO clock. Call this API to stop the FlexIO clock.

Note

After calling this API, call the FLEXO_Init to use the FlexIO module.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address

uint32_t FLEXIO_GetInstance(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Get instance number for FLEXIO module.

Parameters:

base – FLEXIO peripheral base address.

void FLEXIO_Reset(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Resets the FlexIO module.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address

static inline void FLEXIO_Enable(FLEXIO_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables the FlexIO module operation.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
enable – true to enable, false to disable.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_ReadPinInput(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Reads the input data on each of the FlexIO pins.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address

Returns:

FlexIO pin input data

static inline uint8_t FLEXIO_GetShifterState(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Gets the current state pointer for state mode use.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address

Returns:

current State pointer

void FLEXIO_SetShifterConfig(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint8_t index, const flexio_shifter_config_t *shifterConfig)

Configures the shifter with the shifter configuration. The configuration structure covers both the SHIFTCTL and SHIFTCFG registers. To configure the shifter to the proper mode, select which timer controls the shifter to shift, whether to generate start bit/stop bit, and the polarity of start bit and stop bit.

Example

flexio_shifter_config_t config = {
.timerSelect = 0,
.timerPolarity = kFLEXIO_ShifterTimerPolarityOnPositive,
.pinConfig = kFLEXIO_PinConfigOpenDrainOrBidirection,
.pinPolarity = kFLEXIO_PinActiveLow,
.shifterMode = kFLEXIO_ShifterModeTransmit,
.inputSource = kFLEXIO_ShifterInputFromPin,
.shifterStop = kFLEXIO_ShifterStopBitHigh,
.shifterStart = kFLEXIO_ShifterStartBitLow
};
FLEXIO_SetShifterConfig(base, &config);

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
index – Shifter index
shifterConfig – Pointer to flexio_shifter_config_t structure

void FLEXIO_SetTimerConfig(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint8_t index, const flexio_timer_config_t *timerConfig)

Configures the timer with the timer configuration. The configuration structure covers both the TIMCTL and TIMCFG registers. To configure the timer to the proper mode, select trigger source for timer and the timer pin output and the timing for timer.

Example

flexio_timer_config_t config = {
.triggerSelect = FLEXIO_TIMER_TRIGGER_SEL_SHIFTnSTAT(0),
.triggerPolarity = kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerPolarityActiveLow,
.triggerSource = kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerSourceInternal,
.pinConfig = kFLEXIO_PinConfigOpenDrainOrBidirection,
.pinSelect = 0,
.pinPolarity = kFLEXIO_PinActiveHigh,
.timerMode = kFLEXIO_TimerModeDual8BitBaudBit,
.timerOutput = kFLEXIO_TimerOutputZeroNotAffectedByReset,
.timerDecrement = kFLEXIO_TimerDecSrcOnFlexIOClockShiftTimerOutput,
.timerReset = kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerPinEqualToTimerOutput,
.timerDisable = kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnTimerCompare,
.timerEnable = kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnTriggerHigh,
.timerStop = kFLEXIO_TimerStopBitEnableOnTimerDisable,
.timerStart = kFLEXIO_TimerStartBitEnabled
};
FLEXIO_SetTimerConfig(base, &config);

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
index – Timer index
timerConfig – Pointer to the flexio_timer_config_t structure

static inline void FLEXIO_SetClockMode(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint8_t index, flexio_timer_decrement_source_t clocksource)

This function set the value of the prescaler on flexio channels.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FlexIO simulated peripheral type.
index – Timer index
clocksource – Set clock value

static inline void FLEXIO_EnableShifterStatusInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the shifter status interrupt. The interrupt generates when the corresponding SSF is set.

Note

For multiple shifter status interrupt enable, for example, two shifter status enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The shifter status mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline void FLEXIO_DisableShifterStatusInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the shifter status interrupt. The interrupt won’t generate when the corresponding SSF is set.

Note

For multiple shifter status interrupt enable, for example, two shifter status enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The shifter status mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline void FLEXIO_EnableShifterErrorInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the shifter error interrupt. The interrupt generates when the corresponding SEF is set.

Note

For multiple shifter error interrupt enable, for example, two shifter error enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The shifter error mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline void FLEXIO_DisableShifterErrorInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the shifter error interrupt. The interrupt won’t generate when the corresponding SEF is set.

Note

For multiple shifter error interrupt enable, for example, two shifter error enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The shifter error mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline void FLEXIO_EnableTimerStatusInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the timer status interrupt. The interrupt generates when the corresponding SSF is set.

Note

For multiple timer status interrupt enable, for example, two timer status enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << timer index0) | (1 << timer index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The timer status mask which can be calculated by (1 << timer index)

static inline void FLEXIO_DisableTimerStatusInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the timer status interrupt. The interrupt won’t generate when the corresponding SSF is set.

Note

For multiple timer status interrupt enable, for example, two timer status enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << timer index0) | (1 << timer index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The timer status mask which can be calculated by (1 << timer index)

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_GetShifterStatusFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Gets the shifter status flags.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address

Returns:

Shifter status flags

static inline void FLEXIO_ClearShifterStatusFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the shifter status flags.

Note

For clearing multiple shifter status flags, for example, two shifter status flags, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The shifter status mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_GetShifterErrorFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Gets the shifter error flags.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address

Returns:

Shifter error flags

static inline void FLEXIO_ClearShifterErrorFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the shifter error flags.

Note

For clearing multiple shifter error flags, for example, two shifter error flags, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The shifter error mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_GetTimerStatusFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Gets the timer status flags.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address

Returns:

Timer status flags

static inline void FLEXIO_ClearTimerStatusFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the timer status flags.

Note

For clearing multiple timer status flags, for example, two timer status flags, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << timer index0) | (1 << timer index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The timer status mask which can be calculated by (1 << timer index)

static inline void FLEXIO_EnableShifterStatusDMA(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask, bool enable)

Enables/disables the shifter status DMA. The DMA request generates when the corresponding SSF is set.

Note

For multiple shifter status DMA enables, for example, calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The shifter status mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)
enable – True to enable, false to disable.

uint32_t FLEXIO_GetShifterBufferAddress(FLEXIO_Type *base, flexio_shifter_buffer_type_t type, uint8_t index)

Gets the shifter buffer address for the DMA transfer usage.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
type – Shifter type of flexio_shifter_buffer_type_t
index – Shifter index

Returns:

Corresponding shifter buffer index

status_t FLEXIO_RegisterHandleIRQ(void *base, void *handle, flexio_isr_t isr)

Registers the handle and the interrupt handler for the FlexIO-simulated peripheral.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FlexIO simulated peripheral type.
handle – Pointer to the handler for FlexIO simulated peripheral.
isr – FlexIO simulated peripheral interrupt handler.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/ISR table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_UnregisterHandleIRQ(void *base)

Unregisters the handle and the interrupt handler for the FlexIO-simulated peripheral.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FlexIO simulated peripheral type.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/ISR table out of range.

FSL_FLEXIO_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexIO driver version.

enum _flexio_timer_trigger_polarity

Define time of timer trigger polarity.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerPolarityActiveHigh: Active high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerPolarityActiveLow: Active low.

enum _flexio_timer_trigger_source

Define type of timer trigger source.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerSourceExternal: External trigger selected.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerSourceInternal: Internal trigger selected.

enum _flexio_pin_config

Define type of timer/shifter pin configuration.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinConfigOutputDisabled: Pin output disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinConfigOpenDrainOrBidirection: Pin open drain or bidirectional output enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinConfigBidirectionOutputData: Pin bidirectional output data.

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinConfigOutput: Pin output.

enum _flexio_pin_polarity

Definition of pin polarity.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinActiveHigh: Active high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinActiveLow: Active low.

enum _flexio_timer_mode

Define type of timer work mode.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerModeDisabled: Timer Disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerModeDual8BitBaudBit: Dual 8-bit counters baud/bit mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerModeDual8BitPWM: Dual 8-bit counters PWM mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerModeSingle16Bit: Single 16-bit counter mode.

enum _flexio_timer_output

Define type of timer initial output or timer reset condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerOutputOneNotAffectedByReset: Logic one when enabled and is not affected by timer reset.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerOutputZeroNotAffectedByReset: Logic zero when enabled and is not affected by timer reset.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerOutputOneAffectedByReset: Logic one when enabled and on timer reset.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerOutputZeroAffectedByReset: Logic zero when enabled and on timer reset.

enum _flexio_timer_decrement_source

Define type of timer decrement.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDecSrcOnFlexIOClockShiftTimerOutput: Decrement counter on FlexIO clock, Shift clock equals Timer output.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDecSrcOnTriggerInputShiftTimerOutput: Decrement counter on Trigger input (both edges), Shift clock equals Timer output.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDecSrcOnPinInputShiftPinInput: Decrement counter on Pin input (both edges), Shift clock equals Pin input.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDecSrcOnTriggerInputShiftTriggerInput: Decrement counter on Trigger input (both edges), Shift clock equals Trigger input.

enum _flexio_timer_reset_condition

Define type of timer reset condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetNever: Timer never reset.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerPinEqualToTimerOutput: Timer reset on Timer Pin equal to Timer Output.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerTriggerEqualToTimerOutput: Timer reset on Timer Trigger equal to Timer Output.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerPinRisingEdge: Timer reset on Timer Pin rising edge.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerTriggerRisingEdge: Timer reset on Trigger rising edge.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerTriggerBothEdge: Timer reset on Trigger rising or falling edge.

enum _flexio_timer_disable_condition

Define type of timer disable condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableNever: Timer never disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnPreTimerDisable: Timer disabled on Timer N-1 disable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnTimerCompare: Timer disabled on Timer compare.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnTimerCompareTriggerLow: Timer disabled on Timer compare and Trigger Low.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnPinBothEdge: Timer disabled on Pin rising or falling edge.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnPinBothEdgeTriggerHigh: Timer disabled on Pin rising or falling edge provided Trigger is high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnTriggerFallingEdge: Timer disabled on Trigger falling edge.

enum _flexio_timer_enable_condition

Define type of timer enable condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnabledAlways: Timer always enabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnPrevTimerEnable: Timer enabled on Timer N-1 enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnTriggerHigh: Timer enabled on Trigger high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnTriggerHighPinHigh: Timer enabled on Trigger high and Pin high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnPinRisingEdge: Timer enabled on Pin rising edge.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnPinRisingEdgeTriggerHigh: Timer enabled on Pin rising edge and Trigger high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnTriggerRisingEdge: Timer enabled on Trigger rising edge.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnTriggerBothEdge: Timer enabled on Trigger rising or falling edge.

enum _flexio_timer_stop_bit_condition

Define type of timer stop bit generate condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStopBitDisabled: Stop bit disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStopBitEnableOnTimerCompare: Stop bit is enabled on timer compare.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStopBitEnableOnTimerDisable: Stop bit is enabled on timer disable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStopBitEnableOnTimerCompareDisable: Stop bit is enabled on timer compare and timer disable.

enum _flexio_timer_start_bit_condition

Define type of timer start bit generate condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStartBitDisabled: Start bit disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStartBitEnabled: Start bit enabled.

enum _flexio_timer_output_state

FlexIO as PWM channel output state.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_PwmLow: The output state of PWM channel is low

enumerator kFLEXIO_PwmHigh: The output state of PWM channel is high

enum _flexio_shifter_timer_polarity

Define type of timer polarity for shifter control.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterTimerPolarityOnPositive: Shift on positive edge of shift clock.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterTimerPolarityOnNegitive: Shift on negative edge of shift clock.

enum _flexio_shifter_mode

Define type of shifter working mode.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterDisabled: Shifter is disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterModeReceive: Receive mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterModeTransmit: Transmit mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterModeMatchStore: Match store mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterModeMatchContinuous: Match continuous mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterModeState: SHIFTBUF contents are used for storing programmable state attributes.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterModeLogic: SHIFTBUF contents are used for implementing programmable logic look up table.

enum _flexio_shifter_input_source

Define type of shifter input source.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterInputFromPin: Shifter input from pin.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterInputFromNextShifterOutput: Shifter input from Shifter N+1.

enum _flexio_shifter_stop_bit

Define of STOP bit configuration.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStopBitDisable: Disable shifter stop bit.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStopBitLow: Set shifter stop bit to logic low level.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStopBitHigh: Set shifter stop bit to logic high level.

enum _flexio_shifter_start_bit

Define type of START bit configuration.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStartBitDisabledLoadDataOnEnable: Disable shifter start bit, transmitter loads data on enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStartBitDisabledLoadDataOnShift: Disable shifter start bit, transmitter loads data on first shift.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStartBitLow: Set shifter start bit to logic low level.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStartBitHigh: Set shifter start bit to logic high level.

enum _flexio_shifter_buffer_type

Define FlexIO shifter buffer type.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBuffer: Shifter Buffer N Register.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBufferBitSwapped: Shifter Buffer N Bit Byte Swapped Register.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBufferByteSwapped: Shifter Buffer N Byte Swapped Register.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBufferBitByteSwapped: Shifter Buffer N Bit Swapped Register.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBufferNibbleByteSwapped: Shifter Buffer N Nibble Byte Swapped Register.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBufferHalfWordSwapped: Shifter Buffer N Half Word Swapped Register.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBufferNibbleSwapped: Shifter Buffer N Nibble Swapped Register.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_trigger_polarity flexio_timer_trigger_polarity_t: Define time of timer trigger polarity.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_trigger_source flexio_timer_trigger_source_t: Define type of timer trigger source.

typedef enum _flexio_pin_config flexio_pin_config_t: Define type of timer/shifter pin configuration.

typedef enum _flexio_pin_polarity flexio_pin_polarity_t: Definition of pin polarity.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_mode flexio_timer_mode_t: Define type of timer work mode.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_output flexio_timer_output_t: Define type of timer initial output or timer reset condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_decrement_source flexio_timer_decrement_source_t: Define type of timer decrement.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_reset_condition flexio_timer_reset_condition_t: Define type of timer reset condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_disable_condition flexio_timer_disable_condition_t: Define type of timer disable condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_enable_condition flexio_timer_enable_condition_t: Define type of timer enable condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_stop_bit_condition flexio_timer_stop_bit_condition_t: Define type of timer stop bit generate condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_start_bit_condition flexio_timer_start_bit_condition_t: Define type of timer start bit generate condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_output_state flexio_timer_output_state_t: FlexIO as PWM channel output state.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_timer_polarity flexio_shifter_timer_polarity_t: Define type of timer polarity for shifter control.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_mode flexio_shifter_mode_t: Define type of shifter working mode.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_input_source flexio_shifter_input_source_t: Define type of shifter input source.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_stop_bit flexio_shifter_stop_bit_t: Define of STOP bit configuration.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_start_bit flexio_shifter_start_bit_t: Define type of START bit configuration.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_buffer_type flexio_shifter_buffer_type_t: Define FlexIO shifter buffer type.

typedef struct _flexio_config_ flexio_config_t: Define FlexIO user configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_timer_config flexio_timer_config_t: Define FlexIO timer configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_shifter_config flexio_shifter_config_t: Define FlexIO shifter configuration structure.

typedef void (*flexio_isr_t)(void *base, void *handle): typedef for FlexIO simulated driver interrupt handler.

FLEXIO_Type *const s_flexioBases[]: Pointers to flexio bases for each instance.

const clock_ip_name_t s_flexioClocks[]: Pointers to flexio clocks for each instance.

FLEXIO_TIMER_TRIGGER_SEL_PININPUT(x): Calculate FlexIO timer trigger.

FLEXIO_TIMER_TRIGGER_SEL_SHIFTnSTAT(x)

FLEXIO_TIMER_TRIGGER_SEL_TIMn(x)

struct _flexio_config_

#include <fsl_flexio.h>

Define FlexIO user configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableFlexio: Enable/disable FlexIO module

bool enableInDoze: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in doze mode

bool enableInDebug: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in debug mode

bool enableFastAccess: Enable/disable fast access to FlexIO registers, fast access requires the FlexIO clock to be at least twice the frequency of the bus clock.

struct _flexio_timer_config

#include <fsl_flexio.h>

Define FlexIO timer configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t triggerSelect: The internal trigger selection number using MACROs.

flexio_timer_trigger_polarity_t triggerPolarity: Trigger Polarity.

flexio_timer_trigger_source_t triggerSource: Trigger Source, internal (see ‘trgsel’) or external.

flexio_pin_config_t pinConfig: Timer Pin Configuration.

uint32_t pinSelect: Timer Pin number Select.

flexio_pin_polarity_t pinPolarity: Timer Pin Polarity.

flexio_timer_mode_t timerMode: Timer work Mode.

flexio_timer_output_t timerOutput: Configures the initial state of the Timer Output and whether it is affected by the Timer reset.

flexio_timer_decrement_source_t timerDecrement: Configures the source of the Timer decrement and the source of the Shift clock.

flexio_timer_reset_condition_t timerReset: Configures the condition that causes the timer counter (and optionally the timer output) to be reset.

flexio_timer_disable_condition_t timerDisable: Configures the condition that causes the Timer to be disabled and stop decrementing.

flexio_timer_enable_condition_t timerEnable: Configures the condition that causes the Timer to be enabled and start decrementing.

flexio_timer_stop_bit_condition_t timerStop: Timer STOP Bit generation.

flexio_timer_start_bit_condition_t timerStart: Timer STRAT Bit generation.

uint32_t timerCompare: Value for Timer Compare N Register.

struct _flexio_shifter_config

#include <fsl_flexio.h>

Define FlexIO shifter configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t timerSelect: Selects which Timer is used for controlling the logic/shift register and generating the Shift clock.

flexio_shifter_timer_polarity_t timerPolarity: Timer Polarity.

flexio_pin_config_t pinConfig: Shifter Pin Configuration.

uint32_t pinSelect: Shifter Pin number Select.

flexio_pin_polarity_t pinPolarity: Shifter Pin Polarity.

flexio_shifter_mode_t shifterMode: Configures the mode of the Shifter.

uint32_t parallelWidth: Configures the parallel width when using parallel mode.

flexio_shifter_input_source_t inputSource: Selects the input source for the shifter.

flexio_shifter_stop_bit_t shifterStop: Shifter STOP bit.

flexio_shifter_start_bit_t shifterStart: Shifter START bit.

FlexIO eDMA I2S Driver

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferTxCreateHandleEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_edma_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *dmaHandle)

Initializes the FlexIO I2S eDMA handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO I2S master DMA handle which can be used for other FlexIO I2S master transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified FlexIO I2S instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S eDMA handle pointer.
callback – FlexIO I2S eDMA callback function called while finished a block.
userData – User parameter for callback.
dmaHandle – eDMA handle for FlexIO I2S. This handle is a static value allocated by users.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferRxCreateHandleEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_edma_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *dmaHandle)

Initializes the FlexIO I2S Rx eDMA handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO I2S slave DMA handle which can be used for other FlexIO I2S master transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified FlexIO I2S instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S eDMA handle pointer.
callback – FlexIO I2S eDMA callback function called while finished a block.
userData – User parameter for callback.
dmaHandle – eDMA handle for FlexIO I2S. This handle is a static value allocated by users.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferSetFormatEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_format_t *format, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Configures the FlexIO I2S Tx audio format.

Audio format can be changed in run-time of FlexIO I2S. This function configures the sample rate and audio data format to be transferred. This function also sets the eDMA parameter according to format.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S eDMA handle pointer
format – Pointer to FlexIO I2S audio data format structure.
srcClock_Hz – FlexIO I2S clock source frequency in Hz, it should be 0 while in slave mode.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferSendEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking FlexIO I2S transfer using DMA.

Note

This interface returned immediately after transfer initiates. Users should call FLEXIO_I2S_GetTransferStatus to poll the transfer status and check whether the FlexIO I2S transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.
xfer – Pointer to DMA transfer structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Start a FlexIO I2S eDMA send successfully.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input arguments is invalid.
kStatus_TxBusy – FlexIO I2S is busy sending data.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferReceiveEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking FlexIO I2S receive using eDMA.

Note

This interface returned immediately after transfer initiates. Users should call FLEXIO_I2S_GetReceiveRemainingBytes to poll the transfer status and check whether the FlexIO I2S transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.
xfer – Pointer to DMA transfer structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Start a FlexIO I2S eDMA receive successfully.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input arguments is invalid.
kStatus_RxBusy – FlexIO I2S is busy receiving data.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferAbortSendEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a FlexIO I2S transfer using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferAbortReceiveEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a FlexIO I2S receive using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferGetSendCountEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the remaining bytes to be sent.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.
count – Bytes sent.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferGetReceiveCountEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Get the remaining bytes to be received.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.
count – Bytes received.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

FSL_FLEXIO_I2S_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexIO I2S EDMA driver version 2.1.8.

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_edma_handle flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t

typedef void (*flexio_i2s_edma_callback_t)(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO I2S eDMA transfer callback function for finish and error.

struct _flexio_i2s_edma_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s_edma.h>

FlexIO I2S DMA transfer handle, users should not touch the content of the handle.

Public Members

edma_handle_t *dmaHandle: DMA handler for FlexIO I2S send

uint8_t bytesPerFrame: Bytes in a frame

uint8_t nbytes: eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

uint32_t state: Internal state for FlexIO I2S eDMA transfer

flexio_i2s_edma_callback_t callback: Callback for users while transfer finish or error occurred

void *userData: User callback parameter

edma_tcd_t tcd[(4U) + 1U]: TCD pool for eDMA transfer.

flexio_i2s_transfer_t queue[(4U)]: Transfer queue storing queued transfer.

size_t transferSize[(4U)]: Data bytes need to transfer

volatile uint8_t queueUser: Index for user to queue transfer.

volatile uint8_t queueDriver: Index for driver to get the transfer data and size

FlexIO eDMA SPI Driver

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferCreateHandleEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_master_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *txHandle, edma_handle_t *rxHandle)

Initializes the FlexIO SPI master eDMA handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO SPI master eDMA handle which can be used for other FlexIO SPI master transactional APIs. For a specified FlexIO SPI instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – SPI callback, NULL means no callback.
userData – callback function parameter.
txHandle – User requested eDMA handle for FlexIO SPI RX eDMA transfer.
rxHandle – User requested eDMA handle for FlexIO SPI TX eDMA transfer.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO SPI eDMA type/handle table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking FlexIO SPI transfer using eDMA.

Note

This interface returns immediately after transfer initiates. Call FLEXIO_SPI_MasterGetTransferCountEDMA to poll the transfer status and check whether the FlexIO SPI transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
xfer – Pointer to FlexIO SPI transfer structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start a transfer.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Input argument is invalid.
kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Busy – FlexIO SPI is not idle, is running another transfer.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferAbortEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a FlexIO SPI transfer using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – FlexIO SPI eDMA handle pointer.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferGetCountEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes transferred so far using FlexIO SPI master eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – FlexIO SPI eDMA handle pointer.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

static inline void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferCreateHandleEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_slave_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *txHandle, edma_handle_t *rxHandle)

Initializes the FlexIO SPI slave eDMA handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO SPI slave eDMA handle.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – SPI callback, NULL means no callback.
userData – callback function parameter.
txHandle – User requested eDMA handle for FlexIO SPI TX eDMA transfer.
rxHandle – User requested eDMA handle for FlexIO SPI RX eDMA transfer.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking FlexIO SPI transfer using eDMA.

Note

This interface returns immediately after transfer initiates. Call FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveGetTransferCountEDMA to poll the transfer status and check whether the FlexIO SPI transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
xfer – Pointer to FlexIO SPI transfer structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start a transfer.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Input argument is invalid.
kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Busy – FlexIO SPI is not idle, is running another transfer.

static inline void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferAbortEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a FlexIO SPI transfer using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

static inline status_t FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferGetCountEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes transferred so far using FlexIO SPI slave eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – FlexIO SPI eDMA handle pointer.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

FSL_FLEXIO_SPI_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexIO SPI EDMA driver version.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_master_edma_handle flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t: typedef for flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t in advance.

typedef flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t: Slave handle is the same with master handle.

typedef void (*flexio_spi_master_edma_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO SPI master callback for finished transmit.

typedef void (*flexio_spi_slave_edma_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO SPI slave callback for finished transmit.

struct _flexio_spi_master_edma_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_spi_edma.h>

FlexIO SPI eDMA transfer handle, users should not touch the content of the handle.

Public Members

size_t transferSize: Total bytes to be transferred.

uint8_t nbytes: eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

bool txInProgress: Send transfer in progress

bool rxInProgress: Receive transfer in progress

edma_handle_t *txHandle: DMA handler for SPI send

edma_handle_t *rxHandle: DMA handler for SPI receive

flexio_spi_master_edma_transfer_callback_t callback: Callback for SPI DMA transfer

void *userData: User Data for SPI DMA callback

FlexIO eDMA UART Driver

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferCreateHandleEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *txEdmaHandle, edma_handle_t *rxEdmaHandle)

Initializes the UART handle which is used in transactional functions.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type.
handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure.
callback – The callback function.
userData – The parameter of the callback function.
rxEdmaHandle – User requested DMA handle for RX DMA transfer.
txEdmaHandle – User requested DMA handle for TX DMA transfer.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO SPI eDMA type/handle table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferSendEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_transfer_t *xfer)

Sends data using eDMA.

This function sends data using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is sent out, the send callback function is called.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type
handle – UART handle pointer.
xfer – UART eDMA transfer structure, see flexio_uart_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – if succeed, others failed.
kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_TxBusy – Previous transfer on going.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferReceiveEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_transfer_t *xfer)

Receives data using eDMA.

This function receives data using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is received, the receive callback function is called.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type
handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure
xfer – UART eDMA transfer structure, see flexio_uart_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – if succeed, others failed.
kStatus_UART_RxBusy – Previous transfer on going.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferAbortSendEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the sent data which using eDMA.

This function aborts sent data which using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type
handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferAbortReceiveEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the receive data which using eDMA.

This function aborts the receive data which using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type
handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferGetSendCountEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes sent out.

This function gets the number of bytes sent out.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type
handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure
count – Number of bytes sent so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – transfer has finished or no transfer in progress.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferGetReceiveCountEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes received.

This function gets the number of bytes received.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type
handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure
count – Number of bytes received so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – transfer has finished or no transfer in progress.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

FSL_FLEXIO_UART_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexIO UART EDMA driver version.

typedef struct _flexio_uart_edma_handle flexio_uart_edma_handle_t

typedef void (*flexio_uart_edma_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): UART transfer callback function.

struct _flexio_uart_edma_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_uart_edma.h>

UART eDMA handle.

Public Members

flexio_uart_edma_transfer_callback_t callback: Callback function.

void *userData: UART callback function parameter.

size_t txDataSizeAll: Total bytes to be sent.

size_t rxDataSizeAll: Total bytes to be received.

edma_handle_t *txEdmaHandle: The eDMA TX channel used.

edma_handle_t *rxEdmaHandle: The eDMA RX channel used.

uint8_t nbytes: eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

volatile uint8_t txState: TX transfer state.

volatile uint8_t rxState: RX transfer state

FlexIO I2C Master Driver

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_CheckForBusyBus(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Make sure the bus isn’t already pulled down.

Check the FLEXIO pin status to see whether either of SDA and SCL pin is pulled down.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure..

Return values:

kStatus_Success –
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Busy –

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterInit(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_config_t *masterConfig, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Ungates the FlexIO clock, resets the FlexIO module, and configures the FlexIO I2C hardware configuration.

Example

FLEXIO_I2C_Type base = {
.flexioBase = FLEXIO,
.SDAPinIndex = 0,
.SCLPinIndex = 1,
.shifterIndex = {0,1},
.timerIndex = {0,1}
};
flexio_i2c_master_config_t config = {
.enableInDoze = false,
.enableInDebug = true,
.enableFastAccess = false,
.baudRate_Bps = 100000
};
FLEXIO_I2C_MasterInit(base, &config, srcClock_Hz);

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
masterConfig – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_config_t structure.
srcClock_Hz – FlexIO source clock in Hz.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Initialization successful
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The source clock exceed upper range limitation

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterDeinit(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

De-initializes the FlexIO I2C master peripheral. Calling this API Resets the FlexIO I2C master shifer and timer config, module can’t work unless the FLEXIO_I2C_MasterInit is called.

Parameters:

base – pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig(flexio_i2c_master_config_t *masterConfig)

Gets the default configuration to configure the FlexIO module. The configuration can be used directly for calling the FLEXIO_I2C_MasterInit().

Example:

flexio_i2c_master_config_t config;
FLEXIO_I2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig(&config);

Parameters:

masterConfig – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_config_t structure.

static inline void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterEnable(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO module operation.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
enable – Pass true to enable module, false does not have any effect.

uint32_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterGetStatusFlags(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO I2C master status flags.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure

Returns:

Status flag, use status flag to AND _flexio_i2c_master_status_flags can get the related status.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterClearStatusFlags(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the FlexIO I2C master status flags.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
mask – Status flag. The parameter can be any combination of the following values:
- kFLEXIO_I2C_RxFullFlag
- kFLEXIO_I2C_ReceiveNakFlag

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterEnableInterrupts(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the FlexIO i2c master interrupt requests.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
mask – Interrupt source. Currently only one interrupt request source:
- kFLEXIO_I2C_TransferCompleteInterruptEnable

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterDisableInterrupts(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the FlexIO I2C master interrupt requests.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
mask – Interrupt source.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterSetBaudRate(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint32_t baudRate_Bps, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Sets the FlexIO I2C master transfer baudrate.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure
baudRate_Bps – the baud rate value in HZ
srcClock_Hz – source clock in HZ

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterStart(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint8_t address, flexio_i2c_direction_t direction)

Sends START + 7-bit address to the bus.

Note

This API should be called when the transfer configuration is ready to send a START signal and 7-bit address to the bus. This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the address is put into the data register but the address transfer is not finished on the bus. Ensure that the kFLEXIO_I2C_RxFullFlag status is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
address – 7-bit address.
direction – transfer direction. This parameter is one of the values in flexio_i2c_direction_t:
- kFLEXIO_I2C_Write: Transmit
- kFLEXIO_I2C_Read: Receive

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterStop(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Sends the stop signal on the bus.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterRepeatedStart(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Sends the repeated start signal on the bus.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterAbortStop(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Sends the stop signal when transfer is still on-going.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterEnableAck(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, bool enable)

Configures the sent ACK/NAK for the following byte.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
enable – True to configure send ACK, false configure to send NAK.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterSetTransferCount(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint16_t count)

Sets the number of bytes to be transferred from a start signal to a stop signal.

Note

Call this API before a transfer begins because the timer generates a number of clocks according to the number of bytes that need to be transferred.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
count – Number of bytes need to be transferred from a start signal to a re-start/stop signal

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully configured the count.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Input argument is invalid.

static inline void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterWriteByte(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint32_t data)

Writes one byte of data to the I2C bus.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is put into the data register but the data transfer is not finished on the bus. Ensure that the TxEmptyFlag is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
data – a byte of data.

static inline uint8_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterReadByte(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Reads one byte of data from the I2C bus.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is read from the data register. Ensure that the data is ready in the register.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

Returns:

data byte read.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterWriteBlocking(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, const uint8_t *txBuff, uint8_t txSize)

Sends a buffer of data in bytes.

Note

This function blocks via polling until all bytes have been sent.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
txBuff – The data bytes to send.
txSize – The number of data bytes to send.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully write data.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Nak – Receive NAK during writing data.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Timeout – Timeout polling status flags.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterReadBlocking(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint8_t *rxBuff, uint8_t rxSize)

Receives a buffer of bytes.

Note

This function blocks via polling until all bytes have been received.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
rxBuff – The buffer to store the received bytes.
rxSize – The number of data bytes to be received.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully read data.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Timeout – Timeout polling status flags.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferBlocking(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a master polling transfer on the I2C bus.

Note

The API does not return until the transfer succeeds or fails due to receiving NAK.

Parameters:

base – pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
xfer – pointer to flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t structure.

Returns:

status of status_t.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferCreateHandle(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2c_master_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the I2C handle which is used in transactional functions.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – Pointer to user callback function.
userData – User param passed to the callback function.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/isr table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferNonBlocking(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a master interrupt non-blocking transfer on the I2C bus.

Note

The API returns immediately after the transfer initiates. Call FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferGetCount to poll the transfer status to check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is not kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Busy, the transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state
xfer – pointer to flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t structure

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start a transfer.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Busy – FlexIO I2C is not idle, is running another transfer.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferGetCount(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the master transfer status during a interrupt non-blocking transfer.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_InvalidArgument – count is Invalid.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferAbort(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_handle_t *handle)

Aborts an interrupt non-blocking transfer early.

Note

This API can be called at any time when an interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer early.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferHandleIRQ(void *i2cType, void *i2cHandle)

Master interrupt handler.

Parameters:

i2cType – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure
i2cHandle – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t structure

FSL_FLEXIO_I2C_MASTER_DRIVER_VERSION

FlexIO I2C transfer status.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Busy: I2C is busy doing transfer.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Idle: I2C is busy doing transfer.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Nak: NAK received during transfer.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Timeout: Timeout polling status flags.

enum _flexio_i2c_master_interrupt

Define FlexIO I2C master interrupt mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_TxEmptyInterruptEnable: Tx buffer empty interrupt enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_RxFullInterruptEnable: Rx buffer full interrupt enable.

enum _flexio_i2c_master_status_flags

Define FlexIO I2C master status mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_TxEmptyFlag: Tx shifter empty flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_RxFullFlag: Rx shifter full/Transfer complete flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_ReceiveNakFlag: Receive NAK flag.

enum _flexio_i2c_direction

Direction of master transfer.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_Write: Master send to slave.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_Read: Master receive from slave.

typedef enum _flexio_i2c_direction flexio_i2c_direction_t: Direction of master transfer.

typedef struct _flexio_i2c_type FLEXIO_I2C_Type: Define FlexIO I2C master access structure typedef.

typedef struct _flexio_i2c_master_config flexio_i2c_master_config_t: Define FlexIO I2C master user configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_i2c_master_transfer flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t: Define FlexIO I2C master transfer structure.

typedef struct _flexio_i2c_master_handle flexio_i2c_master_handle_t: FlexIO I2C master handle typedef.

typedef void (*flexio_i2c_master_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO I2C master transfer callback typedef.

I2C_RETRY_TIMES: Retry times for waiting flag.

struct _flexio_i2c_type

#include <fsl_flexio_i2c_master.h>

Define FlexIO I2C master access structure typedef.

Public Members

FLEXIO_Type *flexioBase: FlexIO base pointer.

uint8_t SDAPinIndex: Pin select for I2C SDA.

uint8_t SCLPinIndex: Pin select for I2C SCL.

uint8_t shifterIndex[2]: Shifter index used in FlexIO I2C.

uint8_t timerIndex[3]: Timer index used in FlexIO I2C.

uint32_t baudrate: Master transfer baudrate, used to calculate delay time.

struct _flexio_i2c_master_config

#include <fsl_flexio_i2c_master.h>

Define FlexIO I2C master user configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableMaster: Enables the FlexIO I2C peripheral at initialization time.

bool enableInDoze: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in doze mode.

bool enableInDebug: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in debug mode.

bool enableFastAccess: Enable/disable fast access to FlexIO registers, fast access requires the FlexIO clock to be at least twice the frequency of the bus clock.

uint32_t baudRate_Bps: Baud rate in Bps.

struct _flexio_i2c_master_transfer

#include <fsl_flexio_i2c_master.h>

Define FlexIO I2C master transfer structure.

Public Members

uint32_t flags: Transfer flag which controls the transfer, reserved for FlexIO I2C.

uint8_t slaveAddress: 7-bit slave address.

flexio_i2c_direction_t direction: Transfer direction, read or write.

uint32_t subaddress: Sub address. Transferred MSB first.

uint8_t subaddressSize: Size of command buffer.

uint8_t volatile *data: Transfer buffer.

volatile size_t dataSize: Transfer size.

struct _flexio_i2c_master_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_i2c_master.h>

Define FlexIO I2C master handle structure.

Public Members

flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t transfer: FlexIO I2C master transfer copy.

size_t transferSize: Total bytes to be transferred.

uint8_t state: Transfer state maintained during transfer.

flexio_i2c_master_transfer_callback_t completionCallback: Callback function called at transfer event. Callback function called at transfer event.

void *userData: Callback parameter passed to callback function.

bool needRestart: Whether master needs to send re-start signal.

FlexIO I2S Driver

void FLEXIO_I2S_Init(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, const flexio_i2s_config_t *config)

Initializes the FlexIO I2S.

This API configures FlexIO pins and shifter to I2S and configures the FlexIO I2S with a configuration structure. The configuration structure can be filled by the user, or be set with default values by FLEXIO_I2S_GetDefaultConfig().

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application to use the FlexIO I2S driver. Otherwise, any access to the FlexIO I2S module can cause hard fault because the clock is not enabled.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer
config – FlexIO I2S configure structure.

void FLEXIO_I2S_GetDefaultConfig(flexio_i2s_config_t *config)

Sets the FlexIO I2S configuration structure to default values.

The purpose of this API is to get the configuration structure initialized for use in FLEXIO_I2S_Init(). Users may use the initialized structure unchanged in FLEXIO_I2S_Init() or modify some fields of the structure before calling FLEXIO_I2S_Init().

Parameters:

config – pointer to master configuration structure

void FLEXIO_I2S_Deinit(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base)

De-initializes the FlexIO I2S.

Calling this API resets the FlexIO I2S shifter and timer config. After calling this API, call the FLEXO_I2S_Init to use the FlexIO I2S module.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer

static inline void FLEXIO_I2S_Enable(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO I2S module operation.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type
enable – True to enable, false dose not have any effect.

uint32_t FLEXIO_I2S_GetStatusFlags(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO I2S status flags.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure

Returns:

Status flag, which are ORed by the enumerators in the _flexio_i2s_status_flags.

void FLEXIO_I2S_EnableInterrupts(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the FlexIO I2S interrupt.

This function enables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure
mask – interrupt source

void FLEXIO_I2S_DisableInterrupts(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the FlexIO I2S interrupt.

This function enables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

Parameters:

base – pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure
mask – interrupt source

static inline void FLEXIO_I2S_TxEnableDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO I2S Tx DMA requests.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer
enable – True means enable DMA, false means disable DMA.

static inline void FLEXIO_I2S_RxEnableDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO I2S Rx DMA requests.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer
enable – True means enable DMA, false means disable DMA.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_I2S_TxGetDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO I2S send data register address.

This function returns the I2S data register address, mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure

Returns:

FlexIO i2s send data register address.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_I2S_RxGetDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO I2S receive data register address.

This function returns the I2S data register address, mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure

Returns:

FlexIO i2s receive data register address.

void FLEXIO_I2S_MasterSetFormat(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_format_t *format, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Configures the FlexIO I2S audio format in master mode.

Audio format can be changed in run-time of FlexIO I2S. This function configures the sample rate and audio data format to be transferred.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure
format – Pointer to FlexIO I2S audio data format structure.
srcClock_Hz – I2S master clock source frequency in Hz.

void FLEXIO_I2S_SlaveSetFormat(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_format_t *format)

Configures the FlexIO I2S audio format in slave mode.

Audio format can be changed in run-time of FlexIO I2S. This function configures the sample rate and audio data format to be transferred.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure
format – Pointer to FlexIO I2S audio data format structure.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_WriteBlocking(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, uint8_t bitWidth, uint8_t *txData, size_t size)

Sends data using a blocking method.

Note

This function blocks via polling until data is ready to be sent.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer.
bitWidth – How many bits in a audio word, usually 8/16/24/32 bits.
txData – Pointer to the data to be written.
size – Bytes to be written.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully write data.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Timeout – Timeout polling status flags.

static inline void FLEXIO_I2S_WriteData(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, uint8_t bitWidth, uint32_t data)

Writes data into a data register.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer.
bitWidth – How many bits in a audio word, usually 8/16/24/32 bits.
data – Data to be written.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_ReadBlocking(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, uint8_t bitWidth, uint8_t *rxData, size_t size)

Receives a piece of data using a blocking method.

Note

This function blocks via polling until data is ready to be sent.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer
bitWidth – How many bits in a audio word, usually 8/16/24/32 bits.
rxData – Pointer to the data to be read.
size – Bytes to be read.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully read data.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Timeout – Timeout polling status flags.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_I2S_ReadData(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base)

Reads a data from the data register.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer

Returns:

Data read from data register.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferTxCreateHandle(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the FlexIO I2S handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO I2S handle which can be used for other FlexIO I2S transactional APIs. Call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – FlexIO I2S callback function, which is called while finished a block.
userData – User parameter for the FlexIO I2S callback.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferSetFormat(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_format_t *format, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Configures the FlexIO I2S audio format.

Audio format can be changed at run-time of FlexIO I2S. This function configures the sample rate and audio data format to be transferred.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – FlexIO I2S handle pointer.
format – Pointer to audio data format structure.
srcClock_Hz – FlexIO I2S bit clock source frequency in Hz. This parameter should be 0 while in slave mode.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferRxCreateHandle(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the FlexIO I2S receive handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO I2S handle which can be used for other FlexIO I2S transactional APIs. Call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – FlexIO I2S callback function, which is called while finished a block.
userData – User parameter for the FlexIO I2S callback.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferSendNonBlocking(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs an interrupt non-blocking send transfer on FlexIO I2S.

Note

The API returns immediately after transfer initiates. Call FLEXIO_I2S_GetRemainingBytes to poll the transfer status and check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is 0, the transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state
xfer – Pointer to flexio_i2s_transfer_t structure

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start the data transmission.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_TxBusy – Previous transmission still not finished, data not all written to TX register yet.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input parameter is invalid.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferReceiveNonBlocking(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs an interrupt non-blocking receive transfer on FlexIO I2S.

Note

The API returns immediately after transfer initiates. Call FLEXIO_I2S_GetRemainingBytes to poll the transfer status to check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is 0, the transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state
xfer – Pointer to flexio_i2s_transfer_t structure

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start the data receive.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_RxBusy – Previous receive still not finished.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input parameter is invalid.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferAbortSend(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the current send.

Note

This API can be called at any time when interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer in a early time.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferAbortReceive(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the current receive.

Note

This API can be called at any time when interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer in a early time.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferGetSendCount(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the remaining bytes to be sent.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state
count – Bytes sent.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferGetReceiveCount(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the remaining bytes to be received.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state
count – Bytes recieved.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

Returns:

count Bytes received.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferTxHandleIRQ(void *i2sBase, void *i2sHandle)

Tx interrupt handler.

Parameters:

i2sBase – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
i2sHandle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferRxHandleIRQ(void *i2sBase, void *i2sHandle)

Rx interrupt handler.

Parameters:

i2sBase – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
i2sHandle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure.

FSL_FLEXIO_I2S_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexIO I2S driver version 2.2.0.

FlexIO I2S transfer status.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_Idle: FlexIO I2S is in idle state

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_TxBusy: FlexIO I2S Tx is busy

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_RxBusy: FlexIO I2S Tx is busy

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_Error: FlexIO I2S error occurred

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_QueueFull: FlexIO I2S transfer queue is full.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_Timeout: FlexIO I2S timeout polling status flags.

enum _flexio_i2s_master_slave

Master or slave mode.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_Master: Master mode

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_Slave: Slave mode

_flexio_i2s_interrupt_enable Define FlexIO FlexIO I2S interrupt mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable: Transmit buffer empty interrupt enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable: Receive buffer full interrupt enable.

_flexio_i2s_status_flags Define FlexIO FlexIO I2S status mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_TxDataRegEmptyFlag: Transmit buffer empty flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_RxDataRegFullFlag: Receive buffer full flag.

enum _flexio_i2s_sample_rate

Audio sample rate.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate8KHz: Sample rate 8000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate11025Hz: Sample rate 11025Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate12KHz: Sample rate 12000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate16KHz: Sample rate 16000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate22050Hz: Sample rate 22050Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate24KHz: Sample rate 24000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate32KHz: Sample rate 32000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate44100Hz: Sample rate 44100Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate48KHz: Sample rate 48000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate96KHz: Sample rate 96000Hz

enum _flexio_i2s_word_width

Audio word width.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_WordWidth8bits: Audio data width 8 bits

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_WordWidth16bits: Audio data width 16 bits

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_WordWidth24bits: Audio data width 24 bits

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_WordWidth32bits: Audio data width 32 bits

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_type FLEXIO_I2S_Type: Define FlexIO I2S access structure typedef.

typedef enum _flexio_i2s_master_slave flexio_i2s_master_slave_t: Master or slave mode.

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_config flexio_i2s_config_t: FlexIO I2S configure structure.

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_format flexio_i2s_format_t: FlexIO I2S audio format, FlexIO I2S only support the same format in Tx and Rx.

typedef enum _flexio_i2s_sample_rate flexio_i2s_sample_rate_t: Audio sample rate.

typedef enum _flexio_i2s_word_width flexio_i2s_word_width_t: Audio word width.

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_transfer flexio_i2s_transfer_t: Define FlexIO I2S transfer structure.

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_handle flexio_i2s_handle_t

typedef void (*flexio_i2s_callback_t)(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO I2S xfer callback prototype.

I2S_RETRY_TIMES: Retry times for waiting flag.

FLEXIO_I2S_XFER_QUEUE_SIZE: FlexIO I2S transfer queue size, user can refine it according to use case.

struct _flexio_i2s_type

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s.h>

Define FlexIO I2S access structure typedef.

Public Members

FLEXIO_Type *flexioBase: FlexIO base pointer

uint8_t txPinIndex: Tx data pin index in FlexIO pins

uint8_t rxPinIndex: Rx data pin index

uint8_t bclkPinIndex: Bit clock pin index

uint8_t fsPinIndex: Frame sync pin index

uint8_t txShifterIndex: Tx data shifter index

uint8_t rxShifterIndex: Rx data shifter index

uint8_t bclkTimerIndex: Bit clock timer index

uint8_t fsTimerIndex: Frame sync timer index

struct _flexio_i2s_config

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s.h>

FlexIO I2S configure structure.

Public Members

bool enableI2S: Enable FlexIO I2S

flexio_i2s_master_slave_t masterSlave: Master or slave

flexio_pin_polarity_t txPinPolarity: Tx data pin polarity, active high or low

flexio_pin_polarity_t rxPinPolarity: Rx data pin polarity

flexio_pin_polarity_t bclkPinPolarity: Bit clock pin polarity

flexio_pin_polarity_t fsPinPolarity: Frame sync pin polarity

flexio_shifter_timer_polarity_t txTimerPolarity: Tx data valid on bclk rising or falling edge

flexio_shifter_timer_polarity_t rxTimerPolarity: Rx data valid on bclk rising or falling edge

struct _flexio_i2s_format

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s.h>

FlexIO I2S audio format, FlexIO I2S only support the same format in Tx and Rx.

Public Members

uint8_t bitWidth: Bit width of audio data, always 8/16/24/32 bits

uint32_t sampleRate_Hz: Sample rate of the audio data

struct _flexio_i2s_transfer

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s.h>

Define FlexIO I2S transfer structure.

Public Members

uint8_t *data: Data buffer start pointer

size_t dataSize: Bytes to be transferred.

struct _flexio_i2s_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s.h>

Define FlexIO I2S handle structure.

Public Members

uint32_t state: Internal state

flexio_i2s_callback_t callback: Callback function called at transfer event

void *userData: Callback parameter passed to callback function

uint8_t bitWidth: Bit width for transfer, 8/16/24/32bits

flexio_i2s_transfer_t queue[(4U)]: Transfer queue storing queued transfer

size_t transferSize[(4U)]: Data bytes need to transfer

volatile uint8_t queueUser: Index for user to queue transfer

volatile uint8_t queueDriver: Index for driver to get the transfer data and size

FlexIO SPI Driver

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterInit(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_config_t *masterConfig, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Ungates the FlexIO clock, resets the FlexIO module, configures the FlexIO SPI master hardware, and configures the FlexIO SPI with FlexIO SPI master configuration. The configuration structure can be filled by the user, or be set with default values by the FLEXIO_SPI_MasterGetDefaultConfig().

Example

FLEXIO_SPI_Type spiDev = {
.flexioBase = FLEXIO,
.SDOPinIndex = 0,
.SDIPinIndex = 1,
.SCKPinIndex = 2,
.CSnPinIndex = 3,
.shifterIndex = {0,1},
.timerIndex = {0,1}
};
flexio_spi_master_config_t config = {
.enableMaster = true,
.enableInDoze = false,
.enableInDebug = true,
.enableFastAccess = false,
.baudRate_Bps = 500000,
.phase = kFLEXIO_SPI_ClockPhaseFirstEdge,
.direction = kFLEXIO_SPI_MsbFirst,
.dataMode = kFLEXIO_SPI_8BitMode
};
FLEXIO_SPI_MasterInit(&spiDev, &config, srcClock_Hz);

Note

1.FlexIO SPI master only support CPOL = 0, which means clock inactive low. 2.For FlexIO SPI master, the input valid time is 1.5 clock cycles, for slave the output valid time is 2.5 clock cycles. So if FlexIO SPI master communicates with other spi IPs, the maximum baud rate is FlexIO clock frequency divided by 2*2=4. If FlexIO SPI master communicates with FlexIO SPI slave, the maximum baud rate is FlexIO clock frequency divided by (1.5+2.5)*2=8.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
masterConfig – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_config_t structure.
srcClock_Hz – FlexIO source clock in Hz.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterDeinit(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base)

Resets the FlexIO SPI timer and shifter config.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterGetDefaultConfig(flexio_spi_master_config_t *masterConfig)

Gets the default configuration to configure the FlexIO SPI master. The configuration can be used directly by calling the FLEXIO_SPI_MasterConfigure(). Example:

flexio_spi_master_config_t masterConfig;
FLEXIO_SPI_MasterGetDefaultConfig(&masterConfig);

Parameters:

masterConfig – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_config_t structure.

void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveInit(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_config_t *slaveConfig)

Ungates the FlexIO clock, resets the FlexIO module, configures the FlexIO SPI slave hardware configuration, and configures the FlexIO SPI with FlexIO SPI slave configuration. The configuration structure can be filled by the user, or be set with default values by the FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveGetDefaultConfig().

Note

1.Only one timer is needed in the FlexIO SPI slave. As a result, the second timer index is ignored. 2.FlexIO SPI slave only support CPOL = 0, which means clock inactive low. 3.For FlexIO SPI master, the input valid time is 1.5 clock cycles, for slave the output valid time is 2.5 clock cycles. So if FlexIO SPI slave communicates with other spi IPs, the maximum baud rate is FlexIO clock frequency divided by 3*2=6. If FlexIO SPI slave communicates with FlexIO SPI master, the maximum baud rate is FlexIO clock frequency divided by (1.5+2.5)*2=8. Example

FLEXIO_SPI_Type spiDev = {
.flexioBase = FLEXIO,
.SDOPinIndex = 0,
.SDIPinIndex = 1,
.SCKPinIndex = 2,
.CSnPinIndex = 3,
.shifterIndex = {0,1},
.timerIndex = {0}
};
flexio_spi_slave_config_t config = {
.enableSlave = true,
.enableInDoze = false,
.enableInDebug = true,
.enableFastAccess = false,
.phase = kFLEXIO_SPI_ClockPhaseFirstEdge,
.direction = kFLEXIO_SPI_MsbFirst,
.dataMode = kFLEXIO_SPI_8BitMode
};
FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveInit(&spiDev, &config);

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
slaveConfig – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_config_t structure.

void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveDeinit(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base)

Gates the FlexIO clock.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type.

void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveGetDefaultConfig(flexio_spi_slave_config_t *slaveConfig)

Gets the default configuration to configure the FlexIO SPI slave. The configuration can be used directly for calling the FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveConfigure(). Example:

flexio_spi_slave_config_t slaveConfig;
FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveGetDefaultConfig(&slaveConfig);

Parameters:

slaveConfig – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_config_t structure.

uint32_t FLEXIO_SPI_GetStatusFlags(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base)

Gets FlexIO SPI status flags.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

Returns:

status flag; Use the status flag to AND the following flag mask and get the status.

kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyFlag
kFLEXIO_SPI_RxEmptyFlag

void FLEXIO_SPI_ClearStatusFlags(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears FlexIO SPI status flags.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
mask – status flag The parameter can be any combination of the following values:
- kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyFlag
- kFLEXIO_SPI_RxEmptyFlag

void FLEXIO_SPI_EnableInterrupts(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the FlexIO SPI interrupt.

This function enables the FlexIO SPI interrupt.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
mask – interrupt source. The parameter can be any combination of the following values:
- kFLEXIO_SPI_RxFullInterruptEnable
- kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyInterruptEnable

void FLEXIO_SPI_DisableInterrupts(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the FlexIO SPI interrupt.

This function disables the FlexIO SPI interrupt.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
mask – interrupt source The parameter can be any combination of the following values:
- kFLEXIO_SPI_RxFullInterruptEnable
- kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyInterruptEnable

void FLEXIO_SPI_EnableDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO SPI transmit DMA. This function enables/disables the FlexIO SPI Tx DMA, which means that asserting the kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyFlag does/doesn’t trigger the DMA request.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
mask – SPI DMA source.
enable – True means enable DMA, false means disable DMA.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_SPI_GetTxDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction)

Gets the FlexIO SPI transmit data register address for MSB first transfer.

This function returns the SPI data register address, which is mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.

Returns:

FlexIO SPI transmit data register address.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_SPI_GetRxDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction)

Gets the FlexIO SPI receive data register address for the MSB first transfer.

This function returns the SPI data register address, which is mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.

Returns:

FlexIO SPI receive data register address.

static inline void FLEXIO_SPI_Enable(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO SPI module operation.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type.
enable – True to enable, false does not have any effect.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterSetBaudRate(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, uint32_t baudRate_Bps, uint32_t srcClockHz)

Sets baud rate for the FlexIO SPI transfer, which is only used for the master.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
baudRate_Bps – Baud Rate needed in Hz.
srcClockHz – SPI source clock frequency in Hz.

static inline void FLEXIO_SPI_WriteData(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction, uint32_t data)

Writes one byte of data, which is sent using the MSB method.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is put into the data register but the data transfer is not finished on the bus. Ensure that the TxEmptyFlag is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.
data – 8/16/32 bit data.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_SPI_ReadData(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction)

Reads 8 bit/16 bit data.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is read from the data register. Ensure that the RxFullFlag is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.

Returns:

8 bit/16 bit data received.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_WriteBlocking(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction, const uint8_t *buffer, size_t size)

Sends a buffer of data bytes.

Note

This function blocks using the polling method until all bytes have been sent.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.
buffer – The data bytes to send.
size – The number of data bytes to send.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Timeout – The transfer timed out and was aborted.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_ReadBlocking(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction, uint8_t *buffer, size_t size)

Receives a buffer of bytes.

Note

This function blocks using the polling method until all bytes have been received.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.
buffer – The buffer to store the received bytes.
size – The number of data bytes to be received.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Timeout – The transfer timed out and was aborted.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferBlocking(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_transfer_t *xfer)

Receives a buffer of bytes.

Note

This function blocks via polling until all bytes have been received.

Parameters:

base – pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure
xfer – FlexIO SPI transfer structure, see flexio_spi_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Timeout – The transfer timed out and was aborted.

void FLEXIO_SPI_FlushShifters(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base)

Flush tx/rx shifters.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferCreateHandle(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_master_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the FlexIO SPI Master handle, which is used in transactional functions.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – The callback function.
userData – The parameter of the callback function.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/ISR table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferNonBlocking(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_transfer_t *xfer)

Master transfer data using IRQ.

This function sends data using IRQ. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is sent out/received, the callback function is called.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
xfer – FlexIO SPI transfer structure. See flexio_spi_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start a transfer.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Input argument is invalid.
kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Busy – SPI is not idle, is running another transfer.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferAbort(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the master data transfer, which used IRQ.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferGetCount(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the data transfer status which used IRQ.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_InvalidArgument – count is Invalid.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferHandleIRQ(void *spiType, void *spiHandle)

FlexIO SPI master IRQ handler function.

Parameters:

spiType – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
spiHandle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferCreateHandle(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_slave_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the FlexIO SPI Slave handle, which is used in transactional functions.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – The callback function.
userData – The parameter of the callback function.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/ISR table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferNonBlocking(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_transfer_t *xfer)

Slave transfer data using IRQ.

This function sends data using IRQ. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is sent out/received, the callback function is called.

Parameters:

handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
xfer – FlexIO SPI transfer structure. See flexio_spi_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start a transfer.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Input argument is invalid.
kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Busy – SPI is not idle; it is running another transfer.

static inline void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferAbort(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the slave data transfer which used IRQ, share same API with master.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

static inline status_t FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferGetCount(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the data transfer status which used IRQ, share same API with master.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_InvalidArgument – count is Invalid.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferHandleIRQ(void *spiType, void *spiHandle)

FlexIO SPI slave IRQ handler function.

Parameters:

spiType – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
spiHandle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

FSL_FLEXIO_SPI_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexIO SPI driver version.

Error codes for the FlexIO SPI driver.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Busy: FlexIO SPI is busy.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Idle: SPI is idle

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Error: FlexIO SPI error.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Timeout: FlexIO SPI timeout polling status flags.

enum _flexio_spi_clock_phase

FlexIO SPI clock phase configuration.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_ClockPhaseFirstEdge: First edge on SPSCK occurs at the middle of the first cycle of a data transfer.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_ClockPhaseSecondEdge: First edge on SPSCK occurs at the start of the first cycle of a data transfer.

enum _flexio_spi_shift_direction

FlexIO SPI data shifter direction options.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_MsbFirst: Data transfers start with most significant bit.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_LsbFirst: Data transfers start with least significant bit.

enum _flexio_spi_data_bitcount_mode

FlexIO SPI data length mode options.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_8BitMode: 8-bit data transmission mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_16BitMode: 16-bit data transmission mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_32BitMode: 32-bit data transmission mode.

enum _flexio_spi_interrupt_enable

Define FlexIO SPI interrupt mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyInterruptEnable: Transmit buffer empty interrupt enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_RxFullInterruptEnable: Receive buffer full interrupt enable.

enum _flexio_spi_status_flags

Define FlexIO SPI status mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_TxBufferEmptyFlag: Transmit buffer empty flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_RxBufferFullFlag: Receive buffer full flag.

enum _flexio_spi_dma_enable

Define FlexIO SPI DMA mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_TxDmaEnable: Tx DMA request source

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_RxDmaEnable: Rx DMA request source

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_DmaAllEnable: All DMA request source

enum _flexio_spi_transfer_flags

Define FlexIO SPI transfer flags.

Note

Use kFLEXIO_SPI_csContinuous and one of the other flags to OR together to form the transfer flag.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_8bitMsb: FlexIO SPI 8-bit MSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_8bitLsb: FlexIO SPI 8-bit LSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_16bitMsb: FlexIO SPI 16-bit MSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_16bitLsb: FlexIO SPI 16-bit LSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_32bitMsb: FlexIO SPI 32-bit MSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_32bitLsb: FlexIO SPI 32-bit LSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_csContinuous: Enable the CS signal continuous mode

typedef enum _flexio_spi_clock_phase flexio_spi_clock_phase_t: FlexIO SPI clock phase configuration.

typedef enum _flexio_spi_shift_direction flexio_spi_shift_direction_t: FlexIO SPI data shifter direction options.

typedef enum _flexio_spi_data_bitcount_mode flexio_spi_data_bitcount_mode_t: FlexIO SPI data length mode options.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_type FLEXIO_SPI_Type: Define FlexIO SPI access structure typedef.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_master_config flexio_spi_master_config_t: Define FlexIO SPI master configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_slave_config flexio_spi_slave_config_t: Define FlexIO SPI slave configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_transfer flexio_spi_transfer_t: Define FlexIO SPI transfer structure.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_master_handle flexio_spi_master_handle_t: typedef for flexio_spi_master_handle_t in advance.

typedef flexio_spi_master_handle_t flexio_spi_slave_handle_t: Slave handle is the same with master handle.

typedef void (*flexio_spi_master_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO SPI master callback for finished transmit.

typedef void (*flexio_spi_slave_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO SPI slave callback for finished transmit.

FLEXIO_SPI_DUMMYDATA: FlexIO SPI dummy transfer data, the data is sent while txData is NULL.

SPI_RETRY_TIMES: Retry times for waiting flag.

FLEXIO_SPI_XFER_DATA_FORMAT(flag): Get the transfer data format of width and bit order.

struct _flexio_spi_type

#include <fsl_flexio_spi.h>

Define FlexIO SPI access structure typedef.

Public Members

FLEXIO_Type *flexioBase: FlexIO base pointer.

uint8_t SDOPinIndex: Pin select for data output. To set SDO pin in Hi-Z state, user needs to mux the pin as GPIO input and disable all pull up/down in application.

uint8_t SDIPinIndex: Pin select for data input.

uint8_t SCKPinIndex: Pin select for clock.

uint8_t CSnPinIndex: Pin select for enable.

uint8_t shifterIndex[2]: Shifter index used in FlexIO SPI.

uint8_t timerIndex[2]: Timer index used in FlexIO SPI.

struct _flexio_spi_master_config

#include <fsl_flexio_spi.h>

Define FlexIO SPI master configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableMaster: Enable/disable FlexIO SPI master after configuration.

bool enableInDoze: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in doze mode.

bool enableInDebug: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in debug mode.

bool enableFastAccess: Enable/disable fast access to FlexIO registers, fast access requires the FlexIO clock to be at least twice the frequency of the bus clock.

uint32_t baudRate_Bps: Baud rate in Bps.

flexio_spi_clock_phase_t phase: Clock phase.

flexio_spi_data_bitcount_mode_t dataMode: 8bit or 16bit mode.

struct _flexio_spi_slave_config

#include <fsl_flexio_spi.h>

Define FlexIO SPI slave configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableSlave: Enable/disable FlexIO SPI slave after configuration.

bool enableInDoze: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in doze mode.

bool enableInDebug: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in debug mode.

bool enableFastAccess: Enable/disable fast access to FlexIO registers, fast access requires the FlexIO clock to be at least twice the frequency of the bus clock.

flexio_spi_clock_phase_t phase: Clock phase.

flexio_spi_data_bitcount_mode_t dataMode: 8bit or 16bit mode.

struct _flexio_spi_transfer

#include <fsl_flexio_spi.h>

Define FlexIO SPI transfer structure.

Public Members

const uint8_t *txData: Send buffer.

uint8_t *rxData: Receive buffer.

size_t dataSize: Transfer bytes.

uint8_t flags: FlexIO SPI control flag, MSB first or LSB first.

struct _flexio_spi_master_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_spi.h>

Define FlexIO SPI handle structure.

Public Members

const uint8_t *txData: Transfer buffer.

uint8_t *rxData: Receive buffer.

size_t transferSize: Total bytes to be transferred.

volatile size_t txRemainingBytes: Send data remaining in bytes.

volatile size_t rxRemainingBytes: Receive data remaining in bytes.

volatile uint32_t state: FlexIO SPI internal state.

uint8_t bytePerFrame: SPI mode, 2bytes or 1byte in a frame

flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction: Shift direction.

flexio_spi_master_transfer_callback_t callback: FlexIO SPI callback.

void *userData: Callback parameter.

FlexIO UART Driver

status_t FLEXIO_UART_Init(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, const flexio_uart_config_t *userConfig, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Ungates the FlexIO clock, resets the FlexIO module, configures FlexIO UART hardware, and configures the FlexIO UART with FlexIO UART configuration. The configuration structure can be filled by the user or be set with default values by FLEXIO_UART_GetDefaultConfig().

Example

FLEXIO_UART_Type base = {
.flexioBase = FLEXIO,
.TxPinIndex = 0,
.RxPinIndex = 1,
.shifterIndex = {0,1},
.timerIndex = {0,1}
};
flexio_uart_config_t config = {
.enableInDoze = false,
.enableInDebug = true,
.enableFastAccess = false,
.baudRate_Bps = 115200U,
.bitCountPerChar = 8
};
FLEXIO_UART_Init(base, &config, srcClock_Hz);

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
userConfig – Pointer to the flexio_uart_config_t structure.
srcClock_Hz – FlexIO source clock in Hz.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Configuration success.
kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_BaudrateNotSupport – Baudrate is not supported for current clock source frequency.

void FLEXIO_UART_Deinit(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base)

Resets the FlexIO UART shifter and timer config.

Note

After calling this API, call the FLEXO_UART_Init to use the FlexIO UART module.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type structure

void FLEXIO_UART_GetDefaultConfig(flexio_uart_config_t *userConfig)

Gets the default configuration to configure the FlexIO UART. The configuration can be used directly for calling the FLEXIO_UART_Init(). Example:

flexio_uart_config_t config;
FLEXIO_UART_GetDefaultConfig(&userConfig);

Parameters:

userConfig – Pointer to the flexio_uart_config_t structure.

uint32_t FLEXIO_UART_GetStatusFlags(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO UART status flags.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

Returns:

FlexIO UART status flags.

void FLEXIO_UART_ClearStatusFlags(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Gets the FlexIO UART status flags.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
mask – Status flag. The parameter can be any combination of the following values:
- kFLEXIO_UART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag
- kFLEXIO_UART_RxEmptyFlag
- kFLEXIO_UART_RxOverRunFlag

void FLEXIO_UART_EnableInterrupts(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

This function enables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
mask – Interrupt source.

void FLEXIO_UART_DisableInterrupts(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

This function disables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
mask – Interrupt source.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_UART_GetTxDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO UARt transmit data register address.

This function returns the UART data register address, which is mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

Returns:

FlexIO UART transmit data register address.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_UART_GetRxDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO UART receive data register address.

This function returns the UART data register address, which is mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

Returns:

FlexIO UART receive data register address.

static inline void FLEXIO_UART_EnableTxDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO UART transmit DMA. This function enables/disables the FlexIO UART Tx DMA, which means asserting the kFLEXIO_UART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag does/doesn’t trigger the DMA request.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void FLEXIO_UART_EnableRxDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO UART receive DMA. This function enables/disables the FlexIO UART Rx DMA, which means asserting kFLEXIO_UART_RxDataRegFullFlag does/doesn’t trigger the DMA request.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void FLEXIO_UART_Enable(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO UART module operation.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type.
enable – True to enable, false does not have any effect.

static inline void FLEXIO_UART_WriteByte(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, const uint8_t *buffer)

Writes one byte of data.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is put into the data register. Ensure that the TxEmptyFlag is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
buffer – The data bytes to send.

static inline void FLEXIO_UART_ReadByte(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, uint8_t *buffer)

Reads one byte of data.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is read from the data register. Ensure that the RxFullFlag is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
buffer – The buffer to store the received bytes.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_WriteBlocking(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, const uint8_t *txData, size_t txSize)

Sends a buffer of data bytes.

Note

This function blocks using the polling method until all bytes have been sent.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
txData – The data bytes to send.
txSize – The number of data bytes to send.

Return values:

kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.
kStatus_Success – Successfully wrote all data.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_ReadBlocking(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, uint8_t *rxData, size_t rxSize)

Receives a buffer of bytes.

Note

This function blocks using the polling method until all bytes have been received.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
rxData – The buffer to store the received bytes.
rxSize – The number of data bytes to be received.

Return values:

kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.
kStatus_Success – Successfully received all data.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferCreateHandle(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the UART handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO UART handle, which can be used for other FlexIO UART transactional APIs. Call this API once to get the initialized handle.

The UART driver supports the “background” receiving, which means that users can set up a RX ring buffer optionally. Data received is stored into the ring buffer even when the user doesn’t call the FLEXIO_UART_TransferReceiveNonBlocking() API. If there is already data received in the ring buffer, users can get the received data from the ring buffer directly. The ring buffer is disabled if passing NULL as ringBuffer.

Parameters:

base – to FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – The callback function.
userData – The parameter of the callback function.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/ISR table out of range.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferStartRingBuffer(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, uint8_t *ringBuffer, size_t ringBufferSize)

Sets up the RX ring buffer.

This function sets up the RX ring buffer to a specific UART handle.

When the RX ring buffer is used, data received is stored into the ring buffer even when the user doesn’t call the UART_ReceiveNonBlocking() API. If there is already data received in the ring buffer, users can get the received data from the ring buffer directly.

Note

When using the RX ring buffer, one byte is reserved for internal use. In other words, if ringBufferSize is 32, only 31 bytes are used for saving data.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
ringBuffer – Start address of ring buffer for background receiving. Pass NULL to disable the ring buffer.
ringBufferSize – Size of the ring buffer.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferStopRingBuffer(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the background transfer and uninstalls the ring buffer.

This function aborts the background transfer and uninstalls the ring buffer.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferSendNonBlocking(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_transfer_t *xfer)

Transmits a buffer of data using the interrupt method.

This function sends data using an interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function, which returns directly without waiting for all data to be written to the TX register. When all data is written to the TX register in ISR, the FlexIO UART driver calls the callback function and passes the kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_TxIdle as status parameter.

Note

The kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_TxIdle is passed to the upper layer when all data is written to the TX register. However, it does not ensure that all data is sent out.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
xfer – FlexIO UART transfer structure. See flexio_uart_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully starts the data transmission.
kStatus_UART_TxBusy – Previous transmission still not finished, data not written to the TX register.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferAbortSend(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the interrupt-driven data transmit.

This function aborts the interrupt-driven data sending. Get the remainBytes to find out how many bytes are still not sent out.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferGetSendCount(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes sent.

This function gets the number of bytes sent driven by interrupt.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes sent so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – transfer has finished or no transfer in progress.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferReceiveNonBlocking(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_transfer_t *xfer, size_t *receivedBytes)

Receives a buffer of data using the interrupt method.

This function receives data using the interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function, which returns without waiting for all data to be received. If the RX ring buffer is used and not empty, the data in ring buffer is copied and the parameter receivedBytes shows how many bytes are copied from the ring buffer. After copying, if the data in ring buffer is not enough to read, the receive request is saved by the UART driver. When new data arrives, the receive request is serviced first. When all data is received, the UART driver notifies the upper layer through a callback function and passes the status parameter kStatus_UART_RxIdle. For example, if the upper layer needs 10 bytes but there are only 5 bytes in the ring buffer, the 5 bytes are copied to xfer->data. This function returns with the parameter receivedBytes set to 5. For the last 5 bytes, newly arrived data is saved from the xfer->data[5]. When 5 bytes are received, the UART driver notifies upper layer. If the RX ring buffer is not enabled, this function enables the RX and RX interrupt to receive data to xfer->data. When all data is received, the upper layer is notified.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
xfer – UART transfer structure. See flexio_uart_transfer_t.
receivedBytes – Bytes received from the ring buffer directly.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully queue the transfer into the transmit queue.
kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_RxBusy – Previous receive request is not finished.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferAbortReceive(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the receive data which was using IRQ.

This function aborts the receive data which was using IRQ.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferGetReceiveCount(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes received.

This function gets the number of bytes received driven by interrupt.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes received so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – transfer has finished or no transfer in progress.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferHandleIRQ(void *uartType, void *uartHandle)

FlexIO UART IRQ handler function.

This function processes the FlexIO UART transmit and receives the IRQ request.

Parameters:

uartType – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
uartHandle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

void FLEXIO_UART_FlushShifters(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base)

Flush tx/rx shifters.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

FSL_FLEXIO_UART_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexIO UART driver version.

Error codes for the UART driver.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_TxBusy: Transmitter is busy.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_RxBusy: Receiver is busy.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_TxIdle: UART transmitter is idle.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_RxIdle: UART receiver is idle.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_ERROR: ERROR happens on UART.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_RxRingBufferOverrun: UART RX software ring buffer overrun.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_RxHardwareOverrun: UART RX receiver overrun.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_Timeout: UART times out.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_BaudrateNotSupport: Baudrate is not supported in current clock source

enum _flexio_uart_bit_count_per_char

FlexIO UART bit count per char.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_7BitsPerChar: 7-bit data characters

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_8BitsPerChar: 8-bit data characters

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_9BitsPerChar: 9-bit data characters

enum _flexio_uart_interrupt_enable

Define FlexIO UART interrupt mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable: Transmit buffer empty interrupt enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable: Receive buffer full interrupt enable.

enum _flexio_uart_status_flags

Define FlexIO UART status mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag: Transmit buffer empty flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_RxDataRegFullFlag: Receive buffer full flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_RxOverRunFlag: Receive buffer over run flag.

typedef enum _flexio_uart_bit_count_per_char flexio_uart_bit_count_per_char_t: FlexIO UART bit count per char.

typedef struct _flexio_uart_type FLEXIO_UART_Type: Define FlexIO UART access structure typedef.

typedef struct _flexio_uart_config flexio_uart_config_t: Define FlexIO UART user configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_uart_transfer flexio_uart_transfer_t: Define FlexIO UART transfer structure.

typedef struct _flexio_uart_handle flexio_uart_handle_t

typedef void (*flexio_uart_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO UART transfer callback function.

UART_RETRY_TIMES: Retry times for waiting flag.

struct _flexio_uart_type

#include <fsl_flexio_uart.h>

Define FlexIO UART access structure typedef.

Public Members

FLEXIO_Type *flexioBase: FlexIO base pointer.

uint8_t TxPinIndex: Pin select for UART_Tx.

uint8_t RxPinIndex: Pin select for UART_Rx.

uint8_t shifterIndex[2]: Shifter index used in FlexIO UART.

uint8_t timerIndex[2]: Timer index used in FlexIO UART.

struct _flexio_uart_config

#include <fsl_flexio_uart.h>

Define FlexIO UART user configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableUart: Enable/disable FlexIO UART TX & RX.

bool enableInDoze: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in doze mode

bool enableInDebug: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in debug mode

bool enableFastAccess: Enable/disable fast access to FlexIO registers, fast access requires the FlexIO clock to be at least twice the frequency of the bus clock.

uint32_t baudRate_Bps: Baud rate in Bps.

flexio_uart_bit_count_per_char_t bitCountPerChar: number of bits, 7/8/9 -bit

struct _flexio_uart_transfer

#include <fsl_flexio_uart.h>

Define FlexIO UART transfer structure.

Public Members

size_t dataSize: Transfer size

struct _flexio_uart_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_uart.h>

Define FLEXIO UART handle structure.

Public Members

const uint8_t *volatile txData: Address of remaining data to send.

volatile size_t txDataSize: Size of the remaining data to send.

uint8_t *volatile rxData: Address of remaining data to receive.

volatile size_t rxDataSize: Size of the remaining data to receive.

size_t txDataSizeAll: Total bytes to be sent.

size_t rxDataSizeAll: Total bytes to be received.

uint8_t *rxRingBuffer: Start address of the receiver ring buffer.

size_t rxRingBufferSize: Size of the ring buffer.

volatile uint16_t rxRingBufferHead: Index for the driver to store received data into ring buffer.

volatile uint16_t rxRingBufferTail: Index for the user to get data from the ring buffer.

flexio_uart_transfer_callback_t callback: Callback function.

void *userData: UART callback function parameter.

volatile uint8_t txState: TX transfer state.

volatile uint8_t rxState: RX transfer state

union __unnamed41__

Public Members

uint8_t *data: The buffer of data to be transfer.

uint8_t *rxData: The buffer to receive data.

const uint8_t *txData: The buffer of data to be sent.

ftfx adapter

Ftftx CACHE Driver

enum _ftfx_cache_ram_func_constants

Constants for execute-in-RAM flash function.

Values:

enumerator kFTFx_CACHE_RamFuncMaxSizeInWords: The maximum size of execute-in-RAM function.

typedef struct _flash_prefetch_speculation_status ftfx_prefetch_speculation_status_t: FTFx prefetch speculation status.

typedef struct _ftfx_cache_config ftfx_cache_config_t

FTFx cache driver state information.

An instance of this structure is allocated by the user of the flash driver and passed into each of the driver APIs.

status_t FTFx_CACHE_Init(ftfx_cache_config_t *config)

Initializes the global FTFx cache structure members.

This function checks and initializes the Flash module for the other FTFx cache APIs.

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

status_t FTFx_CACHE_ClearCachePrefetchSpeculation(ftfx_cache_config_t *config, bool isPreProcess)

Process the cache/prefetch/speculation to the flash.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
isPreProcess – The possible option used to control flash cache/prefetch/speculation

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – Invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

status_t FTFx_CACHE_PflashSetPrefetchSpeculation(ftfx_prefetch_speculation_status_t *speculationStatus)

Sets the PFlash prefetch speculation to the intended speculation status.

Parameters:

speculationStatus – The expected protect status to set to the PFlash protection register. Each bit is

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidSpeculationOption – An invalid speculation option argument is provided.

status_t FTFx_CACHE_PflashGetPrefetchSpeculation(ftfx_prefetch_speculation_status_t *speculationStatus)

Gets the PFlash prefetch speculation status.

Parameters:

speculationStatus – Speculation status returned by the PFlash IP.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

struct _flash_prefetch_speculation_status

#include <fsl_ftfx_cache.h>

FTFx prefetch speculation status.

Public Members

bool instructionOff: Instruction speculation.

bool dataOff: Data speculation.

union function_bit_operation_ptr_t

#include <fsl_ftfx_cache.h>

Public Members

uint32_t commadAddr

void (*callFlashCommand)(volatile uint32_t *base, uint32_t bitMask, uint32_t bitShift, uint32_t bitValue)

struct _ftfx_cache_config

#include <fsl_ftfx_cache.h>

FTFx cache driver state information.

An instance of this structure is allocated by the user of the flash driver and passed into each of the driver APIs.

Public Members

uint8_t flashMemoryIndex: 0 - primary flash; 1 - secondary flash

function_bit_operation_ptr_t bitOperFuncAddr: An buffer point to the flash execute-in-RAM function.

ftfx controller

FTFx driver status codes.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_Success: API is executed successfully

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument: Invalid argument

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_SizeError: Error size

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError: Parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_AddressError: Address is out of range

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_AccessError: Invalid instruction codes and out-of bound addresses

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation: The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure: Run-time error during command execution.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_UnknownProperty: Unknown property.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError: API erase key is invalid.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_RegionExecuteOnly: The current region is execute-only.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady: Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_PartitionStatusUpdateFailure: Failed to update partition status.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_SetFlexramAsEepromError: Failed to set FlexRAM as EEPROM.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_RecoverFlexramAsRamError: Failed to recover FlexRAM as RAM.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_SetFlexramAsRamError: Failed to set FlexRAM as RAM.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_RecoverFlexramAsEepromError: Failed to recover FlexRAM as EEPROM.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_CommandNotSupported: Flash API is not supported.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_SwapSystemNotInUninitialized: Swap system is not in an uninitialzed state.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_SwapIndicatorAddressError: The swap indicator address is invalid.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_ReadOnlyProperty: The flash property is read-only.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_InvalidPropertyValue: The flash property value is out of range.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_InvalidSpeculationOption: The option of flash prefetch speculation is invalid.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_CommandOperationInProgress: The option of flash command is processing.

enum _ftfx_driver_api_keys

Enumeration for FTFx driver API keys.

Note

The resulting value is built with a byte order such that the string being readable in expected order when viewed in a hex editor, if the value is treated as a 32-bit little endian value.

Values:

enumerator kFTFx_ApiEraseKey: Key value used to validate all FTFx erase APIs.

void FTFx_API_Init(ftfx_config_t *config)

Initializes the global flash properties structure members.

This function checks and initializes the Flash module for the other Flash APIs.

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

status_t FTFx_API_UpdateFlexnvmPartitionStatus(ftfx_config_t *config)

Updates FlexNVM memory partition status according to data flash 0 IFR.

This function updates FlexNVM memory partition status.

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_PartitionStatusUpdateFailure – Failed to update the partition status.

status_t FTFx_CMD_Erase(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t lengthInBytes, uint32_t key)

Erases the flash sectors encompassed by parameters passed into function.

This function erases the appropriate number of flash sectors based on the desired start address and length.

Parameters:

config – The pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be erased. The start address does not need to be sector-aligned but must be word-aligned.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words) to be erased. Must be word-aligned.
key – The value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – The parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – The address is out of range.
kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – The API erase key is invalid.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_EraseSectorNonBlocking(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t key)

Erases the flash sectors encompassed by parameters passed into function.

This function erases one flash sector size based on the start address.

Parameters:

config – The pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be erased. The start address does not need to be sector-aligned but must be word-aligned.
key – The value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – The parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – The address is out of range.
kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – The API erase key is invalid.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

status_t FTFx_CMD_EraseAll(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t key)

Erases entire flash.

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
key – A value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – API erase key is invalid.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.
kStatus_FTFx_PartitionStatusUpdateFailure – Failed to update the partition status.

status_t FTFx_CMD_EraseAllUnsecure(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t key)

Erases the entire flash, including protected sectors.

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
key – A value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – API erase key is invalid.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.
kStatus_FTFx_PartitionStatusUpdateFailure – Failed to update the partition status.

status_t FTFx_CMD_EraseAllExecuteOnlySegments(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t key)

Erases all program flash execute-only segments defined by the FXACC registers.

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
key – A value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – API erase key is invalid.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_Program(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t start, const uint8_t *src, uint32_t lengthInBytes)

Programs flash with data at locations passed in through parameters.

This function programs the flash memory with the desired data for a given flash area as determined by the start address and the length.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.
src – A pointer to the source buffer of data that is to be programmed into the flash.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_ProgramOnce(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t index, const uint8_t *src, uint32_t lengthInBytes)

Programs Program Once Field through parameters.

This function programs the Program Once Field with the desired data for a given flash area as determined by the index and length.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
index – The index indicating which area of the Program Once Field to be programmed.
src – A pointer to the source buffer of data that is to be programmed into the Program Once Field.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_ProgramSection(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t start, const uint8_t *src, uint32_t lengthInBytes)

Programs flash with data at locations passed in through parameters via the Program Section command.

This function programs the flash memory with the desired data for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.
src – A pointer to the source buffer of data that is to be programmed into the flash.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.
kStatus_FTFx_SetFlexramAsRamError – Failed to set flexram as RAM.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.
kStatus_FTFx_RecoverFlexramAsEepromError – Failed to recover FlexRAM as EEPROM.

status_t FTFx_CMD_ProgramPartition(ftfx_config_t *config, ftfx_partition_flexram_load_opt_t option, uint32_t eepromDataSizeCode, uint32_t flexnvmPartitionCode)

Prepares the FlexNVM block for use as data flash, EEPROM backup, or a combination of both and initializes the FlexRAM.

Parameters:

config – Pointer to storage for the driver runtime state.
option – The option used to set FlexRAM load behavior during reset.
eepromDataSizeCode – Determines the amount of FlexRAM used in each of the available EEPROM subsystems.
flexnvmPartitionCode – Specifies how to split the FlexNVM block between data flash memory and EEPROM backup memory supporting EEPROM functions.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – Invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_ReadOnce(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t index, uint8_t *dst, uint32_t lengthInBytes)

Reads the Program Once Field through parameters.

This function reads the read once feild with given index and length.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
index – The index indicating the area of program once field to be read.
dst – A pointer to the destination buffer of data that is used to store data to be read.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_ReadResource(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint8_t *dst, uint32_t lengthInBytes, ftfx_read_resource_opt_t option)

Reads the resource with data at locations passed in through parameters.

This function reads the flash memory with the desired location for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.
dst – A pointer to the destination buffer of data that is used to store data to be read.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be read. Must be word-aligned.
option – The resource option which indicates which area should be read back.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_VerifyErase(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t lengthInBytes, ftfx_margin_value_t margin)

Verifies an erasure of the desired flash area at a specified margin level.

This function checks the appropriate number of flash sectors based on the desired start address and length to check whether the flash is erased to the specified read margin level.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be verified. The start address does not need to be sector-aligned but must be word-aligned.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be verified. Must be word-aligned.
margin – Read margin choice.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_VerifyEraseAll(ftfx_config_t *config, ftfx_margin_value_t margin)

Verifies erasure of the entire flash at a specified margin level.

This function checks whether the flash is erased to the specified read margin level.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
margin – Read margin choice.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_VerifyEraseAllExecuteOnlySegments(ftfx_config_t *config, ftfx_margin_value_t margin)

Verifies whether the program flash execute-only segments have been erased to the specified read margin level.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
margin – Read margin choice.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_VerifyProgram(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t lengthInBytes, const uint8_t *expectedData, ftfx_margin_value_t margin, uint32_t *failedAddress, uint32_t *failedData)

Verifies programming of the desired flash area at a specified margin level.

This function verifies the data programed in the flash memory using the Flash Program Check Command and compares it to the expected data for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be verified. Must be word-aligned.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be verified. Must be word-aligned.
expectedData – A pointer to the expected data that is to be verified against.
margin – Read margin choice.
failedAddress – A pointer to the returned failing address.
failedData – A pointer to the returned failing data. Some derivatives do not include failed data as part of the FCCOBx registers. In this case, zeros are returned upon failure.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_REG_GetSecurityState(ftfx_config_t *config, ftfx_security_state_t *state)

Returns the security state via the pointer passed into the function.

This function retrieves the current flash security status, including the security enabling state and the backdoor key enabling state.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to storage for the driver runtime state.
state – A pointer to the value returned for the current security status code:

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

status_t FTFx_CMD_SecurityBypass(ftfx_config_t *config, const uint8_t *backdoorKey)

Allows users to bypass security with a backdoor key.

If the MCU is in secured state, this function unsecures the MCU by comparing the provided backdoor key with ones in the flash configuration field.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
backdoorKey – A pointer to the user buffer containing the backdoor key.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_SetFlexramFunction(ftfx_config_t *config, ftfx_flexram_func_opt_t option)

Sets the FlexRAM function command.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
option – The option used to set the work mode of FlexRAM.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_SwapControl(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t address, ftfx_swap_control_opt_t option, ftfx_swap_state_config_t *returnInfo)

Configures the Swap function or checks the swap state of the Flash module.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
address – Address used to configure the flash Swap function.
option – The possible option used to configure Flash Swap function or check the flash Swap status
returnInfo – A pointer to the data which is used to return the information of flash Swap.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_SwapIndicatorAddressError – Swap indicator address is invalid.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

enum _ftfx_partition_flexram_load_option

Enumeration for the FlexRAM load during reset option.

Values:

enumerator kFTFx_PartitionFlexramLoadOptLoadedWithValidEepromData: FlexRAM is loaded with valid EEPROM data during reset sequence.

enumerator kFTFx_PartitionFlexramLoadOptNotLoaded: FlexRAM is not loaded during reset sequence.

enum _ftfx_read_resource_opt

Enumeration for the two possible options of flash read resource command.

Values:

enumerator kFTFx_ResourceOptionFlashIfr: Select code for Program flash 0 IFR, Program flash swap 0 IFR, Data flash 0 IFR

enumerator kFTFx_ResourceOptionVersionId: Select code for the version ID

enum _ftfx_margin_value

Enumeration for supported FTFx margin levels.

Values:

enumerator kFTFx_MarginValueNormal: Use the ‘normal’ read level for 1s.

enumerator kFTFx_MarginValueUser: Apply the ‘User’ margin to the normal read-1 level.

enumerator kFTFx_MarginValueFactory: Apply the ‘Factory’ margin to the normal read-1 level.

enumerator kFTFx_MarginValueInvalid: Not real margin level, Used to determine the range of valid margin level.

enum _ftfx_security_state

Enumeration for the three possible FTFx security states.

Values:

enumerator kFTFx_SecurityStateNotSecure: Flash is not secure.

enumerator kFTFx_SecurityStateBackdoorEnabled: Flash backdoor is enabled.

enumerator kFTFx_SecurityStateBackdoorDisabled: Flash backdoor is disabled.

enum _ftfx_flexram_function_option

Enumeration for the two possilbe options of set FlexRAM function command.

Values:

enumerator kFTFx_FlexramFuncOptAvailableAsRam: An option used to make FlexRAM available as RAM

enumerator kFTFx_FlexramFuncOptAvailableForEeprom: An option used to make FlexRAM available for EEPROM

enum _flash_acceleration_ram_property

Enumeration for acceleration ram property.

Values:

enumerator kFLASH_AccelerationRamSize

enum _ftfx_swap_control_option

Enumeration for the possible options of Swap control commands.

Values:

enumerator kFTFx_SwapControlOptionIntializeSystem: An option used to initialize the Swap system

enumerator kFTFx_SwapControlOptionSetInUpdateState: An option used to set the Swap in an update state

enumerator kFTFx_SwapControlOptionSetInCompleteState: An option used to set the Swap in a complete state

enumerator kFTFx_SwapControlOptionReportStatus: An option used to report the Swap status

enumerator kFTFx_SwapControlOptionDisableSystem: An option used to disable the Swap status

enum _ftfx_swap_state

Enumeration for the possible flash Swap status.

Values:

enumerator kFTFx_SwapStateUninitialized: Flash Swap system is in an uninitialized state.

enumerator kFTFx_SwapStateReady: Flash Swap system is in a ready state.

enumerator kFTFx_SwapStateUpdate: Flash Swap system is in an update state.

enumerator kFTFx_SwapStateUpdateErased: Flash Swap system is in an updateErased state.

enumerator kFTFx_SwapStateComplete: Flash Swap system is in a complete state.

enumerator kFTFx_SwapStateDisabled: Flash Swap system is in a disabled state.

enum _ftfx_swap_block_status

Enumeration for the possible flash Swap block status.

Values:

enumerator kFTFx_SwapBlockStatusLowerHalfProgramBlocksAtZero: Swap block status is that lower half program block at zero.

enumerator kFTFx_SwapBlockStatusUpperHalfProgramBlocksAtZero: Swap block status is that upper half program block at zero.

enum _ftfx_memory_type

Enumeration for FTFx memory type.

Values:

enumerator kFTFx_MemTypePflash

enumerator kFTFx_MemTypeFlexnvm

typedef enum _ftfx_partition_flexram_load_option ftfx_partition_flexram_load_opt_t: Enumeration for the FlexRAM load during reset option.

typedef enum _ftfx_read_resource_opt ftfx_read_resource_opt_t: Enumeration for the two possible options of flash read resource command.

typedef enum _ftfx_margin_value ftfx_margin_value_t: Enumeration for supported FTFx margin levels.

typedef enum _ftfx_security_state ftfx_security_state_t: Enumeration for the three possible FTFx security states.

typedef enum _ftfx_flexram_function_option ftfx_flexram_func_opt_t: Enumeration for the two possilbe options of set FlexRAM function command.

typedef enum _ftfx_swap_control_option ftfx_swap_control_opt_t: Enumeration for the possible options of Swap control commands.

typedef enum _ftfx_swap_state ftfx_swap_state_t: Enumeration for the possible flash Swap status.

typedef enum _ftfx_swap_block_status ftfx_swap_block_status_t: Enumeration for the possible flash Swap block status.

typedef struct _ftfx_swap_state_config ftfx_swap_state_config_t: Flash Swap information.

typedef struct _ftfx_special_mem ftfx_spec_mem_t: ftfx special memory access information.

typedef struct _ftfx_mem_descriptor ftfx_mem_desc_t: Flash memory descriptor.

typedef struct _ftfx_ops_config ftfx_ops_config_t: Active FTFx information for the current operation.

typedef struct _ftfx_ifr_descriptor ftfx_ifr_desc_t: Flash IFR memory descriptor.

typedef struct _ftfx_config ftfx_config_t

Flash driver state information.

An instance of this structure is allocated by the user of the flash driver and passed into each of the driver APIs.

struct _ftfx_swap_state_config

#include <fsl_ftfx_controller.h>

Flash Swap information.

Public Members

ftfx_swap_state_t flashSwapState: The current Swap system status.

ftfx_swap_block_status_t currentSwapBlockStatus: The current Swap block status.

ftfx_swap_block_status_t nextSwapBlockStatus: The next Swap block status.

struct _ftfx_special_mem

#include <fsl_ftfx_controller.h>

ftfx special memory access information.

Public Members

uint32_t base: Base address of flash special memory.

uint32_t size: size of flash special memory.

uint32_t count: flash special memory count.

struct _ftfx_mem_descriptor

#include <fsl_ftfx_controller.h>

Flash memory descriptor.

Public Members

uint32_t blockBase: A base address of the flash block

uint32_t aliasBlockBase: A base address of the alias flash block

uint32_t totalSize: The size of the flash block.

uint32_t sectorSize: The size in bytes of a sector of flash.

uint32_t blockCount: A number of flash blocks.

struct _ftfx_ops_config

#include <fsl_ftfx_controller.h>

Active FTFx information for the current operation.

Public Members

uint32_t convertedAddress: A converted address for the current flash type.

struct _ftfx_ifr_descriptor: #include <fsl_ftfx_controller.h>

Flash IFR memory descriptor.

union function_ptr_t

#include <fsl_ftfx_controller.h>

Public Members

uint32_t commadAddr

void (*callFlashCommand)(volatile uint8_t *FTMRx_fstat)

struct _ftfx_config

#include <fsl_ftfx_controller.h>

Flash driver state information.

An instance of this structure is allocated by the user of the flash driver and passed into each of the driver APIs.

Public Members

uint32_t flexramBlockBase: The base address of the FlexRAM/acceleration RAM

uint32_t flexramTotalSize: The size of the FlexRAM/acceleration RAM

uint16_t eepromTotalSize: The size of EEPROM area which was partitioned from FlexRAM

function_ptr_t runCmdFuncAddr: An buffer point to the flash execute-in-RAM function.

struct __unnamed11__

Public Members

uint8_t type: Type of flash block.

uint8_t index: Index of flash block.

struct feature

struct addrAligment

struct feature

struct resRange

Public Members

uint8_t versionIdStart: Version ID start address

uint32_t pflashIfrStart: Program Flash 0 IFR start address

uint32_t dflashIfrStart: Data Flash 0 IFR start address

uint32_t pflashSwapIfrStart: Program Flash Swap IFR start address

struct idxInfo

ftfx feature

FTFx_DRIVER_IS_FLASH_RESIDENT

Flash driver location.

Used for the flash resident application.

FTFx_DRIVER_IS_EXPORTED

Flash Driver Export option.

Used for the MCUXpresso SDK application.

FTFx_FLASH1_HAS_PROT_CONTROL: Indicates whether the secondary flash has its own protection register in flash module.

FTFx_FLASH1_HAS_XACC_CONTROL: Indicates whether the secondary flash has its own Execute-Only access register in flash module.

FTFx_DRIVER_HAS_FLASH1_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the secondary flash is supported in the Flash driver.

FTFx_FLASH_COUNT

FTFx_FLASH1_IS_INDEPENDENT_BLOCK

Ftftx FLASH Driver

status_t FLASH_Init(flash_config_t *config)

Initializes the global flash properties structure members.

This function checks and initializes the Flash module for the other Flash APIs.

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_PartitionStatusUpdateFailure – Failed to update the partition status.

status_t FLASH_Erase(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t lengthInBytes, uint32_t key)

Erases the Dflash sectors encompassed by parameters passed into function.

This function erases the appropriate number of flash sectors based on the desired start address and length.

Parameters:

config – The pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be erased. The start address does not need to be sector-aligned but must be word-aligned.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words) to be erased. Must be word-aligned.
key – The value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the appropriate number of flash sectors based on the desired start address and length were erased successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – The parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – The address is out of range.
kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – The API erase key is invalid.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLASH_EraseSectorNonBlocking(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t key)

Erases the Dflash sectors encompassed by parameters passed into function.

This function erases one flash sector size based on the start address, and it is executed asynchronously.

NOTE: This function can only erase one flash sector at a time, and the other commands can be executed after the previous command has been completed.

Parameters:

config – The pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be erased. The start address does not need to be sector-aligned but must be word-aligned.
key – The value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – The parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – The address is out of range.
kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – The API erase key is invalid.

status_t FLASH_EraseAll(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t key)

Erases entire flexnvm.

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
key – A value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the all pflash and flexnvm were erased successfully, the swap and eeprom have been reset to unconfigured state.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – API erase key is invalid.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.
kStatus_FTFx_PartitionStatusUpdateFailure – Failed to update the partition status.

status_t FLASH_EraseAllUnsecure(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t key)

Erases the entire flexnvm, including protected sectors.

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
key – A value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the protected sectors of flash were reset to unprotected status.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – API erase key is invalid.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.
kStatus_FTFx_PartitionStatusUpdateFailure – Failed to update the partition status.

status_t FLASH_Program(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint8_t *src, uint32_t lengthInBytes)

Programs flash with data at locations passed in through parameters.

This function programs the flash memory with the desired data for a given flash area as determined by the start address and the length.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.
src – A pointer to the source buffer of data that is to be programmed into the flash.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the desired data were programed successfully into flash based on desired start address and length.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLASH_ProgramOnce(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t index, uint8_t *src, uint32_t lengthInBytes)

Program the Program-Once-Field through parameters.

This function Program the Program-once-feild with given index and length.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
index – The index indicating the area of program once field to be read.
src – A pointer to the source buffer of data that is used to store data to be write.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; The index indicating the area of program once field was programed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLASH_ProgramSection(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint8_t *src, uint32_t lengthInBytes)

Programs flash with data at locations passed in through parameters via the Program Section command.

This function programs the flash memory with the desired data for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.
src – A pointer to the source buffer of data that is to be programmed into the flash.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the desired data have been programed successfully into flash based on start address and length.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.
kStatus_FTFx_SetFlexramAsRamError – Failed to set flexram as RAM.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.
kStatus_FTFx_RecoverFlexramAsEepromError – Failed to recover FlexRAM as EEPROM.

status_t FLASH_ReadResource(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint8_t *dst, uint32_t lengthInBytes, ftfx_read_resource_opt_t option)

Reads the resource with data at locations passed in through parameters.

This function reads the flash memory with the desired location for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.
dst – A pointer to the destination buffer of data that is used to store data to be read.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be read. Must be word-aligned.
option – The resource option which indicates which area should be read back.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the data have been read successfully from program flash IFR, data flash IFR space, and the Version ID field.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLASH_ReadOnce(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t index, uint8_t *dst, uint32_t lengthInBytes)

Reads the Program Once Field through parameters.

This function reads the read once feild with given index and length.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
index – The index indicating the area of program once field to be read.
dst – A pointer to the destination buffer of data that is used to store data to be read.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the data have been successfuly read form Program flash0 IFR map and Program Once field based on index and length.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLASH_VerifyErase(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t lengthInBytes, ftfx_margin_value_t margin)

Verifies an erasure of the desired flash area at a specified margin level.

This function checks the appropriate number of flash sectors based on the desired start address and length to check whether the flash is erased to the specified read margin level.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be verified. The start address does not need to be sector-aligned but must be word-aligned.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be verified. Must be word-aligned.
margin – Read margin choice.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the specified FLASH region has been erased.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLASH_VerifyEraseAll(flash_config_t *config, ftfx_margin_value_t margin)

Verifies erasure of the entire flash at a specified margin level.

This function checks whether the flash is erased to the specified read margin level.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
margin – Read margin choice.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; all program flash and flexnvm were in erased state.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLASH_VerifyProgram(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t lengthInBytes, const uint8_t *expectedData, ftfx_margin_value_t margin, uint32_t *failedAddress, uint32_t *failedData)

Verifies programming of the desired flash area at a specified margin level.

This function verifies the data programmed in the flash memory using the Flash Program Check Command and compares it to the expected data for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be verified. Must be word-aligned.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be verified. Must be word-aligned.
expectedData – A pointer to the expected data that is to be verified against.
margin – Read margin choice.
failedAddress – A pointer to the returned failing address.
failedData – A pointer to the returned failing data. Some derivatives do not include failed data as part of the FCCOBx registers. In this case, zeros are returned upon failure.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the desired data have been successfully programed into specified FLASH region.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLASH_GetSecurityState(flash_config_t *config, ftfx_security_state_t *state)

Returns the security state via the pointer passed into the function.

This function retrieves the current flash security status, including the security enabling state and the backdoor key enabling state.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to storage for the driver runtime state.
state – A pointer to the value returned for the current security status code:

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the security state of flash was stored to state.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

status_t FLASH_SecurityBypass(flash_config_t *config, const uint8_t *backdoorKey)

Allows users to bypass security with a backdoor key.

If the MCU is in secured state, this function unsecures the MCU by comparing the provided backdoor key with ones in the flash configuration field.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
backdoorKey – A pointer to the user buffer containing the backdoor key.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLASH_SetFlexramFunction(flash_config_t *config, ftfx_flexram_func_opt_t option)

Sets the FlexRAM function command.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
option – The option used to set the work mode of FlexRAM.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the FlexRAM has been successfully configured as RAM or EEPROM.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLASH_Swap(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t address, bool isSetEnable)

Swaps the lower half flash with the higher half flash.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
address – Address used to configure the flash swap function
isSetEnable – The possible option used to configure the Flash Swap function or check the flash Swap status.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the lower half flash and higher half flash have been swaped.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_SwapIndicatorAddressError – Swap indicator address is invalid.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.
kStatus_FTFx_SwapSystemNotInUninitialized – Swap system is not in an uninitialized state.

status_t FLASH_IsProtected(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t lengthInBytes, flash_prot_state_t *protection_state)

Returns the protection state of the desired flash area via the pointer passed into the function.

This function retrieves the current flash protect status for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be checked. Must be word-aligned.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words) to be checked. Must be word-aligned.
protection_state – A pointer to the value returned for the current protection status code for the desired flash area.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the protection state of specified FLASH region was stored to protection_state.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – The address is out of range.

status_t FLASH_IsExecuteOnly(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t lengthInBytes, flash_xacc_state_t *access_state)

Returns the access state of the desired flash area via the pointer passed into the function.

This function retrieves the current flash access status for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be checked. Must be word-aligned.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be checked. Must be word-aligned.
access_state – A pointer to the value returned for the current access status code for the desired flash area.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the executeOnly state of specified FLASH region was stored to access_state.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – The parameter is not aligned to the specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – The address is out of range.

status_t FLASH_PflashSetProtection(flash_config_t *config, pflash_prot_status_t *protectStatus)

Sets the PFlash Protection to the intended protection status.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to storage for the driver runtime state.
protectStatus – The expected protect status to set to the PFlash protection register. Each bit is corresponding to protection of 1/32(64) of the total PFlash. The least significant bit is corresponding to the lowest address area of PFlash. The most significant bit is corresponding to the highest address area of PFlash. There are two possible cases as shown below: 0: this area is protected. 1: this area is unprotected.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the specified FLASH region is protected.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.

status_t FLASH_PflashGetProtection(flash_config_t *config, pflash_prot_status_t *protectStatus)

Gets the PFlash protection status.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
protectStatus – Protect status returned by the PFlash IP. Each bit is corresponding to the protection of 1/32(64) of the total PFlash. The least significant bit corresponds to the lowest address area of the PFlash. The most significant bit corresponds to the highest address area of PFlash. There are two possible cases as shown below: 0: this area is protected. 1: this area is unprotected.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the Protection state was stored to protectStatus;
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

status_t FLASH_GetProperty(flash_config_t *config, flash_property_tag_t whichProperty, uint32_t *value)

Returns the desired flash property.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
whichProperty – The desired property from the list of properties in enum flash_property_tag_t
value – A pointer to the value returned for the desired flash property.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the flash property was stored to value.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_UnknownProperty – An unknown property tag.

status_t FLASH_GetCommandState(void)

Get previous command status.

This function is used to obtain the execution status of the previous command.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – The previous command is executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

FSL_FLASH_DRIVER_VERSION

Flash driver version for SDK.

Version 3.1.3.

FSL_FLASH_DRIVER_VERSION_ROM

Flash driver version for ROM.

Version 3.0.0.

enum _flash_protection_state

Enumeration for the three possible flash protection levels.

Values:

enumerator kFLASH_ProtectionStateUnprotected: Flash region is not protected.

enumerator kFLASH_ProtectionStateProtected: Flash region is protected.

enumerator kFLASH_ProtectionStateMixed: Flash is mixed with protected and unprotected region.

enum _flash_execute_only_access_state

Enumeration for the three possible flash execute access levels.

Values:

enumerator kFLASH_AccessStateUnLimited: Flash region is unlimited.

enumerator kFLASH_AccessStateExecuteOnly: Flash region is execute only.

enumerator kFLASH_AccessStateMixed: Flash is mixed with unlimited and execute only region.

enum _flash_property_tag

Enumeration for various flash properties.

Values:

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash0SectorSize: Pflash sector size property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash0TotalSize: Pflash total size property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash0BlockSize: Pflash block size property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash0BlockCount: Pflash block count property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash0BlockBaseAddr: Pflash block base address property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash0FacSupport: Pflash fac support property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash0AccessSegmentSize: Pflash access segment size property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash0AccessSegmentCount: Pflash access segment count property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash1SectorSize: Pflash sector size property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash1TotalSize: Pflash total size property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash1BlockSize: Pflash block size property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash1BlockCount: Pflash block count property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash1BlockBaseAddr: Pflash block base address property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash1FacSupport: Pflash fac support property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash1AccessSegmentSize: Pflash access segment size property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash1AccessSegmentCount: Pflash access segment count property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyFlexRamBlockBaseAddr: FlexRam block base address property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyFlexRamTotalSize: FlexRam total size property.

typedef enum _flash_protection_state flash_prot_state_t: Enumeration for the three possible flash protection levels.

typedef union _pflash_protection_status pflash_prot_status_t: PFlash protection status.

typedef enum _flash_execute_only_access_state flash_xacc_state_t: Enumeration for the three possible flash execute access levels.

typedef enum _flash_property_tag flash_property_tag_t: Enumeration for various flash properties.

typedef struct _flash_config flash_config_t

Flash driver state information.

An instance of this structure is allocated by the user of the flash driver and passed into each of the driver APIs.

kStatus_FLASH_Success

kFLASH_ApiEraseKey

union _pflash_protection_status

#include <fsl_ftfx_flash.h>

PFlash protection status.

Public Members

uint32_t protl: PROT[31:0] .

uint32_t proth: PROT[63:32].

uint8_t protsl: PROTS[7:0] .

uint8_t protsh: PROTS[15:8] .

uint8_t reserved[2]

struct _flash_config

#include <fsl_ftfx_flash.h>

Flash driver state information.

An instance of this structure is allocated by the user of the flash driver and passed into each of the driver APIs.

Ftftx FLEXNVM Driver

status_t FLEXNVM_Init(flexnvm_config_t *config)

Initializes the global flash properties structure members.

This function checks and initializes the Flash module for the other Flash APIs.

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_PartitionStatusUpdateFailure – Failed to update the partition status.

status_t FLEXNVM_DflashErase(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t lengthInBytes, uint32_t key)

Erases the Dflash sectors encompassed by parameters passed into function.

This function erases the appropriate number of flash sectors based on the desired start address and length.

Parameters:

config – The pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be erased. The start address does not need to be sector-aligned but must be word-aligned.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words) to be erased. Must be word-aligned.
key – The value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the appropriate number of date flash sectors based on the desired start address and length were erased successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – The parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – The address is out of range.
kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – The API erase key is invalid.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLEXNVM_EraseAll(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint32_t key)

Erases entire flexnvm.

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
key – A value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the entire flexnvm has been erased successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – API erase key is invalid.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.
kStatus_FTFx_PartitionStatusUpdateFailure – Failed to update the partition status.

status_t FLEXNVM_EraseAllUnsecure(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint32_t key)

Erases the entire flexnvm, including protected sectors.

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
key – A value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the flexnvm is not in securityi state.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – API erase key is invalid.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.
kStatus_FTFx_PartitionStatusUpdateFailure – Failed to update the partition status.

status_t FLEXNVM_DflashProgram(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint8_t *src, uint32_t lengthInBytes)

Programs flash with data at locations passed in through parameters.

This function programs the flash memory with the desired data for a given flash area as determined by the start address and the length.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.
src – A pointer to the source buffer of data that is to be programmed into the flash.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the desired date have been successfully programed into specified date flash region.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLEXNVM_DflashProgramSection(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint8_t *src, uint32_t lengthInBytes)

Programs flash with data at locations passed in through parameters via the Program Section command.

This function programs the flash memory with the desired data for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.
src – A pointer to the source buffer of data that is to be programmed into the flash.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the desired date have been successfully programed into specified date flash area.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.
kStatus_FTFx_SetFlexramAsRamError – Failed to set flexram as RAM.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.
kStatus_FTFx_RecoverFlexramAsEepromError – Failed to recover FlexRAM as EEPROM.

status_t FLEXNVM_ProgramPartition(flexnvm_config_t *config, ftfx_partition_flexram_load_opt_t option, uint32_t eepromDataSizeCode, uint32_t flexnvmPartitionCode)

Prepares the FlexNVM block for use as data flash, EEPROM backup, or a combination of both and initializes the FlexRAM.

Parameters:

config – Pointer to storage for the driver runtime state.
option – The option used to set FlexRAM load behavior during reset.
eepromDataSizeCode – Determines the amount of FlexRAM used in each of the available EEPROM subsystems.
flexnvmPartitionCode – Specifies how to split the FlexNVM block between data flash memory and EEPROM backup memory supporting EEPROM functions.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the FlexNVM block for use as data flash, EEPROM backup, or a combination of both have been Prepared.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – Invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.

status_t FLEXNVM_ReadResource(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint8_t *dst, uint32_t lengthInBytes, ftfx_read_resource_opt_t option)

Reads the resource with data at locations passed in through parameters.

This function reads the flash memory with the desired location for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.
dst – A pointer to the destination buffer of data that is used to store data to be read.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be read. Must be word-aligned.
option – The resource option which indicates which area should be read back.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the data have been read successfully from program flash IFR, data flash IFR space, and the Version ID field
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLEXNVM_DflashVerifyErase(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t lengthInBytes, ftfx_margin_value_t margin)

Verifies an erasure of the desired flash area at a specified margin level.

This function checks the appropriate number of flash sectors based on the desired start address and length to check whether the flash is erased to the specified read margin level.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be verified. The start address does not need to be sector-aligned but must be word-aligned.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be verified. Must be word-aligned.
margin – Read margin choice.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the specified data flash region is in erased state.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLEXNVM_VerifyEraseAll(flexnvm_config_t *config, ftfx_margin_value_t margin)

Verifies erasure of the entire flash at a specified margin level.

This function checks whether the flash is erased to the specified read margin level.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
margin – Read margin choice.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the entire flexnvm region is in erased state.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLEXNVM_DflashVerifyProgram(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t lengthInBytes, const uint8_t *expectedData, ftfx_margin_value_t margin, uint32_t *failedAddress, uint32_t *failedData)

Verifies programming of the desired flash area at a specified margin level.

This function verifies the data programmed in the flash memory using the Flash Program Check Command and compares it to the expected data for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be verified. Must be word-aligned.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be verified. Must be word-aligned.
expectedData – A pointer to the expected data that is to be verified against.
margin – Read margin choice.
failedAddress – A pointer to the returned failing address.
failedData – A pointer to the returned failing data. Some derivatives do not include failed data as part of the FCCOBx registers. In this case, zeros are returned upon failure.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the desired data hve been programed successfully into specified data flash region.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.
kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLEXNVM_GetSecurityState(flexnvm_config_t *config, ftfx_security_state_t *state)

Returns the security state via the pointer passed into the function.

This function retrieves the current flash security status, including the security enabling state and the backdoor key enabling state.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to storage for the driver runtime state.
state – A pointer to the value returned for the current security status code:

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the security state of flexnvm was stored to state.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

status_t FLEXNVM_SecurityBypass(flexnvm_config_t *config, const uint8_t *backdoorKey)

Allows users to bypass security with a backdoor key.

If the MCU is in secured state, this function unsecures the MCU by comparing the provided backdoor key with ones in the flash configuration field.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
backdoorKey – A pointer to the user buffer containing the backdoor key.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLEXNVM_SetFlexramFunction(flexnvm_config_t *config, ftfx_flexram_func_opt_t option)

Sets the FlexRAM function command.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
option – The option used to set the work mode of FlexRAM.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the FlexRAM has been successfully configured as RAM or EEPROM
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.
kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLEXNVM_DflashSetProtection(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint8_t protectStatus)

Sets the DFlash protection to the intended protection status.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
protectStatus – The expected protect status to set to the DFlash protection register. Each bit corresponds to the protection of the 1/8 of the total DFlash. The least significant bit corresponds to the lowest address area of the DFlash. The most significant bit corresponds to the highest address area of the DFlash. There are two possible cases as shown below: 0: this area is protected. 1: this area is unprotected.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the specified DFlash region is protected.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandNotSupported – Flash API is not supported.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.

status_t FLEXNVM_DflashGetProtection(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint8_t *protectStatus)

Gets the DFlash protection status.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
protectStatus – DFlash Protect status returned by the PFlash IP. Each bit corresponds to the protection of the 1/8 of the total DFlash. The least significant bit corresponds to the lowest address area of the DFlash. The most significant bit corresponds to the highest address area of the DFlash, and so on. There are two possible cases as below: 0: this area is protected. 1: this area is unprotected.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandNotSupported – Flash API is not supported.

status_t FLEXNVM_EepromSetProtection(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint8_t protectStatus)

Sets the EEPROM protection to the intended protection status.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
protectStatus – The expected protect status to set to the EEPROM protection register. Each bit corresponds to the protection of the 1/8 of the total EEPROM. The least significant bit corresponds to the lowest address area of the EEPROM. The most significant bit corresponds to the highest address area of EEPROM, and so on. There are two possible cases as shown below: 0: this area is protected. 1: this area is unprotected.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandNotSupported – Flash API is not supported.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.

status_t FLEXNVM_EepromGetProtection(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint8_t *protectStatus)

Gets the EEPROM protection status.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
protectStatus – DFlash Protect status returned by the PFlash IP. Each bit corresponds to the protection of the 1/8 of the total EEPROM. The least significant bit corresponds to the lowest address area of the EEPROM. The most significant bit corresponds to the highest address area of the EEPROM. There are two possible cases as below: 0: this area is protected. 1: this area is unprotected.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_CommandNotSupported – Flash API is not supported.

status_t FLEXNVM_GetProperty(flexnvm_config_t *config, flexnvm_property_tag_t whichProperty, uint32_t *value)

Returns the desired flexnvm property.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
whichProperty – The desired property from the list of properties in enum flexnvm_property_tag_t
value – A pointer to the value returned for the desired flexnvm property.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_UnknownProperty – An unknown property tag.

enum _flexnvm_property_tag

Enumeration for various flexnvm properties.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXNVM_PropertyDflashSectorSize: Dflash sector size property.

enumerator kFLEXNVM_PropertyDflashTotalSize: Dflash total size property.

enumerator kFLEXNVM_PropertyDflashBlockSize: Dflash block size property.

enumerator kFLEXNVM_PropertyDflashBlockCount: Dflash block count property.

enumerator kFLEXNVM_PropertyDflashBlockBaseAddr: Dflash block base address property.

enumerator kFLEXNVM_PropertyAliasDflashBlockBaseAddr: Dflash block base address Alias property.

enumerator kFLEXNVM_PropertyFlexRamBlockBaseAddr: FlexRam block base address property.

enumerator kFLEXNVM_PropertyFlexRamTotalSize: FlexRam total size property.

enumerator kFLEXNVM_PropertyEepromTotalSize: EEPROM total size property.

typedef enum _flexnvm_property_tag flexnvm_property_tag_t: Enumeration for various flexnvm properties.

typedef struct _flexnvm_config flexnvm_config_t

Flexnvm driver state information.

An instance of this structure is allocated by the user of the Flexnvm driver and passed into each of the driver APIs.

status_t FLEXNVM_EepromWrite(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint8_t *src, uint32_t lengthInBytes)

Programs the EEPROM with data at locations passed in through parameters.

This function programs the emulated EEPROM with the desired data for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.
start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.
src – A pointer to the source buffer of data that is to be programmed into the flash.
lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the desires data have been successfully programed into specified eeprom region.
kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.
kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.
kStatus_FTFx_SetFlexramAsEepromError – Failed to set flexram as eeprom.
kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.
kStatus_FTFx_RecoverFlexramAsRamError – Failed to recover the FlexRAM as RAM.

struct _flexnvm_config

#include <fsl_ftfx_flexnvm.h>

Flexnvm driver state information.

An instance of this structure is allocated by the user of the Flexnvm driver and passed into each of the driver APIs.

ftfx utilities

ALIGN_DOWN(x, a): Alignment(down) utility.

ALIGN_UP(x, a): Alignment(up) utility.

MAKE_VERSION(major, minor, bugfix): Constructs the version number for drivers.

MAKE_STATUS(group, code): Constructs a status code value from a group and a code number.

FOUR_CHAR_CODE(a, b, c, d): Constructs the four character code for the Flash driver API key.

B1P4(b): bytes2word utility.

B1P3(b)

B1P2(b)

B1P1(b)

B2P3(b)

B2P2(b)

B2P1(b)

B3P2(b)

B3P1(b)

BYTE2WORD_1_3(x, y)

BYTE2WORD_2_2(x, y)

BYTE2WORD_3_1(x, y)

BYTE2WORD_1_1_2(x, y, z)

BYTE2WORD_1_2_1(x, y, z)

BYTE2WORD_2_1_1(x, y, z)

BYTE2WORD_1_1_1_1(x, y, z, w)

FTM: FlexTimer Driver

status_t FTM_Init(FTM_Type *base, const ftm_config_t *config)

Ungates the FTM clock and configures the peripheral for basic operation.

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application which is using the FTM driver. If the FTM instance has only TPM features, please use the TPM driver.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
config – Pointer to the user configuration structure.

Returns:

kStatus_Success indicates success; Else indicates failure.

void FTM_Deinit(FTM_Type *base)

Gates the FTM clock.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address

void FTM_GetDefaultConfig(ftm_config_t *config)

Fills in the FTM configuration structure with the default settings.

The default values are:

config->prescale = kFTM_Prescale_Divide_1;
config->bdmMode = kFTM_BdmMode_0;
config->pwmSyncMode = kFTM_SoftwareTrigger;
config->reloadPoints = 0;
config->faultMode = kFTM_Fault_Disable;
config->faultFilterValue = 0;
config->deadTimePrescale = kFTM_Deadtime_Prescale_1;
config->deadTimeValue =  0;
config->extTriggers = 0;
config->chnlInitState = 0;
config->chnlPolarity = 0;
config->useGlobalTimeBase = false;
config->hwTriggerResetCount = false;
config->swTriggerResetCount = true;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the user configuration structure.

static inline ftm_clock_prescale_t FTM_CalculateCounterClkDiv(FTM_Type *base, uint32_t counterPeriod_Hz, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

brief Calculates the counter clock prescaler.

This function calculates the values for SC[PS] bit.

param base FTM peripheral base address param counterPeriod_Hz The desired frequency in Hz which corresponding to the time when the counter reaches the mod value param srcClock_Hz FTM counter clock in Hz

return Calculated clock prescaler value, see ftm_clock_prescale_t.

status_t FTM_SetupPwm(FTM_Type *base, const ftm_chnl_pwm_signal_param_t *chnlParams, uint8_t numOfChnls, ftm_pwm_mode_t mode, uint32_t pwmFreq_Hz, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Configures the PWM signal parameters.

Call this function to configure the PWM signal period, mode, duty cycle, and edge. Use this function to configure all FTM channels that are used to output a PWM signal.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
chnlParams – Array of PWM channel parameters to configure the channel(s)
numOfChnls – Number of channels to configure; This should be the size of the array passed in
mode – PWM operation mode, options available in enumeration ftm_pwm_mode_t
pwmFreq_Hz – PWM signal frequency in Hz
srcClock_Hz – FTM counter clock in Hz

Returns:

kStatus_Success if the PWM setup was successful kStatus_Error on failure

status_t FTM_UpdatePwmDutycycle(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber, ftm_pwm_mode_t currentPwmMode, uint8_t dutyCyclePercent)

Updates the duty cycle of an active PWM signal.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
chnlNumber – The channel/channel pair number. In combined mode, this represents the channel pair number
currentPwmMode – The current PWM mode set during PWM setup
dutyCyclePercent – New PWM pulse width; The value should be between 0 to 100 0=inactive signal(0% duty cycle)… 100=active signal (100% duty cycle)

Returns:

kStatus_Success if the PWM update was successful kStatus_Error on failure

void FTM_UpdateChnlEdgeLevelSelect(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber, uint8_t level)

Updates the edge level selection for a channel.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
chnlNumber – The channel number
level – The level to be set to the ELSnB:ELSnA field; Valid values are 00, 01, 10, 11. See the Kinetis SoC reference manual for details about this field.

status_t FTM_SetupPwmMode(FTM_Type *base, const ftm_chnl_pwm_config_param_t *chnlParams, uint8_t numOfChnls, ftm_pwm_mode_t mode)

Configures the PWM mode parameters.

Call this function to configure the PWM signal mode, duty cycle in ticks, and edge. Use this function to configure all FTM channels that are used to output a PWM signal. Please note that: This API is similar with FTM_SetupPwm() API, but will not set the timer period, and this API will set channel match value in timer ticks, not period percent.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
chnlParams – Array of PWM channel parameters to configure the channel(s)
numOfChnls – Number of channels to configure; This should be the size of the array passed in
mode – PWM operation mode, options available in enumeration ftm_pwm_mode_t

Returns:

kStatus_Success if the PWM setup was successful kStatus_Error on failure

void FTM_SetupInputCapture(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber, ftm_input_capture_edge_t captureMode, uint32_t filterValue)

Enables capturing an input signal on the channel using the function parameters.

When the edge specified in the captureMode argument occurs on the channel, the FTM counter is captured into the CnV register. The user has to read the CnV register separately to get this value. The filter function is disabled if the filterVal argument passed in is 0. The filter function is available only for channels 0, 1, 2, 3.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
chnlNumber – The channel number
captureMode – Specifies which edge to capture
filterValue – Filter value, specify 0 to disable filter. Available only for channels 0-3.

void FTM_SetupOutputCompare(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber, ftm_output_compare_mode_t compareMode, uint32_t compareValue)

Configures the FTM to generate timed pulses.

When the FTM counter matches the value of compareVal argument (this is written into CnV reg), the channel output is changed based on what is specified in the compareMode argument.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
chnlNumber – The channel number
compareMode – Action to take on the channel output when the compare condition is met
compareValue – Value to be programmed in the CnV register.

void FTM_SetupDualEdgeCapture(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlPairNumber, const ftm_dual_edge_capture_param_t *edgeParam, uint32_t filterValue)

Configures the dual edge capture mode of the FTM.

This function sets up the dual edge capture mode on a channel pair. The capture edge for the channel pair and the capture mode (one-shot or continuous) is specified in the parameter argument. The filter function is disabled if the filterVal argument passed is zero. The filter function is available only on channels 0 and 2. The user has to read the channel CnV registers separately to get the capture values.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
chnlPairNumber – The FTM channel pair number; options are 0, 1, 2, 3
edgeParam – Sets up the dual edge capture function
filterValue – Filter value, specify 0 to disable filter. Available only for channel pair 0 and 1.

void FTM_EnableInterrupts(FTM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the selected FTM interrupts.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration ftm_interrupt_enable_t

void FTM_DisableInterrupts(FTM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the selected FTM interrupts.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration ftm_interrupt_enable_t

uint32_t FTM_GetEnabledInterrupts(FTM_Type *base)

Gets the enabled FTM interrupts.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address

Returns:

The enabled interrupts. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration ftm_interrupt_enable_t

uint32_t FTM_GetInstance(FTM_Type *base)

Gets the instance from the base address.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address

Returns:

The FTM instance

uint32_t FTM_GetStatusFlags(FTM_Type *base)

Gets the FTM status flags.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address

Returns:

The status flags. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration ftm_status_flags_t

void FTM_ClearStatusFlags(FTM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the FTM status flags.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
mask – The status flags to clear. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration ftm_status_flags_t

static inline void FTM_SetTimerPeriod(FTM_Type *base, uint32_t ticks)

Sets the timer period in units of ticks.

Timers counts from 0 until it equals the count value set here. The count value is written to the MOD register.

Note

This API allows the user to use the FTM module as a timer. Do not mix usage of this API with FTM’s PWM setup API’s.
Call the utility macros provided in the fsl_common.h to convert usec or msec to ticks.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
ticks – A timer period in units of ticks, which should be equal or greater than 1.

static inline uint32_t FTM_GetCurrentTimerCount(FTM_Type *base)

Reads the current timer counting value.

This function returns the real-time timer counting value in a range from 0 to a timer period.

Note

Call the utility macros provided in the fsl_common.h to convert ticks to usec or msec.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address

Returns:

The current counter value in ticks

static inline uint32_t FTM_GetInputCaptureValue(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber)

Reads the captured value.

This function returns the captured value of a FTM channel configured in input capture or dual edge capture mode.

Note

Call the utility macros provided in the fsl_common.h to convert ticks to usec or msec.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
chnlNumber – Channel to be read

Returns:

The captured FTM counter value of the input modes.

static inline void FTM_StartTimer(FTM_Type *base, ftm_clock_source_t clockSource)

Starts the FTM counter.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
clockSource – FTM clock source; After the clock source is set, the counter starts running.

static inline void FTM_StopTimer(FTM_Type *base)

Stops the FTM counter.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address

static inline void FTM_SetSoftwareCtrlEnable(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber, bool value)

Enables or disables the channel software output control.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
chnlNumber – Channel to be enabled or disabled
value – true: channel output is affected by software output control false: channel output is unaffected by software output control

static inline void FTM_SetSoftwareCtrlVal(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber, bool value)

Sets the channel software output control value.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address.
chnlNumber – Channel to be configured
value – true to set 1, false to set 0

static inline void FTM_SetFaultControlEnable(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlPairNumber, bool value)

This function enables/disables the fault control in a channel pair.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
chnlPairNumber – The FTM channel pair number; options are 0, 1, 2, 3
value – true: Enable fault control for this channel pair; false: No fault control

static inline void FTM_SetDeadTimeEnable(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlPairNumber, bool value)

This function enables/disables the dead time insertion in a channel pair.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
chnlPairNumber – The FTM channel pair number; options are 0, 1, 2, 3
value – true: Insert dead time in this channel pair; false: No dead time inserted

static inline void FTM_SetComplementaryEnable(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlPairNumber, bool value)

This function enables/disables complementary mode in a channel pair.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
chnlPairNumber – The FTM channel pair number; options are 0, 1, 2, 3
value – true: enable complementary mode; false: disable complementary mode

static inline void FTM_SetInvertEnable(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlPairNumber, bool value)

This function enables/disables inverting control in a channel pair.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
chnlPairNumber – The FTM channel pair number; options are 0, 1, 2, 3
value – true: enable inverting; false: disable inverting

void FTM_SetupQuadDecode(FTM_Type *base, const ftm_phase_params_t *phaseAParams, const ftm_phase_params_t *phaseBParams, ftm_quad_decode_mode_t quadMode)

Configures the parameters and activates the quadrature decoder mode.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
phaseAParams – Phase A configuration parameters
phaseBParams – Phase B configuration parameters
quadMode – Selects encoding mode used in quadrature decoder mode

static inline uint32_t FTM_GetQuadDecoderFlags(FTM_Type *base)

Gets the FTM Quad Decoder flags.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address.

Returns:

Flag mask of FTM Quad Decoder, see _ftm_quad_decoder_flags.

static inline void FTM_SetQuadDecoderModuloValue(FTM_Type *base, uint32_t startValue, uint32_t overValue)

Sets the modulo values for Quad Decoder.

The modulo values configure the minimum and maximum values that the Quad decoder counter can reach. After the counter goes over, the counter value goes to the other side and decrease/increase again.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address.
startValue – The low limit value for Quad Decoder counter.
overValue – The high limit value for Quad Decoder counter.

static inline uint32_t FTM_GetQuadDecoderCounterValue(FTM_Type *base)

Gets the current Quad Decoder counter value.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address.

Returns:

Current quad Decoder counter value.

static inline void FTM_ClearQuadDecoderCounterValue(FTM_Type *base)

Clears the current Quad Decoder counter value.

The counter is set as the initial value.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address.

FSL_FTM_DRIVER_VERSION: FTM driver version 2.6.1.

enum _ftm_chnl

List of FTM channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC dependent

Values:

enumerator kFTM_Chnl_0: FTM channel number 0

enumerator kFTM_Chnl_1: FTM channel number 1

enumerator kFTM_Chnl_2: FTM channel number 2

enumerator kFTM_Chnl_3: FTM channel number 3

enumerator kFTM_Chnl_4: FTM channel number 4

enumerator kFTM_Chnl_5: FTM channel number 5

enumerator kFTM_Chnl_6: FTM channel number 6

enumerator kFTM_Chnl_7: FTM channel number 7

enum _ftm_fault_input

List of FTM faults.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_Fault_0: FTM fault 0 input pin

enumerator kFTM_Fault_1: FTM fault 1 input pin

enumerator kFTM_Fault_2: FTM fault 2 input pin

enumerator kFTM_Fault_3: FTM fault 3 input pin

enum _ftm_pwm_mode

FTM PWM operation modes.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_EdgeAlignedPwm: Edge-aligned PWM

enumerator kFTM_CenterAlignedPwm: Center-aligned PWM

enumerator kFTM_EdgeAlignedCombinedPwm: Edge-aligned combined PWM

enumerator kFTM_CenterAlignedCombinedPwm: Center-aligned combined PWM

enumerator kFTM_AsymmetricalCombinedPwm: Asymmetrical combined PWM

enum _ftm_pwm_level_select

FTM PWM output pulse mode: high-true, low-true or no output.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_NoPwmSignal: No PWM output on pin

enumerator kFTM_LowTrue: Low true pulses

enumerator kFTM_HighTrue: High true pulses

enum _ftm_output_compare_mode

FlexTimer output compare mode.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_NoOutputSignal: No channel output when counter reaches CnV

enumerator kFTM_ToggleOnMatch: Toggle output

enumerator kFTM_ClearOnMatch: Clear output

enumerator kFTM_SetOnMatch: Set output

enum _ftm_input_capture_edge

FlexTimer input capture edge.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_RisingEdge: Capture on rising edge only

enumerator kFTM_FallingEdge: Capture on falling edge only

enumerator kFTM_RiseAndFallEdge: Capture on rising or falling edge

enum _ftm_dual_edge_capture_mode

FlexTimer dual edge capture modes.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_OneShot: One-shot capture mode

enumerator kFTM_Continuous: Continuous capture mode

enum _ftm_quad_decode_mode

FlexTimer quadrature decode modes.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_QuadPhaseEncode: Phase A and Phase B encoding mode

enumerator kFTM_QuadCountAndDir: Count and direction encoding mode

enum _ftm_phase_polarity

FlexTimer quadrature phase polarities.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_QuadPhaseNormal: Phase input signal is not inverted

enumerator kFTM_QuadPhaseInvert: Phase input signal is inverted

enum _ftm_deadtime_prescale

FlexTimer pre-scaler factor for the dead time insertion.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_Deadtime_Prescale_1: Divide by 1

enumerator kFTM_Deadtime_Prescale_4: Divide by 4

enumerator kFTM_Deadtime_Prescale_16: Divide by 16

enum _ftm_clock_source

FlexTimer clock source selection.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_SystemClock: System clock selected

enumerator kFTM_FixedClock: Fixed frequency clock

enumerator kFTM_ExternalClock: External clock

enum _ftm_clock_prescale

FlexTimer pre-scaler factor selection for the clock source.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_Prescale_Divide_1: Divide by 1

enumerator kFTM_Prescale_Divide_2: Divide by 2

enumerator kFTM_Prescale_Divide_4: Divide by 4

enumerator kFTM_Prescale_Divide_8: Divide by 8

enumerator kFTM_Prescale_Divide_16: Divide by 16

enumerator kFTM_Prescale_Divide_32: Divide by 32

enumerator kFTM_Prescale_Divide_64: Divide by 64

enumerator kFTM_Prescale_Divide_128: Divide by 128

enum _ftm_bdm_mode

Options for the FlexTimer behaviour in BDM Mode.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_BdmMode_0: FTM counter stopped, CH(n)F bit can be set, FTM channels in functional mode, writes to MOD,CNTIN and C(n)V registers bypass the register buffers

enumerator kFTM_BdmMode_1: FTM counter stopped, CH(n)F bit is not set, FTM channels outputs are forced to their safe value , writes to MOD,CNTIN and C(n)V registers bypass the register buffers

enumerator kFTM_BdmMode_2: FTM counter stopped, CH(n)F bit is not set, FTM channels outputs are frozen when chip enters in BDM mode, writes to MOD,CNTIN and C(n)V registers bypass the register buffers

enumerator kFTM_BdmMode_3: FTM counter in functional mode, CH(n)F bit can be set, FTM channels in functional mode, writes to MOD,CNTIN and C(n)V registers is in fully functional mode

enum _ftm_fault_mode

Options for the FTM fault control mode.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_Fault_Disable: Fault control is disabled for all channels

enumerator kFTM_Fault_EvenChnls: Enabled for even channels only(0,2,4,6) with manual fault clearing

enumerator kFTM_Fault_AllChnlsMan: Enabled for all channels with manual fault clearing

enumerator kFTM_Fault_AllChnlsAuto: Enabled for all channels with automatic fault clearing

enum _ftm_external_trigger

FTM external trigger options.

Note

Actual available external trigger sources are SoC-specific

Values:

enumerator kFTM_Chnl0Trigger: Generate trigger when counter equals chnl 0 CnV reg

enumerator kFTM_Chnl1Trigger: Generate trigger when counter equals chnl 1 CnV reg

enumerator kFTM_Chnl2Trigger: Generate trigger when counter equals chnl 2 CnV reg

enumerator kFTM_Chnl3Trigger: Generate trigger when counter equals chnl 3 CnV reg

enumerator kFTM_Chnl4Trigger: Generate trigger when counter equals chnl 4 CnV reg

enumerator kFTM_Chnl5Trigger: Generate trigger when counter equals chnl 5 CnV reg

enumerator kFTM_Chnl6Trigger: Available on certain SoC’s, generate trigger when counter equals chnl 6 CnV reg

enumerator kFTM_Chnl7Trigger: Available on certain SoC’s, generate trigger when counter equals chnl 7 CnV reg

enumerator kFTM_InitTrigger: Generate Trigger when counter is updated with CNTIN

enumerator kFTM_ReloadInitTrigger: Available on certain SoC’s, trigger on reload point

enum _ftm_pwm_sync_method

FlexTimer PWM sync options to update registers with buffer.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_SoftwareTrigger: Software triggers PWM sync

enumerator kFTM_HardwareTrigger_0: Hardware trigger 0 causes PWM sync

enumerator kFTM_HardwareTrigger_1: Hardware trigger 1 causes PWM sync

enumerator kFTM_HardwareTrigger_2: Hardware trigger 2 causes PWM sync

enum _ftm_reload_point

FTM options available as loading point for register reload.

Note

Actual available reload points are SoC-specific

Values:

enumerator kFTM_Chnl0Match: Channel 0 match included as a reload point

enumerator kFTM_Chnl1Match: Channel 1 match included as a reload point

enumerator kFTM_Chnl2Match: Channel 2 match included as a reload point

enumerator kFTM_Chnl3Match: Channel 3 match included as a reload point

enumerator kFTM_Chnl4Match: Channel 4 match included as a reload point

enumerator kFTM_Chnl5Match: Channel 5 match included as a reload point

enumerator kFTM_Chnl6Match: Channel 6 match included as a reload point

enumerator kFTM_Chnl7Match: Channel 7 match included as a reload point

enumerator kFTM_CntMax: Use in up-down count mode only, reload when counter reaches the maximum value

enumerator kFTM_CntMin: Use in up-down count mode only, reload when counter reaches the minimum value

enumerator kFTM_HalfCycMatch: Available on certain SoC’s, half cycle match reload point

enum _ftm_interrupt_enable

List of FTM interrupts.

Note

Actual available interrupts are SoC-specific

Values:

enumerator kFTM_Chnl0InterruptEnable: Channel 0 interrupt

enumerator kFTM_Chnl1InterruptEnable: Channel 1 interrupt

enumerator kFTM_Chnl2InterruptEnable: Channel 2 interrupt

enumerator kFTM_Chnl3InterruptEnable: Channel 3 interrupt

enumerator kFTM_Chnl4InterruptEnable: Channel 4 interrupt

enumerator kFTM_Chnl5InterruptEnable: Channel 5 interrupt

enumerator kFTM_Chnl6InterruptEnable: Channel 6 interrupt

enumerator kFTM_Chnl7InterruptEnable: Channel 7 interrupt

enumerator kFTM_FaultInterruptEnable: Fault interrupt

enumerator kFTM_TimeOverflowInterruptEnable: Time overflow interrupt

enumerator kFTM_ReloadInterruptEnable: Reload interrupt; Available only on certain SoC’s

enum _ftm_status_flags

List of FTM flags.

Note

Actual available flags are SoC-specific

Values:

enumerator kFTM_Chnl0Flag: Channel 0 Flag

enumerator kFTM_Chnl1Flag: Channel 1 Flag

enumerator kFTM_Chnl2Flag: Channel 2 Flag

enumerator kFTM_Chnl3Flag: Channel 3 Flag

enumerator kFTM_Chnl4Flag: Channel 4 Flag

enumerator kFTM_Chnl5Flag: Channel 5 Flag

enumerator kFTM_Chnl6Flag: Channel 6 Flag

enumerator kFTM_Chnl7Flag: Channel 7 Flag

enumerator kFTM_FaultFlag: Fault Flag

enumerator kFTM_TimeOverflowFlag: Time overflow Flag

enumerator kFTM_ChnlTriggerFlag: Channel trigger Flag

enumerator kFTM_ReloadFlag: Reload Flag; Available only on certain SoC’s

List of FTM Quad Decoder flags.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_QuadDecoderCountingIncreaseFlag: Counting direction is increasing (FTM counter increment), or the direction is decreasing.

enumerator kFTM_QuadDecoderCountingOverflowOnTopFlag: Indicates if the TOF bit was set on the top or the bottom of counting.

typedef enum _ftm_chnl ftm_chnl_t: List of FTM channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC dependent

typedef enum _ftm_fault_input ftm_fault_input_t: List of FTM faults.

typedef enum _ftm_pwm_mode ftm_pwm_mode_t: FTM PWM operation modes.

typedef enum _ftm_pwm_level_select ftm_pwm_level_select_t: FTM PWM output pulse mode: high-true, low-true or no output.

typedef struct _ftm_chnl_pwm_signal_param ftm_chnl_pwm_signal_param_t: Options to configure a FTM channel’s PWM signal.

typedef struct _ftm_chnl_pwm_config_param ftm_chnl_pwm_config_param_t: Options to configure a FTM channel using precise setting.

typedef enum _ftm_output_compare_mode ftm_output_compare_mode_t: FlexTimer output compare mode.

typedef enum _ftm_input_capture_edge ftm_input_capture_edge_t: FlexTimer input capture edge.

typedef enum _ftm_dual_edge_capture_mode ftm_dual_edge_capture_mode_t: FlexTimer dual edge capture modes.

typedef struct _ftm_dual_edge_capture_param ftm_dual_edge_capture_param_t: FlexTimer dual edge capture parameters.

typedef enum _ftm_quad_decode_mode ftm_quad_decode_mode_t: FlexTimer quadrature decode modes.

typedef enum _ftm_phase_polarity ftm_phase_polarity_t: FlexTimer quadrature phase polarities.

typedef struct _ftm_phase_param ftm_phase_params_t: FlexTimer quadrature decode phase parameters.

typedef struct _ftm_fault_param ftm_fault_param_t: Structure is used to hold the parameters to configure a FTM fault.

typedef enum _ftm_deadtime_prescale ftm_deadtime_prescale_t: FlexTimer pre-scaler factor for the dead time insertion.

typedef enum _ftm_clock_source ftm_clock_source_t: FlexTimer clock source selection.

typedef enum _ftm_clock_prescale ftm_clock_prescale_t: FlexTimer pre-scaler factor selection for the clock source.

typedef enum _ftm_bdm_mode ftm_bdm_mode_t: Options for the FlexTimer behaviour in BDM Mode.

typedef enum _ftm_fault_mode ftm_fault_mode_t: Options for the FTM fault control mode.

typedef enum _ftm_external_trigger ftm_external_trigger_t: FTM external trigger options.

Note

Actual available external trigger sources are SoC-specific

typedef enum _ftm_pwm_sync_method ftm_pwm_sync_method_t: FlexTimer PWM sync options to update registers with buffer.

typedef enum _ftm_reload_point ftm_reload_point_t: FTM options available as loading point for register reload.

Note

Actual available reload points are SoC-specific

typedef enum _ftm_interrupt_enable ftm_interrupt_enable_t: List of FTM interrupts.

Note

Actual available interrupts are SoC-specific

typedef enum _ftm_status_flags ftm_status_flags_t: List of FTM flags.

Note

Actual available flags are SoC-specific

typedef struct _ftm_config ftm_config_t

FTM configuration structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the FTM peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the FTM_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to the configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so as to reside in flash.

void FTM_SetupFaultInput(FTM_Type *base, ftm_fault_input_t faultNumber, const ftm_fault_param_t *faultParams)

Sets up the working of the FTM fault inputs protection.

FTM can have up to 4 fault inputs. This function sets up fault parameters, fault level, and input filter.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
faultNumber – FTM fault to configure.
faultParams – Parameters passed in to set up the fault

static inline void FTM_SetGlobalTimeBaseOutputEnable(FTM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the FTM global time base signal generation to other FTMs.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
enable – true to enable, false to disable

static inline void FTM_SetOutputMask(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber, bool mask)

Sets the FTM peripheral timer channel output mask.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
chnlNumber – Channel to be configured
mask – true: masked, channel is forced to its inactive state; false: unmasked

static inline void FTM_SetPwmOutputEnable(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber, bool value)

Allows users to enable an output on an FTM channel.

To enable the PWM channel output call this function with val=true. For input mode, call this function with val=false.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
chnlNumber – Channel to be configured
value – true: enable output; false: output is disabled, used in input mode

static inline void FTM_SetSoftwareTrigger(FTM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the FTM software trigger for PWM synchronization.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
enable – true: software trigger is selected, false: software trigger is not selected

static inline void FTM_SetWriteProtection(FTM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the FTM write protection.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
enable – true: Write-protection is enabled, false: Write-protection is disabled

static inline void FTM_EnableDmaTransfer(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber, bool enable)

Enable DMA transfer or not.

Note: CHnIE bit needs to be set when calling this API. The channel DMA transfer request is generated and the channel interrupt is not generated if (CHnF = 1) when DMA and CHnIE bits are set.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address.
chnlNumber – Channel to be configured
enable – true to enable, false to disable

static inline void FTM_SetLdok(FTM_Type *base, bool value)

Enable the LDOK bit.

This function enables loading updated values.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
value – true: loading updated values is enabled; false: loading updated values is disabled.

static inline void FTM_SetHalfCycReloadMatchValue(FTM_Type *base, uint32_t ticks)

Sets the half cycle relade period in units of ticks.

This function can be callled to set the half-cycle reload value when half-cycle matching is enabled as a reload point. Note: Need enable kFTM_HalfCycMatch as reload point, and when this API call after FTM_StartTimer(), the new HCR value will not be active until next reload point (need call FTM_SetLdok to set LDOK) or register synchronization.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address
ticks – A timer period in units of ticks, which should be equal or greater than 1.

static inline void FTM_SetLoadFreq(FTM_Type *base, uint32_t loadfreq)

Set load frequency value.

Parameters:

base – FTM peripheral base address.
loadfreq – PWM reload frequency, range: 0 ~ 31.

struct _ftm_chnl_pwm_signal_param

#include <fsl_ftm.h>

Options to configure a FTM channel’s PWM signal.

Public Members

ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber: The channel/channel pair number. In combined mode, this represents the channel pair number.

ftm_pwm_level_select_t level: PWM output active level select.

uint8_t dutyCyclePercent: PWM pulse width, value should be between 0 to 100 0 = inactive signal(0% duty cycle)… 100 = always active signal (100% duty cycle).

uint8_t firstEdgeDelayPercent: Used only in kFTM_AsymmetricalCombinedPwm mode to generate an asymmetrical PWM. Specifies the delay to the first edge in a PWM period. If unsure leave as 0; Should be specified as a percentage of the PWM period

bool enableComplementary: Used only in combined PWM mode. true: The combined channels output complementary signals; false: The combined channels output same signals;

bool enableDeadtime: Used only in combined PWM mode with enable complementary. true: The deadtime insertion in this pair of channels is enabled; false: The deadtime insertion in this pair of channels is disabled.

struct _ftm_chnl_pwm_config_param

#include <fsl_ftm.h>

Options to configure a FTM channel using precise setting.

Public Members

ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber: The channel/channel pair number. In combined mode, this represents the channel pair number.

ftm_pwm_level_select_t level: PWM output active level select.

uint16_t dutyValue: PWM pulse width, the uint of this value is timer ticks.

uint16_t firstEdgeValue: Used only in kFTM_AsymmetricalCombinedPwm mode to generate an asymmetrical PWM. Specifies the delay to the first edge in a PWM period. If unsure leave as 0, uint of this value is timer ticks.

bool enableComplementary: Used only in combined PWM mode. true: The combined channels output complementary signals; false: The combined channels output same signals;

bool enableDeadtime: Used only in combined PWM mode with enable complementary. true: The deadtime insertion in this pair of channels is enabled; false: The deadtime insertion in this pair of channels is disabled.

struct _ftm_dual_edge_capture_param

#include <fsl_ftm.h>

FlexTimer dual edge capture parameters.

Public Members

ftm_dual_edge_capture_mode_t mode: Dual Edge Capture mode

ftm_input_capture_edge_t currChanEdgeMode: Input capture edge select for channel n

ftm_input_capture_edge_t nextChanEdgeMode: Input capture edge select for channel n+1

struct _ftm_phase_param

#include <fsl_ftm.h>

FlexTimer quadrature decode phase parameters.

Public Members

bool enablePhaseFilter: True: enable phase filter; false: disable filter

uint32_t phaseFilterVal: Filter value, used only if phase filter is enabled

ftm_phase_polarity_t phasePolarity: Phase polarity

struct _ftm_fault_param

#include <fsl_ftm.h>

Structure is used to hold the parameters to configure a FTM fault.

Public Members

bool enableFaultInput: True: Fault input is enabled; false: Fault input is disabled

bool faultLevel: True: Fault polarity is active low; in other words, ‘0’ indicates a fault; False: Fault polarity is active high

bool useFaultFilter: True: Use the filtered fault signal; False: Use the direct path from fault input

struct _ftm_config

#include <fsl_ftm.h>

FTM configuration structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the FTM peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the FTM_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to the configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so as to reside in flash.

Public Members

ftm_clock_prescale_t prescale: FTM clock prescale value

ftm_bdm_mode_t bdmMode: FTM behavior in BDM mode

uint32_t pwmSyncMode: Synchronization methods to use to update buffered registers; Multiple update modes can be used by providing an OR’ed list of options available in enumeration ftm_pwm_sync_method_t.

uint32_t reloadPoints: FTM reload points; When using this, the PWM synchronization is not required. Multiple reload points can be used by providing an OR’ed list of options available in enumeration ftm_reload_point_t.

ftm_fault_mode_t faultMode: FTM fault control mode

uint8_t faultFilterValue: Fault input filter value

ftm_deadtime_prescale_t deadTimePrescale: The dead time prescalar value

uint32_t deadTimeValue: The dead time value deadTimeValue’s available range is 0-1023 when register has DTVALEX, otherwise its available range is 0-63.

uint32_t extTriggers: External triggers to enable. Multiple trigger sources can be enabled by providing an OR’ed list of options available in enumeration ftm_external_trigger_t.

uint8_t chnlInitState: Defines the initialization value of the channels in OUTINT register

uint8_t chnlPolarity: Defines the output polarity of the channels in POL register

bool useGlobalTimeBase: True: Use of an external global time base is enabled; False: disabled

bool swTriggerResetCount: FTM counter synchronization activated by software trigger, avtive when (syncMethod & FTM_SYNC_SWSYNC_MASK) != 0U

bool hwTriggerResetCount: FTM counter synchronization activated by hardware trigger, avtive when (syncMethod & (FTM_SYNC_TRIG0_MASK | FTM_SYNC_TRIG1_MASK | FTM_SYNC_TRIG2_MASK)) != 0U

GPIO: General-Purpose Input/Output Driver

FSL_GPIO_DRIVER_VERSION: GPIO driver version.

enum _gpio_pin_direction

GPIO direction definition.

Values:

enumerator kGPIO_DigitalInput: Set current pin as digital input

enumerator kGPIO_DigitalOutput: Set current pin as digital output

enum _gpio_checker_attribute

GPIO checker attribute.

Values:

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureRWUsersecureRWPrivilegedsecureRW: User nonsecure:Read+Write; User Secure:Read+Write; Privileged Secure:Read+Write

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureRUsersecureRWPrivilegedsecureRW: User nonsecure:Read; User Secure:Read+Write; Privileged Secure:Read+Write

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureNUsersecureRWPrivilegedsecureRW: User nonsecure:None; User Secure:Read+Write; Privileged Secure:Read+Write

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureRUsersecureRPrivilegedsecureRW: User nonsecure:Read; User Secure:Read; Privileged Secure:Read+Write

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureNUsersecureRPrivilegedsecureRW: User nonsecure:None; User Secure:Read; Privileged Secure:Read+Write

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureNUsersecureNPrivilegedsecureRW: User nonsecure:None; User Secure:None; Privileged Secure:Read+Write

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureNUsersecureNPrivilegedsecureR: User nonsecure:None; User Secure:None; Privileged Secure:Read

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureNUsersecureNPrivilegedsecureN: User nonsecure:None; User Secure:None; Privileged Secure:None

enumerator kGPIO_IgnoreAttributeCheck: Ignores the attribute check

typedef enum _gpio_pin_direction gpio_pin_direction_t: GPIO direction definition.

typedef enum _gpio_checker_attribute gpio_checker_attribute_t: GPIO checker attribute.

typedef struct _gpio_pin_config gpio_pin_config_t

The GPIO pin configuration structure.

Each pin can only be configured as either an output pin or an input pin at a time. If configured as an input pin, leave the outputConfig unused. Note that in some use cases, the corresponding port property should be configured in advance with the PORT_SetPinConfig().

GPIO_FIT_REG(value)

struct _gpio_pin_config

#include <fsl_gpio.h>

The GPIO pin configuration structure.

Each pin can only be configured as either an output pin or an input pin at a time. If configured as an input pin, leave the outputConfig unused. Note that in some use cases, the corresponding port property should be configured in advance with the PORT_SetPinConfig().

Public Members

gpio_pin_direction_t pinDirection: GPIO direction, input or output

uint8_t outputLogic: Set a default output logic, which has no use in input

GPIO Driver

void GPIO_PortInit(GPIO_Type *base)

Initializes the GPIO peripheral.

This function ungates the GPIO clock.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer.

void GPIO_PortDenit(GPIO_Type *base)

Denitializes the GPIO peripheral.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer.

void GPIO_PinInit(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, const gpio_pin_config_t *config)

Initializes a GPIO pin used by the board.

To initialize the GPIO, define a pin configuration, as either input or output, in the user file. Then, call the GPIO_PinInit() function.

This is an example to define an input pin or an output pin configuration.

Define a digital input pin configuration,
gpio_pin_config_t config =
{
  kGPIO_DigitalInput,
  0,
}
Define a digital output pin configuration,
gpio_pin_config_t config =
{
  kGPIO_DigitalOutput,
  0,
}

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
pin – GPIO port pin number
config – GPIO pin configuration pointer

static inline void GPIO_PinWrite(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, uint8_t output)

Sets the output level of the multiple GPIO pins to the logic 1 or 0.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
pin – GPIO pin number
output – GPIO pin output logic level.
- 0: corresponding pin output low-logic level.
- 1: corresponding pin output high-logic level.

static inline void GPIO_PortSet(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the output level of the multiple GPIO pins to the logic 1.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
mask – GPIO pin number macro

static inline void GPIO_PortClear(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the output level of the multiple GPIO pins to the logic 0.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
mask – GPIO pin number macro

static inline void GPIO_PortToggle(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Reverses the current output logic of the multiple GPIO pins.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
mask – GPIO pin number macro

static inline uint32_t GPIO_PinRead(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin)

Reads the current input value of the GPIO port.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
pin – GPIO pin number

Return values:

GPIO – port input value

0: corresponding pin input low-logic level.
1: corresponding pin input high-logic level.

uint32_t GPIO_PortGetInterruptFlags(GPIO_Type *base)

Reads the GPIO port interrupt status flag.

If a pin is configured to generate the DMA request, the corresponding flag is cleared automatically at the completion of the requested DMA transfer. Otherwise, the flag remains set until a logic one is written to that flag. If configured for a level sensitive interrupt that remains asserted, the flag is set again immediately.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)

Return values:

The – current GPIO port interrupt status flag, for example, 0x00010001 means the pin 0 and 17 have the interrupt.

void GPIO_PortClearInterruptFlags(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears multiple GPIO pin interrupt status flags.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
mask – GPIO pin number macro

void GPIO_CheckAttributeBytes(GPIO_Type *base, gpio_checker_attribute_t attribute)

brief The GPIO module supports a device-specific number of data ports, organized as 32-bit words/8-bit Bytes. Each 32-bit/8-bit data port includes a GACR register, which defines the byte-level attributes required for a successful access to the GPIO programming model. If the GPIO module’s GACR register organized as 32-bit words, the attribute controls for the 4 data bytes in the GACR follow a standard little endian data convention.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
attribute – GPIO checker attribute

Common Driver

FSL_COMMON_DRIVER_VERSION: common driver version.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_NONE: No debug console.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_UART: Debug console based on UART.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_LPUART: Debug console based on LPUART.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_LPSCI: Debug console based on LPSCI.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_USBCDC: Debug console based on USBCDC.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_FLEXCOMM: Debug console based on FLEXCOMM.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_IUART: Debug console based on i.MX UART.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_VUSART: Debug console based on LPC_VUSART.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_MINI_USART: Debug console based on LPC_USART.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_SWO: Debug console based on SWO.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_QSCI: Debug console based on QSCI.

MIN(a, b): Computes the minimum of a and b.

MAX(a, b): Computes the maximum of a and b.

UINT16_MAX: Max value of uint16_t type.

UINT32_MAX: Max value of uint32_t type.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_ADD(addr, val): Add value val from the variable at address address.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_SUB(addr, val): Subtract value val to the variable at address address.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_SET(addr, bits): Set the bits specifiled by bits to the variable at address address.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_CLEAR(addr, bits): Clear the bits specifiled by bits to the variable at address address.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_TOGGLE(addr, bits): Toggle the bits specifiled by bits to the variable at address address.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_CLEAR_AND_SET(addr, clearBits, setBits): For the variable at address address, clear the bits specifiled by clearBits and set the bits specifiled by setBits.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_COMPARE_AND_SET(addr, expected, newValue): For the variable at address address, check whether the value equal to expected. If value same as expected then update newValue to address and return true , else return false .

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_TEST_AND_SET(addr, newValue): For the variable at address address, set as newValue value and return old value.

USEC_TO_COUNT(us, clockFreqInHz): Macro to convert a microsecond period to raw count value

COUNT_TO_USEC(count, clockFreqInHz): Macro to convert a raw count value to microsecond

MSEC_TO_COUNT(ms, clockFreqInHz): Macro to convert a millisecond period to raw count value

COUNT_TO_MSEC(count, clockFreqInHz): Macro to convert a raw count value to millisecond

SDK_ISR_EXIT_BARRIER

SDK_SIZEALIGN(var, alignbytes)

Macro to define a variable with L1 d-cache line size alignment

Macro to define a variable with L2 cache line size alignment

Macro to change a value to a given size aligned value

AT_NONCACHEABLE_SECTION(var): Define a variable var, and place it in non-cacheable section.

AT_NONCACHEABLE_SECTION_ALIGN(var, alignbytes): Define a variable var, and place it in non-cacheable section, the start address of the variable is aligned to alignbytes.

AT_NONCACHEABLE_SECTION_INIT(var): Define a variable var with initial value, and place it in non-cacheable section.

AT_NONCACHEABLE_SECTION_ALIGN_INIT(var, alignbytes): Define a variable var with initial value, and place it in non-cacheable section, the start address of the variable is aligned to alignbytes.

enum _status_groups

Status group numbers.

Values:

enumerator kStatusGroup_Generic: Group number for generic status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLASH: Group number for FLASH status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPSPI: Group number for LPSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_SPI: Group number for FLEXIO SPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DSPI: Group number for DSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_UART: Group number for FLEXIO UART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_I2C: Group number for FLEXIO I2C status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPI2C: Group number for LPI2C status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_UART: Group number for UART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_I2C: Group number for UART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPSCI: Group number for LPSCI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPUART: Group number for LPUART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SPI: Group number for SPI status code.

enumerator kStatusGroup_XRDC: Group number for XRDC status code.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SEMA42: Group number for SEMA42 status code.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDHC: Group number for SDHC status code

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDMMC: Group number for SDMMC status code

enumerator kStatusGroup_SAI: Group number for SAI status code

enumerator kStatusGroup_MCG: Group number for MCG status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SCG: Group number for SCG status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDSPI: Group number for SDSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_I2S: Group number for FLEXIO I2S status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_MCULCD: Group number for FLEXIO LCD status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLASHIAP: Group number for FLASHIAP status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXCOMM_I2C: Group number for FLEXCOMM I2C status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_I2S: Group number for I2S status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_IUART: Group number for IUART status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_CSI: Group number for CSI status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_MIPI_DSI: Group number for MIPI DSI status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDRAMC: Group number for SDRAMC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_POWER: Group number for POWER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ENET: Group number for ENET status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_PHY: Group number for PHY status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_TRGMUX: Group number for TRGMUX status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SMARTCARD: Group number for SMARTCARD status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LMEM: Group number for LMEM status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_QSPI: Group number for QSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DMA: Group number for DMA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_EDMA: Group number for EDMA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DMAMGR: Group number for DMAMGR status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXCAN: Group number for FlexCAN status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LTC: Group number for LTC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_CAMERA: Group number for FLEXIO CAMERA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_SPI: Group number for LPC_SPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_USART: Group number for LPC_USART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DMIC: Group number for DMIC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDIF: Group number for SDIF status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SPIFI: Group number for SPIFI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_OTP: Group number for OTP status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MCAN: Group number for MCAN status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_CAAM: Group number for CAAM status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ECSPI: Group number for ECSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_USDHC: Group number for USDHC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_I2C: Group number for LPC_I2C status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DCP: Group number for DCP status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MSCAN: Group number for MSCAN status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ESAI: Group number for ESAI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXSPI: Group number for FLEXSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MMDC: Group number for MMDC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_PDM: Group number for MIC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDMA: Group number for SDMA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ICS: Group number for ICS status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SPDIF: Group number for SPDIF status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_MINISPI: Group number for LPC_MINISPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HASHCRYPT: Group number for Hashcrypt status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_SPI_SSP: Group number for LPC_SPI_SSP status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_I3C: Group number for I3C status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_I2C_1: Group number for LPC_I2C_1 status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_NOTIFIER: Group number for NOTIFIER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DebugConsole: Group number for debug console status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SEMC: Group number for SEMC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ApplicationRangeStart: Starting number for application groups.

enumerator kStatusGroup_IAP: Group number for IAP status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_SFA: Group number for SFA status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_SPC: Group number for SPC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_PUF: Group number for PUF status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_TOUCH_PANEL: Group number for touch panel status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_VBAT: Group number for VBAT status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_XSPI: Group number for XSPI status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_PNGDEC: Group number for PNGDEC status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_JPEGDEC: Group number for JPEGDEC status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_GPIO: Group number for HAL GPIO status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_UART: Group number for HAL UART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_TIMER: Group number for HAL TIMER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_SPI: Group number for HAL SPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_I2C: Group number for HAL I2C status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_FLASH: Group number for HAL FLASH status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_PWM: Group number for HAL PWM status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_RNG: Group number for HAL RNG status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_I2S: Group number for HAL I2S status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_ADC_SENSOR: Group number for HAL ADC SENSOR status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_TIMERMANAGER: Group number for TiMER MANAGER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SERIALMANAGER: Group number for SERIAL MANAGER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LED: Group number for LED status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_BUTTON: Group number for BUTTON status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_EXTERN_EEPROM: Group number for EXTERN EEPROM status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SHELL: Group number for SHELL status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MEM_MANAGER: Group number for MEM MANAGER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LIST: Group number for List status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_OSA: Group number for OSA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_COMMON_TASK: Group number for Common task status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MSG: Group number for messaging status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDK_OCOTP: Group number for OCOTP status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDK_FLEXSPINOR: Group number for FLEXSPINOR status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_CODEC: Group number for codec status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ASRC: Group number for codec status ASRC.

enumerator kStatusGroup_OTFAD: Group number for codec status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDIOSLV: Group number for SDIOSLV status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MECC: Group number for MECC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ENET_QOS: Group number for ENET_QOS status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LOG: Group number for LOG status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_I3CBUS: Group number for I3CBUS status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_QSCI: Group number for QSCI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ELEMU: Group number for ELEMU status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_QUEUEDSPI: Group number for QSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_POWER_MANAGER: Group number for POWER_MANAGER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_IPED: Group number for IPED status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ELS_PKC: Group number for ELS PKC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_CSS_PKC: Group number for CSS PKC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HOSTIF: Group number for HOSTIF status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_CLIF: Group number for CLIF status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_BMA: Group number for BMA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_NETC: Group number for NETC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ELE: Group number for ELE status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_GLIKEY: Group number for GLIKEY status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_AON_POWER: Group number for AON_POWER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_AON_COMMON: Group number for AON_COMMON status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ENDAT3: Group number for ENDAT3 status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HIPERFACE: Group number for HIPERFACE status codes.

Generic status return codes.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_Success: Generic status for Success.

enumerator kStatus_Fail: Generic status for Fail.

enumerator kStatus_ReadOnly: Generic status for read only failure.

enumerator kStatus_OutOfRange: Generic status for out of range access.

enumerator kStatus_InvalidArgument: Generic status for invalid argument check.

enumerator kStatus_Timeout: Generic status for timeout.

enumerator kStatus_NoTransferInProgress: Generic status for no transfer in progress.

enumerator kStatus_Busy: Generic status for module is busy.

enumerator kStatus_NoData: Generic status for no data is found for the operation.

typedef int32_t status_t: Type used for all status and error return values.

void *SDK_Malloc(size_t size, size_t alignbytes)

Allocate memory with given alignment and aligned size.

This is provided to support the dynamically allocated memory used in cache-able region.

Parameters:

size – The length required to malloc.
alignbytes – The alignment size.

Return values:

The – allocated memory.

void SDK_Free(void *ptr)

Free memory.

Parameters:

ptr – The memory to be release.

void SDK_DelayAtLeastUs(uint32_t delayTime_us, uint32_t coreClock_Hz)

Delay at least for some time. Please note that, this API uses while loop for delay, different run-time environments make the time not precise, if precise delay count was needed, please implement a new delay function with hardware timer.

Parameters:

delayTime_us – Delay time in unit of microsecond.
coreClock_Hz – Core clock frequency with Hz.

static inline status_t EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type interrupt)

Enable specific interrupt.

Enable LEVEL1 interrupt. For some devices, there might be multiple interrupt levels. For example, there are NVIC and intmux. Here the interrupts connected to NVIC are the LEVEL1 interrupts, because they are routed to the core directly. The interrupts connected to intmux are the LEVEL2 interrupts, they are routed to NVIC first then routed to core.

This function only enables the LEVEL1 interrupts. The number of LEVEL1 interrupts is indicated by the feature macro FSL_FEATURE_NUMBER_OF_LEVEL1_INT_VECTORS.

Parameters:

interrupt – The IRQ number.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Interrupt enabled successfully
kStatus_Fail – Failed to enable the interrupt

static inline status_t DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type interrupt)

Disable specific interrupt.

Disable LEVEL1 interrupt. For some devices, there might be multiple interrupt levels. For example, there are NVIC and intmux. Here the interrupts connected to NVIC are the LEVEL1 interrupts, because they are routed to the core directly. The interrupts connected to intmux are the LEVEL2 interrupts, they are routed to NVIC first then routed to core.

This function only disables the LEVEL1 interrupts. The number of LEVEL1 interrupts is indicated by the feature macro FSL_FEATURE_NUMBER_OF_LEVEL1_INT_VECTORS.

Parameters:

interrupt – The IRQ number.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Interrupt disabled successfully
kStatus_Fail – Failed to disable the interrupt

static inline status_t EnableIRQWithPriority(IRQn_Type interrupt, uint8_t priNum)

Enable the IRQ, and also set the interrupt priority.

Only handle LEVEL1 interrupt. For some devices, there might be multiple interrupt levels. For example, there are NVIC and intmux. Here the interrupts connected to NVIC are the LEVEL1 interrupts, because they are routed to the core directly. The interrupts connected to intmux are the LEVEL2 interrupts, they are routed to NVIC first then routed to core.

This function only handles the LEVEL1 interrupts. The number of LEVEL1 interrupts is indicated by the feature macro FSL_FEATURE_NUMBER_OF_LEVEL1_INT_VECTORS.

Parameters:

interrupt – The IRQ to Enable.
priNum – Priority number set to interrupt controller register.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Interrupt priority set successfully
kStatus_Fail – Failed to set the interrupt priority.

static inline status_t IRQ_SetPriority(IRQn_Type interrupt, uint8_t priNum)

Set the IRQ priority.

Only handle LEVEL1 interrupt. For some devices, there might be multiple interrupt levels. For example, there are NVIC and intmux. Here the interrupts connected to NVIC are the LEVEL1 interrupts, because they are routed to the core directly. The interrupts connected to intmux are the LEVEL2 interrupts, they are routed to NVIC first then routed to core.

This function only handles the LEVEL1 interrupts. The number of LEVEL1 interrupts is indicated by the feature macro FSL_FEATURE_NUMBER_OF_LEVEL1_INT_VECTORS.

Parameters:

interrupt – The IRQ to set.
priNum – Priority number set to interrupt controller register.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Interrupt priority set successfully
kStatus_Fail – Failed to set the interrupt priority.

static inline status_t IRQ_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type interrupt)

Clear the pending IRQ flag.

Only handle LEVEL1 interrupt. For some devices, there might be multiple interrupt levels. For example, there are NVIC and intmux. Here the interrupts connected to NVIC are the LEVEL1 interrupts, because they are routed to the core directly. The interrupts connected to intmux are the LEVEL2 interrupts, they are routed to NVIC first then routed to core.

This function only handles the LEVEL1 interrupts. The number of LEVEL1 interrupts is indicated by the feature macro FSL_FEATURE_NUMBER_OF_LEVEL1_INT_VECTORS.

Parameters:

interrupt – The flag which IRQ to clear.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Interrupt priority set successfully
kStatus_Fail – Failed to set the interrupt priority.

static inline uint32_t DisableGlobalIRQ(void)

Disable the global IRQ.

Disable the global interrupt and return the current primask register. User is required to provided the primask register for the EnableGlobalIRQ().

Returns:: Current primask value.

static inline void EnableGlobalIRQ(uint32_t primask)

Enable the global IRQ.

Set the primask register with the provided primask value but not just enable the primask. The idea is for the convenience of integration of RTOS. some RTOS get its own management mechanism of primask. User is required to use the EnableGlobalIRQ() and DisableGlobalIRQ() in pair.

Parameters:

primask – value of primask register to be restored. The primask value is supposed to be provided by the DisableGlobalIRQ().

static inline bool _SDK_AtomicLocalCompareAndSet(uint32_t *addr, uint32_t expected, uint32_t newValue)

static inline uint32_t _SDK_AtomicTestAndSet(uint32_t *addr, uint32_t newValue)

FSL_DRIVER_TRANSFER_DOUBLE_WEAK_IRQ: Macro to use the default weak IRQ handler in drivers.

MAKE_STATUS(group, code): Construct a status code value from a group and code number.

MAKE_VERSION(major, minor, bugfix)

Construct the version number for drivers.

The driver version is a 32-bit number, for both 32-bit platforms(such as Cortex M) and 16-bit platforms(such as DSC).

| Unused    || Major Version || Minor Version ||  Bug Fix    |
31        25  24           17  16            9  8            0

ARRAY_SIZE(x): Computes the number of elements in an array.

UINT64_H(X): Macro to get upper 32 bits of a 64-bit value

UINT64_L(X): Macro to get lower 32 bits of a 64-bit value

SUPPRESS_FALL_THROUGH_WARNING(): For switch case code block, if case section ends without “break;” statement, there wil be fallthrough warning with compiler flag -Wextra or -Wimplicit-fallthrough=n when using armgcc. To suppress this warning, “SUPPRESS_FALL_THROUGH_WARNING();” need to be added at the end of each case section which misses “break;”statement.

MSDK_REG_SECURE_ADDR(x): Convert the register address to the one used in secure mode.

MSDK_REG_NONSECURE_ADDR(x): Convert the register address to the one used in non-secure mode.

Lin_lpuart_driver

FSL_LIN_LPUART_DRIVER_VERSION: LIN LPUART driver version.

enum _lin_lpuart_stop_bit_count

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_OneStopBit: One stop bit

enumerator kLPUART_TwoStopBit: Two stop bits

enum _lin_lpuart_flags

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag: Transmit data register empty flag, sets when transmit buffer is empty

enumerator kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteFlag: Transmission complete flag, sets when transmission activity complete

enumerator kLPUART_RxDataRegFullFlag: Receive data register full flag, sets when the receive data buffer is full

enumerator kLPUART_IdleLineFlag: Idle line detect flag, sets when idle line detected

enumerator kLPUART_RxOverrunFlag: Receive Overrun, sets when new data is received before data is read from receive register

enumerator kLPUART_NoiseErrorFlag: Receive takes 3 samples of each received bit. If any of these samples differ, noise flag sets

enumerator kLPUART_FramingErrorFlag: Frame error flag, sets if logic 0 was detected where stop bit expected

enumerator kLPUART_ParityErrorFlag: If parity enabled, sets upon parity error detection

enumerator kLPUART_LinBreakFlag: LIN break detect interrupt flag, sets when LIN break char detected and LIN circuit enabled

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveEdgeFlag: Receive pin active edge interrupt flag, sets when active edge detected

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveFlag: Receiver Active Flag (RAF), sets at beginning of valid start bit

enumerator kLPUART_DataMatch1Flag: The next character to be read from LPUART_DATA matches MA1

enumerator kLPUART_DataMatch2Flag: The next character to be read from LPUART_DATA matches MA2

enumerator kLPUART_NoiseErrorInRxDataRegFlag: NOISY bit, sets if noise detected in current data word

enumerator kLPUART_ParityErrorInRxDataRegFlag: PARITY bit, sets if noise detected in current data word

enumerator kLPUART_TxFifoEmptyFlag: TXEMPT bit, sets if transmit buffer is empty

enumerator kLPUART_RxFifoEmptyFlag: RXEMPT bit, sets if receive buffer is empty

enumerator kLPUART_TxFifoOverflowFlag: TXOF bit, sets if transmit buffer overflow occurred

enumerator kLPUART_RxFifoUnderflowFlag: RXUF bit, sets if receive buffer underflow occurred

enum _lin_lpuart_interrupt_enable

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_LinBreakInterruptEnable: LIN break detect.

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveEdgeInterruptEnable: Receive Active Edge.

enumerator kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable: Transmit data register empty.

enumerator kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteInterruptEnable: Transmission complete.

enumerator kLPUART_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable: Receiver data register full.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleLineInterruptEnable: Idle line.

enumerator kLPUART_RxOverrunInterruptEnable: Receiver Overrun.

enumerator kLPUART_NoiseErrorInterruptEnable: Noise error flag.

enumerator kLPUART_FramingErrorInterruptEnable: Framing error flag.

enumerator kLPUART_ParityErrorInterruptEnable: Parity error flag.

enumerator kLPUART_TxFifoOverflowInterruptEnable: Transmit FIFO Overflow.

enumerator kLPUART_RxFifoUnderflowInterruptEnable: Receive FIFO Underflow.

enum _lin_lpuart_status

Values:

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxBusy: TX busy

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxBusy: RX busy

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxIdle: LPUART transmitter is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxIdle: LPUART receiver is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxWatermarkTooLarge: TX FIFO watermark too large

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxWatermarkTooLarge: RX FIFO watermark too large

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_FlagCannotClearManually: Some flag can’t manually clear

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_Error: Error happens on LPUART.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxRingBufferOverrun: LPUART RX software ring buffer overrun.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxHardwareOverrun: LPUART RX receiver overrun.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_NoiseError: LPUART noise error.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_FramingError: LPUART framing error.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_ParityError: LPUART parity error.

enum lin_lpuart_bit_count_per_char_t

Values:

enumerator LPUART_8_BITS_PER_CHAR: 8-bit data characters

enumerator LPUART_9_BITS_PER_CHAR: 9-bit data characters

enumerator LPUART_10_BITS_PER_CHAR: 10-bit data characters

typedef enum _lin_lpuart_stop_bit_count lin_lpuart_stop_bit_count_t

static inline bool LIN_LPUART_GetRxDataPolarity(const LPUART_Type *base)

static inline void LIN_LPUART_SetRxDataPolarity(LPUART_Type *base, bool polarity)

static inline void LIN_LPUART_WriteByte(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t data)

static inline void LIN_LPUART_ReadByte(const LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *readData)

status_t LIN_LPUART_CalculateBaudRate(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t baudRate_Bps, uint32_t srcClock_Hz, uint32_t *osr, uint16_t *sbr)

Calculates the best osr and sbr value for configured baudrate.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address
baudRate_Bps – user configuration structure of type #lin_user_config_t
srcClock_Hz – pointer to the LIN_LPUART driver state structure
osr – pointer to osr value
sbr – pointer to sbr value

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

void LIN_LPUART_SetBaudRate(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t *osr, uint16_t *sbr)

Configure baudrate according to osr and sbr value.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address
osr – pointer to osr value
sbr – pointer to sbr value

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_Init(LPUART_Type *base, lin_user_config_t *linUserConfig, lin_state_t *linCurrentState, uint32_t linSourceClockFreq)

Initializes an LIN_LPUART instance for LIN Network.

The caller provides memory for the driver state structures during initialization. The user must select the LIN_LPUART clock source in the application to initialize the LIN_LPUART. This function initializes a LPUART instance for operation. This function will initialize the run-time state structure to keep track of the on-going transfers, initialize the module to user defined settings and default settings, set break field length to be 13 bit times minimum, enable the break detect interrupt, Rx complete interrupt, frame error detect interrupt, and enable the LPUART module transmitter and receiver

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address
linUserConfig – user configuration structure of type #lin_user_config_t
linCurrentState – pointer to the LIN_LPUART driver state structure

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_Deinit(LPUART_Type *base)

Shuts down the LIN_LPUART by disabling interrupts and transmitter/receiver.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_SendFrameDataBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, const uint8_t *txBuff, uint8_t txSize, uint32_t timeoutMSec)

Sends Frame data out through the LIN_LPUART module using blocking method. This function will calculate the checksum byte and send it with the frame data. Blocking means that the function does not return until the transmission is complete.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address
txBuff – source buffer containing 8-bit data chars to send
txSize – the number of bytes to send
timeoutMSec – timeout value in milli seconds

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_SendFrameData(LPUART_Type *base, const uint8_t *txBuff, uint8_t txSize)

Sends frame data out through the LIN_LPUART module using non-blocking method. This enables an a-sync method for transmitting data. Non-blocking means that the function returns immediately. The application has to get the transmit status to know when the transmit is complete. This function will calculate the checksum byte and send it with the frame data.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address
txBuff – source buffer containing 8-bit data chars to send
txSize – the number of bytes to send

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_GetTransmitStatus(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *bytesRemaining)

Get status of an on-going non-blocking transmission While sending frame data using non-blocking method, users can use this function to get status of that transmission. This function return LIN_TX_BUSY while sending, or LIN_TIMEOUT if timeout has occurred, or return LIN_SUCCESS when the transmission is complete. The bytesRemaining shows number of bytes that still needed to transmit.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address
bytesRemaining – Number of bytes still needed to transmit

Returns:

lin_status_t LIN_TX_BUSY, LIN_SUCCESS or LIN_TIMEOUT

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_RecvFrmDataBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *rxBuff, uint8_t rxSize, uint32_t timeoutMSec)

Receives frame data through the LIN_LPUART module using blocking method. This function will check the checksum byte. If the checksum is correct, it will receive the frame data. Blocking means that the function does not return until the reception is complete.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address
rxBuff – buffer containing 8-bit received data
rxSize – the number of bytes to receive
timeoutMSec – timeout value in milli seconds

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_RecvFrmData(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *rxBuff, uint8_t rxSize)

Receives frame data through the LIN_LPUART module using non-blocking method. This function will check the checksum byte. If the checksum is correct, it will receive it with the frame data. Non-blocking means that the function returns immediately. The application has to get the receive status to know when the reception is complete.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address
rxBuff – buffer containing 8-bit received data
rxSize – the number of bytes to receive

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_AbortTransferData(LPUART_Type *base)

Aborts an on-going non-blocking transmission/reception. While performing a non-blocking transferring data, users can call this function to terminate immediately the transferring.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_GetReceiveStatus(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *bytesRemaining)

Get status of an on-going non-blocking reception While receiving frame data using non-blocking method, users can use this function to get status of that receiving. This function return the current event ID, LIN_RX_BUSY while receiving and return LIN_SUCCESS, or timeout (LIN_TIMEOUT) when the reception is complete. The bytesRemaining shows number of bytes that still needed to receive.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address
bytesRemaining – Number of bytes still needed to receive

Returns:

lin_status_t LIN_RX_BUSY, LIN_TIMEOUT or LIN_SUCCESS

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_GoToSleepMode(LPUART_Type *base)

This function puts current node to sleep mode This function changes current node state to LIN_NODE_STATE_SLEEP_MODE.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_GotoIdleState(LPUART_Type *base)

Puts current LIN node to Idle state This function changes current node state to LIN_NODE_STATE_IDLE.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_SendWakeupSignal(LPUART_Type *base)

Sends a wakeup signal through the LIN_LPUART interface.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_MasterSendHeader(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t id)

Sends frame header out through the LIN_LPUART module using a non-blocking method. This function sends LIN Break field, sync field then the ID with correct parity.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address
id – Frame Identifier

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_EnableIRQ(LPUART_Type *base)

Enables LIN_LPUART hardware interrupts.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_DisableIRQ(LPUART_Type *base)

Disables LIN_LPUART hardware interrupts.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_AutoBaudCapture(uint32_t instance)

This function capture bits time to detect break char, calculate baudrate from sync bits and enable transceiver if autobaud successful. This function should only be used in Slave. The timer should be in mode input capture of both rising and falling edges. The timer input capture pin should be externally connected to RXD pin.

Parameters:

instance – LPUART instance

Returns:

lin_status_t

void LIN_LPUART_IRQHandler(LPUART_Type *base)

LIN_LPUART RX TX interrupt handler.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

void

AUTOBAUD_BAUDRATE_TOLERANCE

BIT_RATE_TOLERANCE_UNSYNC

BIT_DURATION_MAX_19200

BIT_DURATION_MIN_19200

BIT_DURATION_MAX_14400

BIT_DURATION_MIN_14400

BIT_DURATION_MAX_9600

BIT_DURATION_MIN_9600

BIT_DURATION_MAX_4800

BIT_DURATION_MIN_4800

BIT_DURATION_MAX_2400

BIT_DURATION_MIN_2400

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MAX_19200

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MIN_19200

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MAX_14400

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MIN_14400

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MAX_9600

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MIN_9600

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MAX_4800

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MIN_4800

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MAX_2400

TWO_BIT_DURATION_MIN_2400

AUTOBAUD_BREAK_TIME_MIN

LPI2C: Low Power Inter-Integrated Circuit Driver

FSL_LPI2C_DRIVER_VERSION: LPI2C driver version.

LPI2C status return codes.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_Busy: The master is already performing a transfer.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_Idle: The slave driver is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_Nak: The slave device sent a NAK in response to a byte.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError: FIFO under run or overrun.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_BitError: Transferred bit was not seen on the bus.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost: Arbitration lost error.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout: SCL or SDA were held low longer than the timeout.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_NoTransferInProgress: Attempt to abort a transfer when one is not in progress.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_DmaRequestFail: DMA request failed.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_Timeout: Timeout polling status flags.

IRQn_Type const kLpi2cIrqs[]: Array to map LPI2C instance number to IRQ number, used internally for LPI2C master interrupt and EDMA transactional APIs.

lpi2c_master_isr_t s_lpi2cMasterIsr: Pointer to master IRQ handler for each instance, used internally for LPI2C master interrupt and EDMA transactional APIs.

void *s_lpi2cMasterHandle[]: Pointers to master handles for each instance, used internally for LPI2C master interrupt and EDMA transactional APIs.

uint32_t LPI2C_GetInstance(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns an instance number given a base address.

If an invalid base address is passed, debug builds will assert. Release builds will just return instance number 0.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPI2C instance number starting from 0.

I2C_RETRY_TIMES: Retry times for waiting flag.

LPI2C Master Driver

void LPI2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig(lpi2c_master_config_t *masterConfig)

Provides a default configuration for the LPI2C master peripheral.

This function provides the following default configuration for the LPI2C master peripheral:

masterConfig->enableMaster            = true;
masterConfig->debugEnable             = false;
masterConfig->ignoreAck               = false;
masterConfig->pinConfig               = kLPI2C_2PinOpenDrain;
masterConfig->baudRate_Hz             = 100000U;
masterConfig->busIdleTimeout_ns       = 0;
masterConfig->pinLowTimeout_ns        = 0;
masterConfig->sdaGlitchFilterWidth_ns = 0;
masterConfig->sclGlitchFilterWidth_ns = 0;
masterConfig->hostRequest.enable      = false;
masterConfig->hostRequest.source      = kLPI2C_HostRequestExternalPin;
masterConfig->hostRequest.polarity    = kLPI2C_HostRequestPinActiveHigh;

After calling this function, you can override any settings in order to customize the configuration, prior to initializing the master driver with LPI2C_MasterInit().

Parameters:

masterConfig – [out] User provided configuration structure for default values. Refer to lpi2c_master_config_t.

void LPI2C_MasterInit(LPI2C_Type *base, const lpi2c_master_config_t *masterConfig, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz)

Initializes the LPI2C master peripheral.

This function enables the peripheral clock and initializes the LPI2C master peripheral as described by the user provided configuration. A software reset is performed prior to configuration.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
masterConfig – User provided peripheral configuration. Use LPI2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig() to get a set of defaults that you can override.
sourceClock_Hz – Frequency in Hertz of the LPI2C functional clock. Used to calculate the baud rate divisors, filter widths, and timeout periods.

void LPI2C_MasterDeinit(LPI2C_Type *base)

Deinitializes the LPI2C master peripheral.

This function disables the LPI2C master peripheral and gates the clock. It also performs a software reset to restore the peripheral to reset conditions.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

void LPI2C_MasterConfigureDataMatch(LPI2C_Type *base, const lpi2c_data_match_config_t *matchConfig)

Configures LPI2C master data match feature.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
matchConfig – Settings for the data match feature.

status_t LPI2C_MasterCheckAndClearError(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t status)

Convert provided flags to status code, and clear any errors if present.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
status – Current status flags value that will be checked.

Return values:

kStatus_Success –
kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout –
kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost –
kStatus_LPI2C_Nak –
kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError –

status_t LPI2C_CheckForBusyBus(LPI2C_Type *base)

Make sure the bus isn’t already busy.

A busy bus is allowed if we are the one driving it.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Return values:

kStatus_Success –
kStatus_LPI2C_Busy –

static inline void LPI2C_MasterReset(LPI2C_Type *base)

Performs a software reset.

Restores the LPI2C master peripheral to reset conditions.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterEnable(LPI2C_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the LPI2C module as master.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
enable – Pass true to enable or false to disable the specified LPI2C as master.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_MasterGetStatusFlags(LPI2C_Type *base)

Gets the LPI2C master status flags.

A bit mask with the state of all LPI2C master status flags is returned. For each flag, the corresponding bit in the return value is set if the flag is asserted.

See also

_lpi2c_master_flags

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

State of the status flags:

1: related status flag is set.
0: related status flag is not set.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterClearStatusFlags(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t statusMask)

Clears the LPI2C master status flag state.

The following status register flags can be cleared:

kLPI2C_MasterEndOfPacketFlag
kLPI2C_MasterStopDetectFlag
kLPI2C_MasterNackDetectFlag
kLPI2C_MasterArbitrationLostFlag
kLPI2C_MasterFifoErrFlag
kLPI2C_MasterPinLowTimeoutFlag
kLPI2C_MasterDataMatchFlag

Attempts to clear other flags has no effect.

See also

_lpi2c_master_flags.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
statusMask – A bitmask of status flags that are to be cleared. The mask is composed of _lpi2c_master_flags enumerators OR’d together. You may pass the result of a previous call to LPI2C_MasterGetStatusFlags().

static inline void LPI2C_MasterEnableInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t interruptMask)

Enables the LPI2C master interrupt requests.

All flags except kLPI2C_MasterBusyFlag and kLPI2C_MasterBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
interruptMask – Bit mask of interrupts to enable. See _lpi2c_master_flags for the set of constants that should be OR’d together to form the bit mask.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterDisableInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t interruptMask)

Disables the LPI2C master interrupt requests.

All flags except kLPI2C_MasterBusyFlag and kLPI2C_MasterBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
interruptMask – Bit mask of interrupts to disable. See _lpi2c_master_flags for the set of constants that should be OR’d together to form the bit mask.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_MasterGetEnabledInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns the set of currently enabled LPI2C master interrupt requests.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

A bitmask composed of _lpi2c_master_flags enumerators OR’d together to indicate the set of enabled interrupts.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterEnableDMA(LPI2C_Type *base, bool enableTx, bool enableRx)

Enables or disables LPI2C master DMA requests.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
enableTx – Enable flag for transmit DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.
enableRx – Enable flag for receive DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_MasterGetTxFifoAddress(LPI2C_Type *base)

Gets LPI2C master transmit data register address for DMA transfer.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

The LPI2C Master Transmit Data Register address.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_MasterGetRxFifoAddress(LPI2C_Type *base)

Gets LPI2C master receive data register address for DMA transfer.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

The LPI2C Master Receive Data Register address.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterSetWatermarks(LPI2C_Type *base, size_t txWords, size_t rxWords)

Sets the watermarks for LPI2C master FIFOs.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
txWords – Transmit FIFO watermark value in words. The kLPI2C_MasterTxReadyFlag flag is set whenever the number of words in the transmit FIFO is equal or less than txWords. Writing a value equal or greater than the FIFO size is truncated.
rxWords – Receive FIFO watermark value in words. The kLPI2C_MasterRxReadyFlag flag is set whenever the number of words in the receive FIFO is greater than rxWords. Writing a value equal or greater than the FIFO size is truncated.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterGetFifoCounts(LPI2C_Type *base, size_t *rxCount, size_t *txCount)

Gets the current number of words in the LPI2C master FIFOs.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
txCount – [out] Pointer through which the current number of words in the transmit FIFO is returned. Pass NULL if this value is not required.
rxCount – [out] Pointer through which the current number of words in the receive FIFO is returned. Pass NULL if this value is not required.

void LPI2C_MasterSetBaudRate(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz, uint32_t baudRate_Hz)

Sets the I2C bus frequency for master transactions.

The LPI2C master is automatically disabled and re-enabled as necessary to configure the baud rate. Do not call this function during a transfer, or the transfer is aborted.

Note

Please note that the second parameter is the clock frequency of LPI2C module, the third parameter means user configured bus baudrate, this implementation is different from other I2C drivers which use baudrate configuration as second parameter and source clock frequency as third parameter.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
sourceClock_Hz – LPI2C functional clock frequency in Hertz.
baudRate_Hz – Requested bus frequency in Hertz.

static inline bool LPI2C_MasterGetBusIdleState(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns whether the bus is idle.

Requires the master mode to be enabled.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Return values:

true – Bus is busy.
false – Bus is idle.

status_t LPI2C_MasterStart(LPI2C_Type *base, uint8_t address, lpi2c_direction_t dir)

Sends a START signal and slave address on the I2C bus.

This function is used to initiate a new master mode transfer. First, the bus state is checked to ensure that another master is not occupying the bus. Then a START signal is transmitted, followed by the 7-bit address specified in the address parameter. Note that this function does not actually wait until the START and address are successfully sent on the bus before returning.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
address – 7-bit slave device address, in bits [6:0].
dir – Master transfer direction, either kLPI2C_Read or kLPI2C_Write. This parameter is used to set the R/w bit (bit 0) in the transmitted slave address.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – START signal and address were successfully enqueued in the transmit FIFO.
kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.

static inline status_t LPI2C_MasterRepeatedStart(LPI2C_Type *base, uint8_t address, lpi2c_direction_t dir)

Sends a repeated START signal and slave address on the I2C bus.

This function is used to send a Repeated START signal when a transfer is already in progress. Like LPI2C_MasterStart(), it also sends the specified 7-bit address.

Note

This function exists primarily to maintain compatible APIs between LPI2C and I2C drivers, as well as to better document the intent of code that uses these APIs.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
address – 7-bit slave device address, in bits [6:0].
dir – Master transfer direction, either kLPI2C_Read or kLPI2C_Write. This parameter is used to set the R/w bit (bit 0) in the transmitted slave address.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Repeated START signal and address were successfully enqueued in the transmit FIFO.
kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.

status_t LPI2C_MasterSend(LPI2C_Type *base, void *txBuff, size_t txSize)

Performs a polling send transfer on the I2C bus.

Sends up to txSize number of bytes to the previously addressed slave device. The slave may reply with a NAK to any byte in order to terminate the transfer early. If this happens, this function returns kStatus_LPI2C_Nak.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
txBuff – The pointer to the data to be transferred.
txSize – The length in bytes of the data to be transferred.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Data was sent successfully.
kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.
kStatus_LPI2C_Nak – The slave device sent a NAK in response to a byte.
kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError – FIFO under run or over run.
kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost – Arbitration lost error.
kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout – SCL or SDA were held low longer than the timeout.

status_t LPI2C_MasterReceive(LPI2C_Type *base, void *rxBuff, size_t rxSize)

Performs a polling receive transfer on the I2C bus.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
rxBuff – The pointer to the data to be transferred.
rxSize – The length in bytes of the data to be transferred.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Data was received successfully.
kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.
kStatus_LPI2C_Nak – The slave device sent a NAK in response to a byte.
kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError – FIFO under run or overrun.
kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost – Arbitration lost error.
kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout – SCL or SDA were held low longer than the timeout.

status_t LPI2C_MasterStop(LPI2C_Type *base)

Sends a STOP signal on the I2C bus.

This function does not return until the STOP signal is seen on the bus, or an error occurs.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – The STOP signal was successfully sent on the bus and the transaction terminated.
kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.
kStatus_LPI2C_Nak – The slave device sent a NAK in response to a byte.
kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError – FIFO under run or overrun.
kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost – Arbitration lost error.
kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout – SCL or SDA were held low longer than the timeout.

status_t LPI2C_MasterTransferBlocking(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_transfer_t *transfer)

Performs a master polling transfer on the I2C bus.

Note

The API does not return until the transfer succeeds or fails due to error happens during transfer.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
transfer – Pointer to the transfer structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Data was received successfully.
kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.
kStatus_LPI2C_Nak – The slave device sent a NAK in response to a byte.
kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError – FIFO under run or overrun.
kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost – Arbitration lost error.
kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout – SCL or SDA were held low longer than the timeout.

void LPI2C_MasterTransferCreateHandle(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_handle_t *handle, lpi2c_master_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Creates a new handle for the LPI2C master non-blocking APIs.

The creation of a handle is for use with the non-blocking APIs. Once a handle is created, there is not a corresponding destroy handle. If the user wants to terminate a transfer, the LPI2C_MasterTransferAbort() API shall be called.

Note

The function also enables the NVIC IRQ for the input LPI2C. Need to notice that on some SoCs the LPI2C IRQ is connected to INTMUX, in this case user needs to enable the associated INTMUX IRQ in application.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – [out] Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.
callback – User provided pointer to the asynchronous callback function.
userData – User provided pointer to the application callback data.

status_t LPI2C_MasterTransferNonBlocking(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_handle_t *handle, lpi2c_master_transfer_t *transfer)

Performs a non-blocking transaction on the I2C bus.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.
transfer – The pointer to the transfer descriptor.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – The transaction was started successfully.
kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Either another master is currently utilizing the bus, or a non-blocking transaction is already in progress.

status_t LPI2C_MasterTransferGetCount(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Returns number of bytes transferred so far.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.
count – [out] Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_Success –
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

void LPI2C_MasterTransferAbort(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_handle_t *handle)

Terminates a non-blocking LPI2C master transmission early.

Note

It is not safe to call this function from an IRQ handler that has a higher priority than the LPI2C peripheral’s IRQ priority.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.

void LPI2C_MasterTransferHandleIRQ(LPI2C_Type *base, void *lpi2cMasterHandle)

Reusable routine to handle master interrupts.

Note

This function does not need to be called unless you are reimplementing the nonblocking API’s interrupt handler routines to add special functionality.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
lpi2cMasterHandle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.

enum _lpi2c_master_flags

LPI2C master peripheral flags.

The following status register flags can be cleared:

kLPI2C_MasterEndOfPacketFlag
kLPI2C_MasterStopDetectFlag
kLPI2C_MasterNackDetectFlag
kLPI2C_MasterArbitrationLostFlag
kLPI2C_MasterFifoErrFlag
kLPI2C_MasterPinLowTimeoutFlag
kLPI2C_MasterDataMatchFlag

All flags except kLPI2C_MasterBusyFlag and kLPI2C_MasterBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Note

These enums are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterTxReadyFlag: Transmit data flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterRxReadyFlag: Receive data flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterEndOfPacketFlag: End Packet flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterStopDetectFlag: Stop detect flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterNackDetectFlag: NACK detect flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterArbitrationLostFlag: Arbitration lost flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterFifoErrFlag: FIFO error flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterPinLowTimeoutFlag: Pin low timeout flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterDataMatchFlag: Data match flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterBusyFlag: Master busy flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterBusBusyFlag: Bus busy flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterClearFlags: All flags which are cleared by the driver upon starting a transfer.

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterIrqFlags: IRQ sources enabled by the non-blocking transactional API.

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterErrorFlags: Errors to check for.

enum _lpi2c_direction

Direction of master and slave transfers.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_Write: Master transmit.

enumerator kLPI2C_Read: Master receive.

enum _lpi2c_master_pin_config

LPI2C pin configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinOpenDrain: LPI2C Configured for 2-pin open drain mode

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinOutputOnly: LPI2C Configured for 2-pin output only mode (ultra-fast mode)

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinPushPull: LPI2C Configured for 2-pin push-pull mode

enumerator kLPI2C_4PinPushPull: LPI2C Configured for 4-pin push-pull mode

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinOpenDrainWithSeparateSlave: LPI2C Configured for 2-pin open drain mode with separate LPI2C slave

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinOutputOnlyWithSeparateSlave: LPI2C Configured for 2-pin output only mode(ultra-fast mode) with separate LPI2C slave

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinPushPullWithSeparateSlave: LPI2C Configured for 2-pin push-pull mode with separate LPI2C slave

enumerator kLPI2C_4PinPushPullWithInvertedOutput: LPI2C Configured for 4-pin push-pull mode(inverted outputs)

enum _lpi2c_host_request_source

LPI2C master host request selection.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_HostRequestExternalPin: Select the LPI2C_HREQ pin as the host request input

enumerator kLPI2C_HostRequestInputTrigger: Select the input trigger as the host request input

enum _lpi2c_host_request_polarity

LPI2C master host request pin polarity configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_HostRequestPinActiveLow: Configure the LPI2C_HREQ pin active low

enumerator kLPI2C_HostRequestPinActiveHigh: Configure the LPI2C_HREQ pin active high

enum _lpi2c_data_match_config_mode

LPI2C master data match configuration modes.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_MatchDisabled: LPI2C Match Disabled

enumerator kLPI2C_1stWordEqualsM0OrM1: LPI2C Match Enabled and 1st data word equals MATCH0 OR MATCH1

enumerator kLPI2C_AnyWordEqualsM0OrM1: LPI2C Match Enabled and any data word equals MATCH0 OR MATCH1

enumerator kLPI2C_1stWordEqualsM0And2ndWordEqualsM1: LPI2C Match Enabled and 1st data word equals MATCH0, 2nd data equals MATCH1

enumerator kLPI2C_AnyWordEqualsM0AndNextWordEqualsM1: LPI2C Match Enabled and any data word equals MATCH0, next data equals MATCH1

enumerator kLPI2C_1stWordAndM1EqualsM0AndM1: LPI2C Match Enabled and 1st data word and MATCH0 equals MATCH0 and MATCH1

enumerator kLPI2C_AnyWordAndM1EqualsM0AndM1: LPI2C Match Enabled and any data word and MATCH0 equals MATCH0 and MATCH1

enum _lpi2c_master_transfer_flags

Transfer option flags.

Note

These enumerations are intended to be OR’d together to form a bit mask of options for the _lpi2c_master_transfer::flags field.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_TransferDefaultFlag: Transfer starts with a start signal, stops with a stop signal.

enumerator kLPI2C_TransferNoStartFlag: Don’t send a start condition, address, and sub address

enumerator kLPI2C_TransferRepeatedStartFlag: Send a repeated start condition

enumerator kLPI2C_TransferNoStopFlag: Don’t send a stop condition.

typedef enum _lpi2c_direction lpi2c_direction_t: Direction of master and slave transfers.

typedef enum _lpi2c_master_pin_config lpi2c_master_pin_config_t: LPI2C pin configuration.

typedef enum _lpi2c_host_request_source lpi2c_host_request_source_t: LPI2C master host request selection.

typedef enum _lpi2c_host_request_polarity lpi2c_host_request_polarity_t: LPI2C master host request pin polarity configuration.

typedef struct _lpi2c_master_config lpi2c_master_config_t

Structure with settings to initialize the LPI2C master module.

This structure holds configuration settings for the LPI2C peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPI2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

typedef enum _lpi2c_data_match_config_mode lpi2c_data_match_config_mode_t: LPI2C master data match configuration modes.

typedef struct _lpi2c_match_config lpi2c_data_match_config_t: LPI2C master data match configuration structure.

typedef struct _lpi2c_master_transfer lpi2c_master_transfer_t: LPI2C master descriptor of the transfer.

typedef struct _lpi2c_master_handle lpi2c_master_handle_t: LPI2C master handle of the transfer.

typedef void (*lpi2c_master_transfer_callback_t)(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_handle_t *handle, status_t completionStatus, void *userData)

Master completion callback function pointer type.

This callback is used only for the non-blocking master transfer API. Specify the callback you wish to use in the call to LPI2C_MasterTransferCreateHandle().

Param base:: The LPI2C peripheral base address.
Param handle:: Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.
Param completionStatus:: Either kStatus_Success or an error code describing how the transfer completed.
Param userData:: Arbitrary pointer-sized value passed from the application.

typedef void (*lpi2c_master_isr_t)(LPI2C_Type *base, void *handle): Typedef for master interrupt handler, used internally for LPI2C master interrupt and EDMA transactional APIs.

struct _lpi2c_master_config

#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

Structure with settings to initialize the LPI2C master module.

This structure holds configuration settings for the LPI2C peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPI2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

Public Members

bool enableMaster: Whether to enable master mode.

bool enableDoze: Whether master is enabled in doze mode.

bool debugEnable: Enable transfers to continue when halted in debug mode.

bool ignoreAck: Whether to ignore ACK/NACK.

lpi2c_master_pin_config_t pinConfig: The pin configuration option.

uint32_t baudRate_Hz: Desired baud rate in Hertz.

uint32_t busIdleTimeout_ns: Bus idle timeout in nanoseconds. Set to 0 to disable.

uint32_t pinLowTimeout_ns: Pin low timeout in nanoseconds. Set to 0 to disable.

uint8_t sdaGlitchFilterWidth_ns: Width in nanoseconds of glitch filter on SDA pin. Set to 0 to disable.

uint8_t sclGlitchFilterWidth_ns: Width in nanoseconds of glitch filter on SCL pin. Set to 0 to disable.

struct _lpi2c_master_config hostRequest: Host request options.

struct _lpi2c_match_config

#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

LPI2C master data match configuration structure.

Public Members

lpi2c_data_match_config_mode_t matchMode: Data match configuration setting.

bool rxDataMatchOnly: When set to true, received data is ignored until a successful match.

uint32_t match0: Match value 0.

uint32_t match1: Match value 1.

struct _lpi2c_master_transfer

#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

Non-blocking transfer descriptor structure.

This structure is used to pass transaction parameters to the LPI2C_MasterTransferNonBlocking() API.

Public Members

uint32_t flags: Bit mask of options for the transfer. See enumeration _lpi2c_master_transfer_flags for available options. Set to 0 or kLPI2C_TransferDefaultFlag for normal transfers.

uint16_t slaveAddress: The 7-bit slave address.

lpi2c_direction_t direction: Either kLPI2C_Read or kLPI2C_Write.

uint32_t subaddress: Sub address. Transferred MSB first.

size_t subaddressSize: Length of sub address to send in bytes. Maximum size is 4 bytes.

void *data: Pointer to data to transfer.

size_t dataSize: Number of bytes to transfer.

struct _lpi2c_master_handle

#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

Driver handle for master non-blocking APIs.

Note

The contents of this structure are private and subject to change.

Public Members

uint8_t state: Transfer state machine current state.

uint16_t remainingBytes: Remaining byte count in current state.

uint8_t *buf: Buffer pointer for current state.

uint16_t commandBuffer[6]: LPI2C command sequence. When all 6 command words are used: Start&addr&write[1 word] + subaddr[4 words] + restart&addr&read[1 word]

lpi2c_master_transfer_t transfer: Copy of the current transfer info.

lpi2c_master_transfer_callback_t completionCallback: Callback function pointer.

void *userData: Application data passed to callback.

struct hostRequest

Public Members

bool enable: Enable host request.

lpi2c_host_request_source_t source: Host request source.

lpi2c_host_request_polarity_t polarity: Host request pin polarity.

LPI2C Master DMA Driver

void LPI2C_MasterCreateEDMAHandle(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_edma_handle_t *handle, edma_handle_t *rxDmaHandle, edma_handle_t *txDmaHandle, lpi2c_master_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Create a new handle for the LPI2C master DMA APIs.

The creation of a handle is for use with the DMA APIs. Once a handle is created, there is not a corresponding destroy handle. If the user wants to terminate a transfer, the LPI2C_MasterTransferAbortEDMA() API shall be called.

For devices where the LPI2C send and receive DMA requests are OR’d together, the txDmaHandle parameter is ignored and may be set to NULL.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – [out] Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.
rxDmaHandle – Handle for the eDMA receive channel. Created by the user prior to calling this function.
txDmaHandle – Handle for the eDMA transmit channel. Created by the user prior to calling this function.
callback – User provided pointer to the asynchronous callback function.
userData – User provided pointer to the application callback data.

status_t LPI2C_MasterTransferEDMA(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_edma_handle_t *handle, lpi2c_master_transfer_t *transfer)

Performs a non-blocking DMA-based transaction on the I2C bus.

The callback specified when the handle was created is invoked when the transaction has completed.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.
transfer – The pointer to the transfer descriptor.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – The transaction was started successfully.
kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Either another master is currently utilizing the bus, or another DMA transaction is already in progress.

status_t LPI2C_MasterTransferGetCountEDMA(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Returns number of bytes transferred so far.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.
count – [out] Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_Success –
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a DMA transaction currently in progress.

status_t LPI2C_MasterTransferAbortEDMA(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_edma_handle_t *handle)

Terminates a non-blocking LPI2C master transmission early.

Note

It is not safe to call this function from an IRQ handler that has a higher priority than the eDMA peripheral’s IRQ priority.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – A transaction was successfully aborted.
kStatus_LPI2C_Idle – There is not a DMA transaction currently in progress.

typedef struct _lpi2c_master_edma_handle lpi2c_master_edma_handle_t: LPI2C master EDMA handle of the transfer.

typedef void (*lpi2c_master_edma_transfer_callback_t)(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t completionStatus, void *userData)

Master DMA completion callback function pointer type.

This callback is used only for the non-blocking master transfer API. Specify the callback you wish to use in the call to LPI2C_MasterCreateEDMAHandle().

Param base:: The LPI2C peripheral base address.
Param handle:: Handle associated with the completed transfer.
Param completionStatus:: Either kStatus_Success or an error code describing how the transfer completed.
Param userData:: Arbitrary pointer-sized value passed from the application.

struct _lpi2c_master_edma_handle

#include <fsl_lpi2c_edma.h>

Driver handle for master DMA APIs.

Note

The contents of this structure are private and subject to change.

Public Members

LPI2C_Type *base: LPI2C base pointer.

bool isBusy: Transfer state machine current state.

uint8_t nbytes: eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

uint16_t commandBuffer[10]: LPI2C command sequence. When all 10 command words are used: Start&addr&write[1 word] + subaddr[4 words] + restart&addr&read[1 word] + receive&Size[4 words]

lpi2c_master_transfer_t transfer: Copy of the current transfer info.

lpi2c_master_edma_transfer_callback_t completionCallback: Callback function pointer.

void *userData: Application data passed to callback.

edma_handle_t *rx: Handle for receive DMA channel.

edma_handle_t *tx: Handle for transmit DMA channel.

edma_tcd_t tcds[3]: Software TCD. Three are allocated to provide enough room to align to 32-bytes.

LPI2C Slave Driver

void LPI2C_SlaveGetDefaultConfig(lpi2c_slave_config_t *slaveConfig)

Provides a default configuration for the LPI2C slave peripheral.

This function provides the following default configuration for the LPI2C slave peripheral:

slaveConfig->enableSlave               = true;
slaveConfig->address0                  = 0U;
slaveConfig->address1                  = 0U;
slaveConfig->addressMatchMode          = kLPI2C_MatchAddress0;
slaveConfig->filterDozeEnable          = true;
slaveConfig->filterEnable              = true;
slaveConfig->enableGeneralCall         = false;
slaveConfig->sclStall.enableAck        = false;
slaveConfig->sclStall.enableTx         = true;
slaveConfig->sclStall.enableRx         = true;
slaveConfig->sclStall.enableAddress    = true;
slaveConfig->ignoreAck                 = false;
slaveConfig->enableReceivedAddressRead = false;
slaveConfig->sdaGlitchFilterWidth_ns   = 0;
slaveConfig->sclGlitchFilterWidth_ns   = 0;
slaveConfig->dataValidDelay_ns         = 0;
slaveConfig->clockHoldTime_ns          = 0;

After calling this function, override any settings to customize the configuration, prior to initializing the master driver with LPI2C_SlaveInit(). Be sure to override at least the address0 member of the configuration structure with the desired slave address.

Parameters:

slaveConfig – [out] User provided configuration structure that is set to default values. Refer to lpi2c_slave_config_t.

void LPI2C_SlaveInit(LPI2C_Type *base, const lpi2c_slave_config_t *slaveConfig, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz)

Initializes the LPI2C slave peripheral.

This function enables the peripheral clock and initializes the LPI2C slave peripheral as described by the user provided configuration.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
slaveConfig – User provided peripheral configuration. Use LPI2C_SlaveGetDefaultConfig() to get a set of defaults that you can override.
sourceClock_Hz – Frequency in Hertz of the LPI2C functional clock. Used to calculate the filter widths, data valid delay, and clock hold time.

void LPI2C_SlaveDeinit(LPI2C_Type *base)

Deinitializes the LPI2C slave peripheral.

This function disables the LPI2C slave peripheral and gates the clock. It also performs a software reset to restore the peripheral to reset conditions.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveReset(LPI2C_Type *base)

Performs a software reset of the LPI2C slave peripheral.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveEnable(LPI2C_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the LPI2C module as slave.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
enable – Pass true to enable or false to disable the specified LPI2C as slave.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_SlaveGetStatusFlags(LPI2C_Type *base)

Gets the LPI2C slave status flags.

A bit mask with the state of all LPI2C slave status flags is returned. For each flag, the corresponding bit in the return value is set if the flag is asserted.

See also

_lpi2c_slave_flags

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

State of the status flags:

1: related status flag is set.
0: related status flag is not set.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveClearStatusFlags(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t statusMask)

Clears the LPI2C status flag state.

The following status register flags can be cleared:

kLPI2C_SlaveRepeatedStartDetectFlag
kLPI2C_SlaveStopDetectFlag
kLPI2C_SlaveBitErrFlag
kLPI2C_SlaveFifoErrFlag

Attempts to clear other flags has no effect.

See also

_lpi2c_slave_flags.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
statusMask – A bitmask of status flags that are to be cleared. The mask is composed of _lpi2c_slave_flags enumerators OR’d together. You may pass the result of a previous call to LPI2C_SlaveGetStatusFlags().

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveEnableInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t interruptMask)

Enables the LPI2C slave interrupt requests.

All flags except kLPI2C_SlaveBusyFlag and kLPI2C_SlaveBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
interruptMask – Bit mask of interrupts to enable. See _lpi2c_slave_flags for the set of constants that should be OR’d together to form the bit mask.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveDisableInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t interruptMask)

Disables the LPI2C slave interrupt requests.

All flags except kLPI2C_SlaveBusyFlag and kLPI2C_SlaveBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
interruptMask – Bit mask of interrupts to disable. See _lpi2c_slave_flags for the set of constants that should be OR’d together to form the bit mask.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_SlaveGetEnabledInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns the set of currently enabled LPI2C slave interrupt requests.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

A bitmask composed of _lpi2c_slave_flags enumerators OR’d together to indicate the set of enabled interrupts.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveEnableDMA(LPI2C_Type *base, bool enableAddressValid, bool enableRx, bool enableTx)

Enables or disables the LPI2C slave peripheral DMA requests.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
enableAddressValid – Enable flag for the address valid DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable. The address valid DMA request is shared with the receive data DMA request.
enableRx – Enable flag for the receive data DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.
enableTx – Enable flag for the transmit data DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.

static inline bool LPI2C_SlaveGetBusIdleState(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns whether the bus is idle.

Requires the slave mode to be enabled.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Return values:

true – Bus is busy.
false – Bus is idle.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveTransmitAck(LPI2C_Type *base, bool ackOrNack)

Transmits either an ACK or NAK on the I2C bus in response to a byte from the master.

Use this function to send an ACK or NAK when the kLPI2C_SlaveTransmitAckFlag is asserted. This only happens if you enable the sclStall.enableAck field of the lpi2c_slave_config_t configuration structure used to initialize the slave peripheral.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
ackOrNack – Pass true for an ACK or false for a NAK.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveEnableAckStall(LPI2C_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables ACKSTALL.

When enables ACKSTALL, software can transmit either an ACK or NAK on the I2C bus in response to a byte from the master.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
enable – True will enable ACKSTALL,false will disable ACKSTALL.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_SlaveGetReceivedAddress(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns the slave address sent by the I2C master.

This function should only be called if the kLPI2C_SlaveAddressValidFlag is asserted.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

The 8-bit address matched by the LPI2C slave. Bit 0 contains the R/w direction bit, and the 7-bit slave address is in the upper 7 bits.

status_t LPI2C_SlaveSend(LPI2C_Type *base, void *txBuff, size_t txSize, size_t *actualTxSize)

Performs a polling send transfer on the I2C bus.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
txBuff – The pointer to the data to be transferred.
txSize – The length in bytes of the data to be transferred.
actualTxSize – [out]

Returns:

Error or success status returned by API.

status_t LPI2C_SlaveReceive(LPI2C_Type *base, void *rxBuff, size_t rxSize, size_t *actualRxSize)

Performs a polling receive transfer on the I2C bus.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
rxBuff – The pointer to the data to be transferred.
rxSize – The length in bytes of the data to be transferred.
actualRxSize – [out]

Returns:

Error or success status returned by API.

void LPI2C_SlaveTransferCreateHandle(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_handle_t *handle, lpi2c_slave_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Creates a new handle for the LPI2C slave non-blocking APIs.

The creation of a handle is for use with the non-blocking APIs. Once a handle is created, there is not a corresponding destroy handle. If the user wants to terminate a transfer, the LPI2C_SlaveTransferAbort() API shall be called.

Note

The function also enables the NVIC IRQ for the input LPI2C. Need to notice that on some SoCs the LPI2C IRQ is connected to INTMUX, in this case user needs to enable the associated INTMUX IRQ in application.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – [out] Pointer to the LPI2C slave driver handle.
callback – User provided pointer to the asynchronous callback function.
userData – User provided pointer to the application callback data.

status_t LPI2C_SlaveTransferNonBlocking(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_handle_t *handle, uint32_t eventMask)

Starts accepting slave transfers.

Call this API after calling I2C_SlaveInit() and LPI2C_SlaveTransferCreateHandle() to start processing transactions driven by an I2C master. The slave monitors the I2C bus and pass events to the callback that was passed into the call to LPI2C_SlaveTransferCreateHandle(). The callback is always invoked from the interrupt context.

The set of events received by the callback is customizable. To do so, set the eventMask parameter to the OR’d combination of lpi2c_slave_transfer_event_t enumerators for the events you wish to receive. The kLPI2C_SlaveTransmitEvent and kLPI2C_SlaveReceiveEvent events are always enabled and do not need to be included in the mask. Alternatively, you can pass 0 to get a default set of only the transmit and receive events that are always enabled. In addition, the kLPI2C_SlaveAllEvents constant is provided as a convenient way to enable all events.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to lpi2c_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
eventMask – Bit mask formed by OR’ing together lpi2c_slave_transfer_event_t enumerators to specify which events to send to the callback. Other accepted values are 0 to get a default set of only the transmit and receive events, and kLPI2C_SlaveAllEvents to enable all events.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Slave transfers were successfully started.
kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Slave transfers have already been started on this handle.

status_t LPI2C_SlaveTransferGetCount(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the slave transfer status during a non-blocking transfer.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to i2c_slave_handle_t structure.
count – [out] Pointer to a value to hold the number of bytes transferred. May be NULL if the count is not required.

Return values:

kStatus_Success –
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress –

void LPI2C_SlaveTransferAbort(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the slave non-blocking transfers.

Note

This API could be called at any time to stop slave for handling the bus events.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to lpi2c_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void LPI2C_SlaveTransferHandleIRQ(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_handle_t *handle)

Reusable routine to handle slave interrupts.

Note

This function does not need to be called unless you are reimplementing the non blocking API’s interrupt handler routines to add special functionality.

Parameters:

base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to lpi2c_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

enum _lpi2c_slave_flags

LPI2C slave peripheral flags.

The following status register flags can be cleared:

kLPI2C_SlaveRepeatedStartDetectFlag
kLPI2C_SlaveStopDetectFlag
kLPI2C_SlaveBitErrFlag
kLPI2C_SlaveFifoErrFlag

All flags except kLPI2C_SlaveBusyFlag and kLPI2C_SlaveBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Note

These enumerations are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveTxReadyFlag: Transmit data flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveRxReadyFlag: Receive data flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveAddressValidFlag: Address valid flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveTransmitAckFlag: Transmit ACK flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveRepeatedStartDetectFlag: Repeated start detect flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveStopDetectFlag: Stop detect flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveBitErrFlag: Bit error flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveFifoErrFlag: FIFO error flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveAddressMatch0Flag: Address match 0 flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveAddressMatch1Flag: Address match 1 flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveGeneralCallFlag: General call flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveBusyFlag: Master busy flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveBusBusyFlag: Bus busy flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveClearFlags: All flags which are cleared by the driver upon starting a transfer.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveIrqFlags: IRQ sources enabled by the non-blocking transactional API.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveErrorFlags: Errors to check for.

enum _lpi2c_slave_address_match

LPI2C slave address match options.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_MatchAddress0: Match only address 0.

enumerator kLPI2C_MatchAddress0OrAddress1: Match either address 0 or address 1.

enumerator kLPI2C_MatchAddress0ThroughAddress1: Match a range of slave addresses from address 0 through address 1.

enum _lpi2c_slave_transfer_event

Set of events sent to the callback for non blocking slave transfers.

These event enumerations are used for two related purposes. First, a bit mask created by OR’ing together events is passed to LPI2C_SlaveTransferNonBlocking() in order to specify which events to enable. Then, when the slave callback is invoked, it is passed the current event through its transfer parameter.

Note

These enumerations are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask of events.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveAddressMatchEvent: Received the slave address after a start or repeated start.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveTransmitEvent: Callback is requested to provide data to transmit (slave-transmitter role).

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveReceiveEvent: Callback is requested to provide a buffer in which to place received data (slave-receiver role).

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveTransmitAckEvent: Callback needs to either transmit an ACK or NACK.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveRepeatedStartEvent: A repeated start was detected.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveCompletionEvent: A stop was detected, completing the transfer.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveAllEvents: Bit mask of all available events.

typedef enum _lpi2c_slave_address_match lpi2c_slave_address_match_t: LPI2C slave address match options.

typedef struct _lpi2c_slave_config lpi2c_slave_config_t

Structure with settings to initialize the LPI2C slave module.

This structure holds configuration settings for the LPI2C slave peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPI2C_SlaveGetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

typedef enum _lpi2c_slave_transfer_event lpi2c_slave_transfer_event_t

Set of events sent to the callback for non blocking slave transfers.

These event enumerations are used for two related purposes. First, a bit mask created by OR’ing together events is passed to LPI2C_SlaveTransferNonBlocking() in order to specify which events to enable. Then, when the slave callback is invoked, it is passed the current event through its transfer parameter.

Note

These enumerations are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask of events.

typedef struct _lpi2c_slave_transfer lpi2c_slave_transfer_t: LPI2C slave transfer structure.

typedef struct _lpi2c_slave_handle lpi2c_slave_handle_t: LPI2C slave handle structure.

typedef void (*lpi2c_slave_transfer_callback_t)(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_transfer_t *transfer, void *userData)

Slave event callback function pointer type.

This callback is used only for the slave non-blocking transfer API. To install a callback, use the LPI2C_SlaveSetCallback() function after you have created a handle.

Param base:: Base address for the LPI2C instance on which the event occurred.
Param transfer:: Pointer to transfer descriptor containing values passed to and/or from the callback.
Param userData:: Arbitrary pointer-sized value passed from the application.

struct _lpi2c_slave_config

#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

Structure with settings to initialize the LPI2C slave module.

This structure holds configuration settings for the LPI2C slave peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPI2C_SlaveGetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

Public Members

bool enableSlave: Enable slave mode.

uint8_t address0: Slave’s 7-bit address.

uint8_t address1: Alternate slave 7-bit address.

lpi2c_slave_address_match_t addressMatchMode: Address matching options.

bool filterDozeEnable: Enable digital glitch filter in doze mode.

bool filterEnable: Enable digital glitch filter.

bool enableGeneralCall: Enable general call address matching.

struct _lpi2c_slave_config sclStall: SCL stall enable options.

bool ignoreAck: Continue transfers after a NACK is detected.

bool enableReceivedAddressRead: Enable reading the address received address as the first byte of data.

uint32_t sdaGlitchFilterWidth_ns: Width in nanoseconds of the digital filter on the SDA signal. Set to 0 to disable.

uint32_t sclGlitchFilterWidth_ns: Width in nanoseconds of the digital filter on the SCL signal. Set to 0 to disable.

uint32_t dataValidDelay_ns: Width in nanoseconds of the data valid delay.

uint32_t clockHoldTime_ns: Width in nanoseconds of the clock hold time.

struct _lpi2c_slave_transfer

#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

LPI2C slave transfer structure.

Public Members

lpi2c_slave_transfer_event_t event: Reason the callback is being invoked.

uint8_t receivedAddress: Matching address send by master.

uint8_t *data: Transfer buffer

size_t dataSize: Transfer size

status_t completionStatus: Success or error code describing how the transfer completed. Only applies for kLPI2C_SlaveCompletionEvent.

size_t transferredCount: Number of bytes actually transferred since start or last repeated start.

struct _lpi2c_slave_handle

#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

LPI2C slave handle structure.

Note

The contents of this structure are private and subject to change.

Public Members

lpi2c_slave_transfer_t transfer: LPI2C slave transfer copy.

bool isBusy: Whether transfer is busy.

bool wasTransmit: Whether the last transfer was a transmit.

uint32_t eventMask: Mask of enabled events.

uint32_t transferredCount: Count of bytes transferred.

lpi2c_slave_transfer_callback_t callback: Callback function called at transfer event.

void *userData: Callback parameter passed to callback.

struct sclStall

Public Members

bool enableAck: Enables SCL clock stretching during slave-transmit address byte(s) and slave-receiver address and data byte(s) to allow software to write the Transmit ACK Register before the ACK or NACK is transmitted. Clock stretching occurs when transmitting the 9th bit. When enableAckSCLStall is enabled, there is no need to set either enableRxDataSCLStall or enableAddressSCLStall.

bool enableTx: Enables SCL clock stretching when the transmit data flag is set during a slave-transmit transfer.

bool enableRx: Enables SCL clock stretching when receive data flag is set during a slave-receive transfer.

bool enableAddress: Enables SCL clock stretching when the address valid flag is asserted.

LPIT: Low-Power Interrupt Timer

enum _lpit_chnl

List of LPIT channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC-dependent

Values:

enumerator kLPIT_Chnl_0: LPIT channel number 0

enumerator kLPIT_Chnl_1: LPIT channel number 1

enumerator kLPIT_Chnl_2: LPIT channel number 2

enumerator kLPIT_Chnl_3: LPIT channel number 3

enum _lpit_timer_modes

Mode options available for the LPIT timer.

Values:

enumerator kLPIT_PeriodicCounter: Use the all 32-bits, counter loads and decrements to zero

enumerator kLPIT_DualPeriodicCounter: Counter loads, lower 16-bits decrement to zero, then upper 16-bits decrement

enumerator kLPIT_TriggerAccumulator: Counter loads on first trigger and decrements on each trigger

enumerator kLPIT_InputCapture: Counter loads with 0xFFFFFFFF, decrements to zero. It stores the inverse of the current value when a input trigger is detected

enum _lpit_trigger_select

Trigger options available.

This is used for both internal and external trigger sources. The actual trigger options available is SoC-specific, user should refer to the reference manual.

Values:

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn0: Channel 0 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn1: Channel 1 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn2: Channel 2 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn3: Channel 3 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn4: Channel 4 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn5: Channel 5 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn6: Channel 6 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn7: Channel 7 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn8: Channel 8 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn9: Channel 9 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn10: Channel 10 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn11: Channel 11 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn12: Channel 12 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn13: Channel 13 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn14: Channel 14 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn15: Channel 15 is selected as a trigger source

enum _lpit_trigger_source

Trigger source options available.

Values:

enumerator kLPIT_TriggerSource_External: Use external trigger input

enumerator kLPIT_TriggerSource_Internal: Use internal trigger

enum _lpit_interrupt_enable

List of LPIT interrupts.

Note

Number of timer channels are SoC-specific. See the SoC Reference Manual.

Values:

enumerator kLPIT_Channel0TimerInterruptEnable: Channel 0 Timer interrupt

enumerator kLPIT_Channel1TimerInterruptEnable: Channel 1 Timer interrupt

enumerator kLPIT_Channel2TimerInterruptEnable: Channel 2 Timer interrupt

enumerator kLPIT_Channel3TimerInterruptEnable: Channel 3 Timer interrupt

enum _lpit_status_flags

List of LPIT status flags.

Note

Number of timer channels are SoC-specific. See the SoC Reference Manual.

Values:

enumerator kLPIT_Channel0TimerFlag: Channel 0 Timer interrupt flag

enumerator kLPIT_Channel1TimerFlag: Channel 1 Timer interrupt flag

enumerator kLPIT_Channel2TimerFlag: Channel 2 Timer interrupt flag

enumerator kLPIT_Channel3TimerFlag: Channel 3 Timer interrupt flag

typedef enum _lpit_chnl lpit_chnl_t: List of LPIT channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC-dependent

typedef enum _lpit_timer_modes lpit_timer_modes_t: Mode options available for the LPIT timer.

typedef enum _lpit_trigger_select lpit_trigger_select_t

Trigger options available.

This is used for both internal and external trigger sources. The actual trigger options available is SoC-specific, user should refer to the reference manual.

typedef enum _lpit_trigger_source lpit_trigger_source_t: Trigger source options available.

typedef enum _lpit_interrupt_enable lpit_interrupt_enable_t: List of LPIT interrupts.

Note

Number of timer channels are SoC-specific. See the SoC Reference Manual.

typedef enum _lpit_status_flags lpit_status_flags_t: List of LPIT status flags.

Note

Number of timer channels are SoC-specific. See the SoC Reference Manual.

typedef struct _lpit_chnl_params lpit_chnl_params_t: Structure to configure the channel timer.

typedef struct _lpit_config lpit_config_t

LPIT configuration structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the LPIT peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPIT_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to the configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so as to reside in flash.

FSL_LPIT_DRIVER_VERSION: Version 2.1.1

void LPIT_Init(LPIT_Type *base, const lpit_config_t *config)

Ungates the LPIT clock and configures the peripheral for a basic operation.

This function issues a software reset to reset all channels and registers except the Module Control register.

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application using the LPIT driver.

Parameters:

base – LPIT peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to the user configuration structure.

void LPIT_Deinit(LPIT_Type *base)

Disables the module and gates the LPIT clock.

Parameters:

base – LPIT peripheral base address.

void LPIT_GetDefaultConfig(lpit_config_t *config)

Fills in the LPIT configuration structure with default settings.

The default values are:

config->enableRunInDebug = false;
config->enableRunInDoze = false;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the user configuration structure.

status_t LPIT_SetupChannel(LPIT_Type *base, lpit_chnl_t channel, const lpit_chnl_params_t *chnlSetup)

Sets up an LPIT channel based on the user’s preference.

This function sets up the operation mode to one of the options available in the enumeration lpit_timer_modes_t. It sets the trigger source as either internal or external, trigger selection and the timers behaviour when a timeout occurs. It also chains the timer if a prior timer if requested by the user.

Parameters:

base – LPIT peripheral base address.
channel – Channel that is being configured.
chnlSetup – Configuration parameters.

static inline void LPIT_EnableInterrupts(LPIT_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the selected PIT interrupts.

Parameters:

base – LPIT peripheral base address.
mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration lpit_interrupt_enable_t

static inline void LPIT_DisableInterrupts(LPIT_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the selected PIT interrupts.

Parameters:

base – LPIT peripheral base address.
mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration lpit_interrupt_enable_t

static inline uint32_t LPIT_GetEnabledInterrupts(LPIT_Type *base)

Gets the enabled LPIT interrupts.

Parameters:

base – LPIT peripheral base address.

Returns:

The enabled interrupts. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration lpit_interrupt_enable_t

static inline uint32_t LPIT_GetStatusFlags(LPIT_Type *base)

Gets the LPIT status flags.

Parameters:

base – LPIT peripheral base address.

Returns:

The status flags. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration lpit_status_flags_t

static inline void LPIT_ClearStatusFlags(LPIT_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the LPIT status flags.

Parameters:

base – LPIT peripheral base address.
mask – The status flags to clear. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration lpit_status_flags_t

static inline void LPIT_SetTimerPeriod(LPIT_Type *base, lpit_chnl_t channel, uint32_t ticks)

Sets the timer period in units of count.

Timers begin counting down from the value set by this function until it reaches 0, at which point it generates an interrupt and loads this register value again. Writing a new value to this register does not restart the timer. Instead, the value is loaded after the timer expires.

Note

User can call the utility macros provided in fsl_common.h to convert to ticks.

Parameters:

base – LPIT peripheral base address.
channel – Timer channel number.
ticks – Timer period in units of ticks.

static inline void LPIT_SetTimerValue(LPIT_Type *base, lpit_chnl_t channel, uint32_t ticks)

Sets the timer period in units of count.

In the Dual 16-bit Periodic Counter mode, the counter will load and then the lower 16-bits will decrement down to zero, which will assert the output pre-trigger. The upper 16-bits will then decrement down to zero, which will negate the output pre-trigger and set the timer interrupt flag.

Note

Set TVAL register to 0 or 1 is invalid in compare mode.

Parameters:

base – LPIT peripheral base address.
channel – Timer channel number.
ticks – Timer period in units of ticks.

static inline uint32_t LPIT_GetCurrentTimerCount(LPIT_Type *base, lpit_chnl_t channel)

Reads the current timer counting value.

This function returns the real-time timer counting value, in a range from 0 to a timer period.

Note

User can call the utility macros provided in fsl_common.h to convert ticks to microseconds or milliseconds.

Parameters:

base – LPIT peripheral base address.
channel – Timer channel number.

Returns:

Current timer counting value in ticks.

static inline void LPIT_StartTimer(LPIT_Type *base, lpit_chnl_t channel)

Starts the timer counting.

After calling this function, timers load the period value and count down to 0. When the timer reaches 0, it generates a trigger pulse and sets the timeout interrupt flag.

Parameters:

base – LPIT peripheral base address.
channel – Timer channel number.

static inline void LPIT_StopTimer(LPIT_Type *base, lpit_chnl_t channel)

Stops the timer counting.

Parameters:

base – LPIT peripheral base address.
channel – Timer channel number.

static inline void LPIT_Reset(LPIT_Type *base)

Performs a software reset on the LPIT module.

This resets all channels and registers except the Module Control Register.

Parameters:

base – LPIT peripheral base address.

struct _lpit_chnl_params

#include <fsl_lpit.h>

Structure to configure the channel timer.

Public Members

bool chainChannel: true: Timer chained to previous timer; false: Timer not chained

lpit_timer_modes_t timerMode: Timers mode of operation.

lpit_trigger_select_t triggerSelect: Trigger selection for the timer

lpit_trigger_source_t triggerSource: Decides if we use external or internal trigger.

bool enableReloadOnTrigger: true: Timer reloads when a trigger is detected; false: No effect

bool enableStopOnTimeout: true: Timer will stop after timeout; false: does not stop after timeout

bool enableStartOnTrigger: true: Timer starts when a trigger is detected; false: decrement immediately

struct _lpit_config

#include <fsl_lpit.h>

LPIT configuration structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the LPIT peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPIT_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to the configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so as to reside in flash.

Public Members

bool enableRunInDebug: true: Timers run in debug mode; false: Timers stop in debug mode

bool enableRunInDoze: true: Timers run in doze mode; false: Timers stop in doze mode

LPSPI: Low Power Serial Peripheral Interface

LPSPI Peripheral driver

void LPSPI_MasterInit(LPSPI_Type *base, const lpspi_master_config_t *masterConfig, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Initializes the LPSPI master.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
masterConfig – Pointer to structure lpspi_master_config_t.
srcClock_Hz – Module source input clock in Hertz

void LPSPI_MasterGetDefaultConfig(lpspi_master_config_t *masterConfig)

Sets the lpspi_master_config_t structure to default values.

This API initializes the configuration structure for LPSPI_MasterInit(). The initialized structure can remain unchanged in LPSPI_MasterInit(), or can be modified before calling the LPSPI_MasterInit(). Example:

lpspi_master_config_t  masterConfig;
LPSPI_MasterGetDefaultConfig(&masterConfig);

Parameters:

masterConfig – pointer to lpspi_master_config_t structure

void LPSPI_SlaveInit(LPSPI_Type *base, const lpspi_slave_config_t *slaveConfig)

LPSPI slave configuration.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
slaveConfig – Pointer to a structure lpspi_slave_config_t.

void LPSPI_SlaveGetDefaultConfig(lpspi_slave_config_t *slaveConfig)

Sets the lpspi_slave_config_t structure to default values.

This API initializes the configuration structure for LPSPI_SlaveInit(). The initialized structure can remain unchanged in LPSPI_SlaveInit() or can be modified before calling the LPSPI_SlaveInit(). Example:

lpspi_slave_config_t  slaveConfig;
LPSPI_SlaveGetDefaultConfig(&slaveConfig);

Parameters:

slaveConfig – pointer to lpspi_slave_config_t structure.

void LPSPI_Deinit(LPSPI_Type *base)

De-initializes the LPSPI peripheral. Call this API to disable the LPSPI clock.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

void LPSPI_Reset(LPSPI_Type *base)

Restores the LPSPI peripheral to reset state. Note that this function sets all registers to reset state. As a result, the LPSPI module can’t work after calling this API.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

uint32_t LPSPI_GetInstance(LPSPI_Type *base)

Get the LPSPI instance from peripheral base address.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPSPI instance.

static inline void LPSPI_Enable(LPSPI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables the LPSPI peripheral and sets the MCR MDIS to 0.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
enable – Pass true to enable module, false to disable module.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetStatusFlags(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI status flag state.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The LPSPI status(in SR register).

static inline uint8_t LPSPI_GetTxFifoSize(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Tx FIFO size.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The LPSPI Tx FIFO size.

static inline uint8_t LPSPI_GetRxFifoSize(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Rx FIFO size.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The LPSPI Rx FIFO size.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetTxFifoCount(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Tx FIFO count.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The number of words in the transmit FIFO.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetRxFifoCount(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Rx FIFO count.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The number of words in the receive FIFO.

static inline void LPSPI_ClearStatusFlags(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t statusFlags)

Clears the LPSPI status flag.

This function clears the desired status bit by using a write-1-to-clear. The user passes in the base and the desired status flag bit to clear. The list of status flags is defined in the _lpspi_flags. Example usage:

LPSPI_ClearStatusFlags(base, kLPSPI_TxDataRequestFlag|kLPSPI_RxDataReadyFlag);

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
statusFlags – The status flag used from type _lpspi_flags.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetTcr(LPSPI_Type *base)

static inline void LPSPI_EnableInterrupts(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the LPSPI interrupts.

This function configures the various interrupt masks of the LPSPI. The parameters are base and an interrupt mask. Note that, for Tx fill and Rx FIFO drain requests, enabling the interrupt request disables the DMA request.

LPSPI_EnableInterrupts(base, kLPSPI_TxInterruptEnable | kLPSPI_RxInterruptEnable );

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
mask – The interrupt mask; Use the enum _lpspi_interrupt_enable.

static inline void LPSPI_DisableInterrupts(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the LPSPI interrupts.

LPSPI_DisableInterrupts(base, kLPSPI_TxInterruptEnable | kLPSPI_RxInterruptEnable );

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
mask – The interrupt mask; Use the enum _lpspi_interrupt_enable.

static inline void LPSPI_EnableDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the LPSPI DMA request.

This function configures the Rx and Tx DMA mask of the LPSPI. The parameters are base and a DMA mask.

LPSPI_EnableDMA(base, kLPSPI_TxDmaEnable | kLPSPI_RxDmaEnable);

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
mask – The interrupt mask; Use the enum _lpspi_dma_enable.

static inline void LPSPI_DisableDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the LPSPI DMA request.

This function configures the Rx and Tx DMA mask of the LPSPI. The parameters are base and a DMA mask.

SPI_DisableDMA(base, kLPSPI_TxDmaEnable | kLPSPI_RxDmaEnable);

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
mask – The interrupt mask; Use the enum _lpspi_dma_enable.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetTxRegisterAddress(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Transmit Data Register address for a DMA operation.

This function gets the LPSPI Transmit Data Register address because this value is needed for the DMA operation. This function can be used for either master or slave mode.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The LPSPI Transmit Data Register address.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetRxRegisterAddress(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Receive Data Register address for a DMA operation.

This function gets the LPSPI Receive Data Register address because this value is needed for the DMA operation. This function can be used for either master or slave mode.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The LPSPI Receive Data Register address.

bool LPSPI_CheckTransferArgument(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer, bool isEdma)

Check the argument for transfer .

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
transfer – the transfer struct to be used.
isEdma – True to check for EDMA transfer, false to check interrupt non-blocking transfer

Returns:

Return true for right and false for wrong.

static inline void LPSPI_SetMasterSlaveMode(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_slave_mode_t mode)

Configures the LPSPI for either master or slave.

Note that the CFGR1 should only be written when the LPSPI is disabled (LPSPIx_CR_MEN = 0).

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
mode – Mode setting (master or slave) of type lpspi_master_slave_mode_t.

static inline void LPSPI_SelectTransferPCS(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_which_pcs_t select)

Configures the peripheral chip select used for the transfer.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
select – LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) configuration.

static inline void LPSPI_SetPCSContinous(LPSPI_Type *base, bool IsContinous)

Set the PCS signal to continuous or uncontinuous mode.

Note

In master mode, continuous transfer will keep the PCS asserted at the end of the frame size, until a command word is received that starts a new frame. So PCS must be set back to uncontinuous when transfer finishes. In slave mode, when continuous transfer is enabled, the LPSPI will only transmit the first frame size bits, after that the LPSPI will transmit received data back (assuming a 32-bit shift register).

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
IsContinous – True to set the transfer PCS to continuous mode, false to set to uncontinuous mode.

static inline bool LPSPI_IsMaster(LPSPI_Type *base)

Returns whether the LPSPI module is in master mode.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

Returns true if the module is in master mode or false if the module is in slave mode.

static inline void LPSPI_FlushFifo(LPSPI_Type *base, bool flushTxFifo, bool flushRxFifo)

Flushes the LPSPI FIFOs.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
flushTxFifo – Flushes (true) the Tx FIFO, else do not flush (false) the Tx FIFO.
flushRxFifo – Flushes (true) the Rx FIFO, else do not flush (false) the Rx FIFO.

static inline void LPSPI_SetFifoWatermarks(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t txWater, uint32_t rxWater)

Sets the transmit and receive FIFO watermark values.

This function allows the user to set the receive and transmit FIFO watermarks. The function does not compare the watermark settings to the FIFO size. The FIFO watermark should not be equal to or greater than the FIFO size. It is up to the higher level driver to make this check.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
txWater – The TX FIFO watermark value. Writing a value equal or greater than the FIFO size is truncated.
rxWater – The RX FIFO watermark value. Writing a value equal or greater than the FIFO size is truncated.

static inline void LPSPI_SetAllPcsPolarity(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Configures all LPSPI peripheral chip select polarities simultaneously.

Note that the CFGR1 should only be written when the LPSPI is disabled (LPSPIx_CR_MEN = 0).

This is an example: PCS0 and PCS1 set to active low and other PCSs set to active high. Note that the number of PCS is device-specific.

LPSPI_SetAllPcsPolarity(base, kLPSPI_Pcs0ActiveLow | kLPSPI_Pcs1ActiveLow);

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
mask – The PCS polarity mask; Use the enum _lpspi_pcs_polarity.

static inline void LPSPI_SetFrameSize(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t frameSize)

Configures the frame size.

The minimum frame size is 8-bits and the maximum frame size is 4096-bits. If the frame size is less than or equal to 32-bits, the word size and frame size are identical. If the frame size is greater than 32-bits, the word size is 32-bits for each word except the last (the last word contains the remainder bits if the frame size is not divisible by 32). The minimum word size is 2-bits. A frame size of 33-bits (or similar) is not supported.

Note 1: The transmit command register should be initialized before enabling the LPSPI in slave mode, although the command register does not update until after the LPSPI is enabled. After it is enabled, the transmit command register should only be changed if the LPSPI is idle.

Note 2: The transmit and command FIFO is a combined FIFO that includes both transmit data and command words. That means the TCR register should be written to when the Tx FIFO is not full.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
frameSize – The frame size in number of bits.

uint32_t LPSPI_MasterSetBaudRate(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t baudRate_Bps, uint32_t srcClock_Hz, uint32_t *tcrPrescaleValue)

Sets the LPSPI baud rate in bits per second.

This function takes in the desired bitsPerSec (baud rate) and calculates the nearest possible baud rate without exceeding the desired baud rate and returns the calculated baud rate in bits-per-second. It requires the caller to provide the frequency of the module source clock (in Hertz). Note that the baud rate does not go into effect until the Transmit Control Register (TCR) is programmed with the prescale value. Hence, this function returns the prescale tcrPrescaleValue parameter for later programming in the TCR. The higher level peripheral driver should alert the user of an out of range baud rate input.

Note that the LPSPI module must first be disabled before configuring this. Note that the LPSPI module must be configured for master mode before configuring this.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
baudRate_Bps – The desired baud rate in bits per second.
srcClock_Hz – Module source input clock in Hertz.
tcrPrescaleValue – The TCR prescale value needed to program the TCR.

Returns:

The actual calculated baud rate. This function may also return a “0” if the LPSPI is not configured for master mode or if the LPSPI module is not disabled.

void LPSPI_MasterSetDelayScaler(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t scaler, lpspi_delay_type_t whichDelay)

Manually configures a specific LPSPI delay parameter (module must be disabled to change the delay values).

This function configures the following: SCK to PCS delay, or PCS to SCK delay, or The configurations must occur between the transfer delay.

The delay names are available in type lpspi_delay_type_t.

The user passes the desired delay along with the delay value. This allows the user to directly set the delay values if they have pre-calculated them or if they simply wish to manually increment the value.

Note that the LPSPI module must first be disabled before configuring this. Note that the LPSPI module must be configured for master mode before configuring this.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
scaler – The 8-bit delay value 0x00 to 0xFF (255).
whichDelay – The desired delay to configure, must be of type lpspi_delay_type_t.

uint32_t LPSPI_MasterSetDelayTimes(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t delayTimeInNanoSec, lpspi_delay_type_t whichDelay, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Calculates the delay based on the desired delay input in nanoseconds (module must be disabled to change the delay values).

This function calculates the values for the following: SCK to PCS delay, or PCS to SCK delay, or The configurations must occur between the transfer delay.

The delay names are available in type lpspi_delay_type_t.

The user passes the desired delay and the desired delay value in nano-seconds. The function calculates the value needed for the desired delay parameter and returns the actual calculated delay because an exact delay match may not be possible. In this case, the closest match is calculated without going below the desired delay value input. It is possible to input a very large delay value that exceeds the capability of the part, in which case the maximum supported delay is returned. It is up to the higher level peripheral driver to alert the user of an out of range delay input.

Note that the LPSPI module must be configured for master mode before configuring this. And note that the delayTime = LPSPI_clockSource / (PRESCALE * Delay_scaler).

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
delayTimeInNanoSec – The desired delay value in nano-seconds.
whichDelay – The desired delay to configuration, which must be of type lpspi_delay_type_t.
srcClock_Hz – Module source input clock in Hertz.

Returns:

actual Calculated delay value in nano-seconds.

static inline void LPSPI_WriteData(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t data)

Writes data into the transmit data buffer.

This function writes data passed in by the user to the Transmit Data Register (TDR). The user can pass up to 32-bits of data to load into the TDR. If the frame size exceeds 32-bits, the user has to manage sending the data one 32-bit word at a time. Any writes to the TDR result in an immediate push to the transmit FIFO. This function can be used for either master or slave modes.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
data – The data word to be sent.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_ReadData(LPSPI_Type *base)

Reads data from the data buffer.

This function reads the data from the Receive Data Register (RDR). This function can be used for either master or slave mode.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The data read from the data buffer.

void LPSPI_SetDummyData(LPSPI_Type *base, uint8_t dummyData)

Set up the dummy data.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
dummyData – Data to be transferred when tx buffer is NULL. Note: This API has no effect when LPSPI in slave interrupt mode, because driver will set the TXMSK bit to 1 if txData is NULL, no data is loaded from transmit FIFO and output pin is tristated.

void LPSPI_MasterTransferCreateHandle(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle, lpspi_master_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the LPSPI master handle.

This function initializes the LPSPI handle, which can be used for other LPSPI transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified LPSPI instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
handle – LPSPI handle pointer to lpspi_master_handle_t.
callback – DSPI callback.
userData – callback function parameter.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferBlocking(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer)

LPSPI master transfer data using a polling method.

This function transfers data using a polling method. This is a blocking function, which does not return until all transfers have been completed.

Note: The transfer data size should be integer multiples of bytesPerFrame if bytesPerFrame is less than or equal to 4. For bytesPerFrame greater than 4: The transfer data size should be equal to bytesPerFrame if the bytesPerFrame is not integer multiples of 4. Otherwise, the transfer data size can be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
transfer – pointer to lpspi_transfer_t structure.

Returns:

status of status_t.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferNonBlocking(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer)

LPSPI master transfer data using an interrupt method.

This function transfers data using an interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is transferred, the callback function is called.

Note: The transfer data size should be integer multiples of bytesPerFrame if bytesPerFrame is less than or equal to 4. For bytesPerFrame greater than 4: The transfer data size should be equal to bytesPerFrame if the bytesPerFrame is not integer multiples of 4. Otherwise, the transfer data size can be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
transfer – pointer to lpspi_transfer_t structure.

Returns:

status of status_t.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferGetCount(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the master transfer remaining bytes.

This function gets the master transfer remaining bytes.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Returns:

status of status_t.

void LPSPI_MasterTransferAbort(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle)

LPSPI master abort transfer which uses an interrupt method.

This function aborts a transfer which uses an interrupt method.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void LPSPI_MasterTransferHandleIRQ(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle)

LPSPI Master IRQ handler function.

This function processes the LPSPI transmit and receive IRQ.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void LPSPI_SlaveTransferCreateHandle(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle, lpspi_slave_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the LPSPI slave handle.

This function initializes the LPSPI handle, which can be used for other LPSPI transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified LPSPI instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
handle – LPSPI handle pointer to lpspi_slave_handle_t.
callback – DSPI callback.
userData – callback function parameter.

status_t LPSPI_SlaveTransferNonBlocking(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer)

LPSPI slave transfer data using an interrupt method.

This function transfer data using an interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is transferred, the callback function is called.

Note: The transfer data size should be integer multiples of bytesPerFrame if bytesPerFrame is less than or equal to 4. For bytesPerFrame greater than 4: The transfer data size should be equal to bytesPerFrame if the bytesPerFrame is not an integer multiple of 4. Otherwise, the transfer data size can be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
transfer – pointer to lpspi_transfer_t structure.

Returns:

status of status_t.

status_t LPSPI_SlaveTransferGetCount(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the slave transfer remaining bytes.

This function gets the slave transfer remaining bytes.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Returns:

status of status_t.

void LPSPI_SlaveTransferAbort(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle)

LPSPI slave aborts a transfer which uses an interrupt method.

This function aborts a transfer which uses an interrupt method.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void LPSPI_SlaveTransferHandleIRQ(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle)

LPSPI Slave IRQ handler function.

This function processes the LPSPI transmit and receives an IRQ.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

bool LPSPI_WaitTxFifoEmpty(LPSPI_Type *base)

Wait for tx FIFO to be empty.

This function wait the tx fifo empty

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

true for the tx FIFO is ready, false is not.

FSL_LPSPI_DRIVER_VERSION: LPSPI driver version.

Status for the LPSPI driver.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_LPSPI_Busy: LPSPI transfer is busy.

enumerator kStatus_LPSPI_Error: LPSPI driver error.

enumerator kStatus_LPSPI_Idle: LPSPI is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPSPI_OutOfRange: LPSPI transfer out Of range.

enumerator kStatus_LPSPI_Timeout: LPSPI timeout polling status flags.

enum _lpspi_flags

LPSPI status flags in SPIx_SR register.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_TxDataRequestFlag: Transmit data flag

enumerator kLPSPI_RxDataReadyFlag: Receive data flag

enumerator kLPSPI_WordCompleteFlag: Word Complete flag

enumerator kLPSPI_FrameCompleteFlag: Frame Complete flag

enumerator kLPSPI_TransferCompleteFlag: Transfer Complete flag

enumerator kLPSPI_TransmitErrorFlag: Transmit Error flag (FIFO underrun)

enumerator kLPSPI_ReceiveErrorFlag: Receive Error flag (FIFO overrun)

enumerator kLPSPI_DataMatchFlag: Data Match flag

enumerator kLPSPI_ModuleBusyFlag: Module Busy flag

enumerator kLPSPI_AllStatusFlag: Used for clearing all w1c status flags

enum _lpspi_interrupt_enable

LPSPI interrupt source.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_TxInterruptEnable: Transmit data interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_RxInterruptEnable: Receive data interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_WordCompleteInterruptEnable: Word complete interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_FrameCompleteInterruptEnable: Frame complete interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_TransferCompleteInterruptEnable: Transfer complete interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_TransmitErrorInterruptEnable: Transmit error interrupt enable(FIFO underrun)

enumerator kLPSPI_ReceiveErrorInterruptEnable: Receive Error interrupt enable (FIFO overrun)

enumerator kLPSPI_DataMatchInterruptEnable: Data Match interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_AllInterruptEnable: All above interrupts enable.

enum _lpspi_dma_enable

LPSPI DMA source.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_TxDmaEnable: Transmit data DMA enable

enumerator kLPSPI_RxDmaEnable: Receive data DMA enable

enum _lpspi_master_slave_mode

LPSPI master or slave mode configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_Master: LPSPI peripheral operates in master mode.

enumerator kLPSPI_Slave: LPSPI peripheral operates in slave mode.

enum _lpspi_which_pcs_config

LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) configuration (which PCS to configure).

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs0: PCS[0]

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs1: PCS[1]

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs2: PCS[2]

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs3: PCS[3]

enum _lpspi_pcs_polarity_config

LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) Polarity configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_PcsActiveHigh: PCS Active High (idles low)

enumerator kLPSPI_PcsActiveLow: PCS Active Low (idles high)

enum _lpspi_pcs_polarity

LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) Polarity.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs0ActiveLow: Pcs0 Active Low (idles high).

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs1ActiveLow: Pcs1 Active Low (idles high).

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs2ActiveLow: Pcs2 Active Low (idles high).

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs3ActiveLow: Pcs3 Active Low (idles high).

enumerator kLPSPI_PcsAllActiveLow: Pcs0 to Pcs5 Active Low (idles high).

enum _lpspi_clock_polarity

LPSPI clock polarity configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_ClockPolarityActiveHigh: CPOL=0. Active-high LPSPI clock (idles low)

enumerator kLPSPI_ClockPolarityActiveLow: CPOL=1. Active-low LPSPI clock (idles high)

enum _lpspi_clock_phase

LPSPI clock phase configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_ClockPhaseFirstEdge: CPHA=0. Data is captured on the leading edge of the SCK and changed on the following edge.

enumerator kLPSPI_ClockPhaseSecondEdge: CPHA=1. Data is changed on the leading edge of the SCK and captured on the following edge.

enum _lpspi_shift_direction

LPSPI data shifter direction options.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_MsbFirst: Data transfers start with most significant bit.

enumerator kLPSPI_LsbFirst: Data transfers start with least significant bit.

enum _lpspi_host_request_select

LPSPI Host Request select configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_HostReqExtPin: Host Request is an ext pin.

enumerator kLPSPI_HostReqInternalTrigger: Host Request is an internal trigger.

enum _lpspi_match_config

LPSPI Match configuration options.

Values:

enumerator kLPSI_MatchDisabled: LPSPI Match Disabled.

enumerator kLPSI_1stWordEqualsM0orM1: LPSPI Match Enabled.

enumerator kLPSI_AnyWordEqualsM0orM1: LPSPI Match Enabled.

enumerator kLPSI_1stWordEqualsM0and2ndWordEqualsM1: LPSPI Match Enabled.

enumerator kLPSI_AnyWordEqualsM0andNxtWordEqualsM1: LPSPI Match Enabled.

enumerator kLPSI_1stWordAndM1EqualsM0andM1: LPSPI Match Enabled.

enumerator kLPSI_AnyWordAndM1EqualsM0andM1: LPSPI Match Enabled.

enum _lpspi_pin_config

LPSPI pin (SDO and SDI) configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_SdiInSdoOut: LPSPI SDI input, SDO output.

enumerator kLPSPI_SdiInSdiOut: LPSPI SDI input, SDI output.

enumerator kLPSPI_SdoInSdoOut: LPSPI SDO input, SDO output.

enumerator kLPSPI_SdoInSdiOut: LPSPI SDO input, SDI output.

enum _lpspi_data_out_config

LPSPI data output configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLpspiDataOutRetained: Data out retains last value when chip select is de-asserted

enumerator kLpspiDataOutTristate: Data out is tristated when chip select is de-asserted

enum _lpspi_pcs_function_config

LPSPI cs function configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_PcsAsCs: PCS pin select as cs function

enumerator kLPSPI_PcsAsData: PCS pin select as date function

enum _lpspi_transfer_width

LPSPI transfer width configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_SingleBitXfer: 1-bit shift at a time, data out on SDO, in on SDI (normal mode)

enumerator kLPSPI_TwoBitXfer: 2-bits shift out on SDO/SDI and in on SDO/SDI

enumerator kLPSPI_FourBitXfer: 4-bits shift out on SDO/SDI/PCS[3:2] and in on SDO/SDI/PCS[3:2]

enum _lpspi_delay_type

LPSPI delay type selection.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_PcsToSck: PCS-to-SCK delay.

enumerator kLPSPI_LastSckToPcs: Last SCK edge to PCS delay.

enumerator kLPSPI_BetweenTransfer: Delay between transfers.

enum _lpspi_transfer_config_flag_for_master

Use this enumeration for LPSPI master transfer configFlags.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterPcs0: LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI master transfer use PCS0 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterPcs1: LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI master transfer use PCS1 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterPcs2: LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI master transfer use PCS2 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterPcs3: LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI master transfer use PCS3 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterWidth1: LPSPI master width shift macro, internal used LPSPI master transfer 1bit

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterWidth2: LPSPI master width shift macro, internal used LPSPI master transfer 2bit

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterWidth4: LPSPI master width shift macro, internal used LPSPI master transfer 4bit

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterPcsContinuous: Is PCS signal continuous

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterByteSwap

Is master swap the byte. For example, when want to send data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (suppose you set lpspi_shift_direction_t to MSB).

If you set bitPerFrame = 8 , no matter the kLPSPI_MasterByteSwapyou flag is used or not, the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8.
If you set bitPerFrame = 16 : (1) the waveform is 2 1 4 3 6 5 8 7 if you do not use the kLPSPI_MasterByteSwap flag. (2) the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 if you use the kLPSPI_MasterByteSwap flag.
If you set bitPerFrame = 32 : (1) the waveform is 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 if you do not use the kLPSPI_MasterByteSwap flag. (2) the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 if you use the kLPSPI_MasterByteSwap flag.

enum _lpspi_transfer_config_flag_for_slave

Use this enumeration for LPSPI slave transfer configFlags.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_SlavePcs0: LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI slave transfer use PCS0 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_SlavePcs1: LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI slave transfer use PCS1 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_SlavePcs2: LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI slave transfer use PCS2 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_SlavePcs3: LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI slave transfer use PCS3 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap

Is slave swap the byte. For example, when want to send data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (suppose you set lpspi_shift_direction_t to MSB).

If you set bitPerFrame = 8 , no matter the kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap flag is used or not, the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8.
If you set bitPerFrame = 16 : (1) the waveform is 2 1 4 3 6 5 8 7 if you do not use the kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap flag. (2) the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 if you use the kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap flag.
If you set bitPerFrame = 32 : (1) the waveform is 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 if you do not use the kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap flag. (2) the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 if you use the kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap flag.

enum _lpspi_transfer_state

LPSPI transfer state, which is used for LPSPI transactional API state machine.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_Idle: Nothing in the transmitter/receiver.

enumerator kLPSPI_Busy: Transfer queue is not finished.

enumerator kLPSPI_Error: Transfer error.

typedef enum _lpspi_master_slave_mode lpspi_master_slave_mode_t: LPSPI master or slave mode configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_which_pcs_config lpspi_which_pcs_t: LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) configuration (which PCS to configure).

typedef enum _lpspi_pcs_polarity_config lpspi_pcs_polarity_config_t: LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) Polarity configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_clock_polarity lpspi_clock_polarity_t: LPSPI clock polarity configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_clock_phase lpspi_clock_phase_t: LPSPI clock phase configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_shift_direction lpspi_shift_direction_t: LPSPI data shifter direction options.

typedef enum _lpspi_host_request_select lpspi_host_request_select_t: LPSPI Host Request select configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_match_config lpspi_match_config_t: LPSPI Match configuration options.

typedef enum _lpspi_pin_config lpspi_pin_config_t: LPSPI pin (SDO and SDI) configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_data_out_config lpspi_data_out_config_t: LPSPI data output configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_pcs_function_config lpspi_pcs_function_config_t: LPSPI cs function configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_transfer_width lpspi_transfer_width_t: LPSPI transfer width configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_delay_type lpspi_delay_type_t: LPSPI delay type selection.

typedef struct _lpspi_master_config lpspi_master_config_t: LPSPI master configuration structure.

typedef struct _lpspi_slave_config lpspi_slave_config_t: LPSPI slave configuration structure.

typedef struct _lpspi_master_handle lpspi_master_handle_t: Forward declaration of the _lpspi_master_handle typedefs.

typedef struct _lpspi_slave_handle lpspi_slave_handle_t: Forward declaration of the _lpspi_slave_handle typedefs.

typedef void (*lpspi_master_transfer_callback_t)(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

Master completion callback function pointer type.

Param base:: LPSPI peripheral address.
Param handle:: Pointer to the handle for the LPSPI master.
Param status:: Success or error code describing whether the transfer is completed.
Param userData:: Arbitrary pointer-dataSized value passed from the application.

typedef void (*lpspi_slave_transfer_callback_t)(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

Slave completion callback function pointer type.

Param base:: LPSPI peripheral address.
Param handle:: Pointer to the handle for the LPSPI slave.
Param status:: Success or error code describing whether the transfer is completed.
Param userData:: Arbitrary pointer-dataSized value passed from the application.

typedef struct _lpspi_transfer lpspi_transfer_t: LPSPI master/slave transfer structure.

volatile uint8_t g_lpspiDummyData[]: Global variable for dummy data value setting.

LPSPI_DUMMY_DATA

LPSPI dummy data if no Tx data.

Dummy data used for tx if there is not txData.

SPI_RETRY_TIMES: Retry times for waiting flag.

LPSPI_MASTER_PCS_SHIFT: LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used.

LPSPI_MASTER_PCS_MASK: LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used.

LPSPI_MASTER_WIDTH_SHIFT: LPSPI master width shift macro, internal used

LPSPI_MASTER_WIDTH_MASK: LPSPI master width shift mask, internal used

LPSPI_SLAVE_PCS_SHIFT: LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used.

LPSPI_SLAVE_PCS_MASK: LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used.

struct _lpspi_master_config

#include <fsl_lpspi.h>

LPSPI master configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t baudRate: Baud Rate for LPSPI.

uint32_t bitsPerFrame: Bits per frame, minimum 8, maximum 4096.

lpspi_clock_polarity_t cpol: Clock polarity.

lpspi_clock_phase_t cpha: Clock phase.

lpspi_shift_direction_t direction: MSB or LSB data shift direction.

uint32_t pcsToSckDelayInNanoSec: PCS to SCK delay time in nanoseconds, setting to 0 sets the minimum delay. It sets the boundary value if out of range.

uint32_t lastSckToPcsDelayInNanoSec: Last SCK to PCS delay time in nanoseconds, setting to 0 sets the minimum delay. It sets the boundary value if out of range.

uint32_t betweenTransferDelayInNanoSec: After the SCK delay time with nanoseconds, setting to 0 sets the minimum delay. It sets the boundary value if out of range.

lpspi_which_pcs_t whichPcs: Desired Peripheral Chip Select (PCS).

lpspi_pcs_polarity_config_t pcsActiveHighOrLow: Desired PCS active high or low

lpspi_pin_config_t pinCfg: Configures which pins are used for input and output data during single bit transfers.

lpspi_pcs_function_config_t pcsFunc: Configures cs pins function.

lpspi_data_out_config_t dataOutConfig: Configures if the output data is tristated between accesses (LPSPI_PCS is negated).

bool enableInputDelay: Enable master to sample the input data on a delayed SCK. This can help improve slave setup time. Refer to device data sheet for specific time length.

struct _lpspi_slave_config

#include <fsl_lpspi.h>

LPSPI slave configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t bitsPerFrame: Bits per frame, minimum 8, maximum 4096.

lpspi_clock_polarity_t cpol: Clock polarity.

lpspi_clock_phase_t cpha: Clock phase.

lpspi_shift_direction_t direction: MSB or LSB data shift direction.

lpspi_which_pcs_t whichPcs: Desired Peripheral Chip Select (pcs)

lpspi_pcs_polarity_config_t pcsActiveHighOrLow: Desired PCS active high or low

lpspi_pin_config_t pinCfg: Configures which pins are used for input and output data during single bit transfers.

lpspi_data_out_config_t dataOutConfig: Configures if the output data is tristated between accesses (LPSPI_PCS is negated).

struct _lpspi_transfer

#include <fsl_lpspi.h>

LPSPI master/slave transfer structure.

Public Members

const uint8_t *txData: Send buffer.

uint8_t *rxData: Receive buffer.

volatile size_t dataSize: Transfer bytes.

uint32_t configFlags: Transfer transfer configuration flags. Set from _lpspi_transfer_config_flag_for_master if the transfer is used for master or _lpspi_transfer_config_flag_for_slave enumeration if the transfer is used for slave.

struct _lpspi_master_handle

#include <fsl_lpspi.h>

LPSPI master transfer handle structure used for transactional API.

Public Members

volatile bool isPcsContinuous: Is PCS continuous in transfer.

volatile bool writeTcrInIsr: A flag that whether should write TCR in ISR.

volatile bool isByteSwap: A flag that whether should byte swap.

volatile bool isTxMask: A flag that whether TCR[TXMSK] is set.

volatile uint16_t bytesPerFrame: Number of bytes in each frame

volatile uint8_t fifoSize: FIFO dataSize.

volatile uint8_t rxWatermark: Rx watermark.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachWrite: Bytes for each write TDR.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachRead: Bytes for each read RDR.

const uint8_t *volatile txData: Send buffer.

uint8_t *volatile rxData: Receive buffer.

volatile size_t txRemainingByteCount: Number of bytes remaining to send.

volatile size_t rxRemainingByteCount: Number of bytes remaining to receive.

volatile uint32_t writeRegRemainingTimes: Write TDR register remaining times.

volatile uint32_t readRegRemainingTimes: Read RDR register remaining times.

uint32_t totalByteCount: Number of transfer bytes

uint32_t txBuffIfNull: Used if the txData is NULL.

volatile uint8_t state: LPSPI transfer state , _lpspi_transfer_state.

lpspi_master_transfer_callback_t callback: Completion callback.

void *userData: Callback user data.

struct _lpspi_slave_handle

#include <fsl_lpspi.h>

LPSPI slave transfer handle structure used for transactional API.

Public Members

volatile bool isByteSwap: A flag that whether should byte swap.

volatile uint8_t fifoSize: FIFO dataSize.

volatile uint8_t rxWatermark: Rx watermark.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachWrite: Bytes for each write TDR.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachRead: Bytes for each read RDR.

const uint8_t *volatile txData: Send buffer.

uint8_t *volatile rxData: Receive buffer.

volatile size_t txRemainingByteCount: Number of bytes remaining to send.

volatile size_t rxRemainingByteCount: Number of bytes remaining to receive.

volatile uint32_t writeRegRemainingTimes: Write TDR register remaining times.

volatile uint32_t readRegRemainingTimes: Read RDR register remaining times.

uint32_t totalByteCount: Number of transfer bytes

volatile uint8_t state: LPSPI transfer state , _lpspi_transfer_state.

volatile uint32_t errorCount: Error count for slave transfer.

lpspi_slave_transfer_callback_t callback: Completion callback.

void *userData: Callback user data.

LPSPI eDMA Driver

FSL_LPSPI_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION: LPSPI EDMA driver version.

DMA_MAX_TRANSFER_COUNT: DMA max transfer size.

typedef struct _lpspi_master_edma_handle lpspi_master_edma_handle_t: Forward declaration of the _lpspi_master_edma_handle typedefs.

typedef struct _lpspi_slave_edma_handle lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t: Forward declaration of the _lpspi_slave_edma_handle typedefs.

typedef void (*lpspi_master_edma_transfer_callback_t)(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

Completion callback function pointer type.

Param base:: LPSPI peripheral base address.
Param handle:: Pointer to the handle for the LPSPI master.
Param status:: Success or error code describing whether the transfer completed.
Param userData:: Arbitrary pointer-dataSized value passed from the application.

typedef void (*lpspi_slave_edma_transfer_callback_t)(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

Completion callback function pointer type.

Param base:: LPSPI peripheral base address.
Param handle:: Pointer to the handle for the LPSPI slave.
Param status:: Success or error code describing whether the transfer completed.
Param userData:: Arbitrary pointer-dataSized value passed from the application.

void LPSPI_MasterTransferCreateHandleEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, lpspi_master_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle, edma_handle_t *edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle)

Initializes the LPSPI master eDMA handle.

This function initializes the LPSPI eDMA handle which can be used for other LPSPI transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified LPSPI instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Note that the LPSPI eDMA has a separated (Rx and Tx as two sources) or shared (Rx and Tx are the same source) DMA request source. (1) For a separated DMA request source, enable and set the Rx DMAMUX source for edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle and Tx DMAMUX source for edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle. (2) For a shared DMA request source, enable and set the Rx/Tx DMAMUX source for edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral base address.
handle – LPSPI handle pointer to lpspi_master_edma_handle_t.
callback – LPSPI callback.
userData – callback function parameter.
edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle – edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle pointer to edma_handle_t.
edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle – edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle pointer to edma_handle_t.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer)

LPSPI master transfer data using eDMA.

This function transfers data using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is transferred, the callback function is called.

Note: The transfer data size should be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame if bytesPerFrame is less than or equal to 4. For bytesPerFrame greater than 4: The transfer data size should be equal to bytesPerFrame if the bytesPerFrame is not an integer multiple of 4. Otherwise, the transfer data size can be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral base address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_master_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
transfer – pointer to lpspi_transfer_t structure.

Returns:

status of status_t.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferPrepareEDMALite(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, uint32_t configFlags)

LPSPI master config transfer parameter while using eDMA.

This function is preparing to transfer data using eDMA, work with LPSPI_MasterTransferEDMALite.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral base address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_master_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
configFlags – transfer configuration flags. _lpspi_transfer_config_flag_for_master.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Execution successfully.
kStatus_LPSPI_Busy – The LPSPI device is busy.

Returns:

Indicates whether LPSPI master transfer was successful or not.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferEDMALite(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer)

LPSPI master transfer data using eDMA without configs.

This function transfers data using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is transferred, the callback function is called.

Note: This API is only for transfer through DMA without configuration. Before calling this API, you must call LPSPI_MasterTransferPrepareEDMALite to configure it once. The transfer data size should be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame if bytesPerFrame is less than or equal to 4. For bytesPerFrame greater than 4: The transfer data size should be equal to bytesPerFrame if the bytesPerFrame is not an integer multiple of 4. Otherwise, the transfer data size can be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral base address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_master_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
transfer – pointer to lpspi_transfer_t structure, config field is not uesed.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Execution successfully.
kStatus_LPSPI_Busy – The LPSPI device is busy.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The transfer structure is invalid.

Returns:

Indicates whether LPSPI master transfer was successful or not.

void LPSPI_MasterTransferAbortEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_edma_handle_t *handle)

LPSPI master aborts a transfer which is using eDMA.

This function aborts a transfer which is using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral base address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_master_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferGetCountEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the master eDMA transfer remaining bytes.

This function gets the master eDMA transfer remaining bytes.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral base address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_master_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the EDMA transaction.

Returns:

status of status_t.

void LPSPI_SlaveTransferCreateHandleEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, lpspi_slave_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle, edma_handle_t *edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle)

Initializes the LPSPI slave eDMA handle.

This function initializes the LPSPI eDMA handle which can be used for other LPSPI transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified LPSPI instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Note that LPSPI eDMA has a separated (Rx and Tx as two sources) or shared (Rx and Tx as the same source) DMA request source.

(1) For a separated DMA request source, enable and set the Rx DMAMUX source for edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle and Tx DMAMUX source for edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle. (2) For a shared DMA request source, enable and set the Rx/Rx DMAMUX source for edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle .

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral base address.
handle – LPSPI handle pointer to lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t.
callback – LPSPI callback.
userData – callback function parameter.
edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle – edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle pointer to edma_handle_t.
edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle – edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle pointer to edma_handle_t.

status_t LPSPI_SlaveTransferEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer)

LPSPI slave transfers data using eDMA.

This function transfers data using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which return right away. When all data is transferred, the callback function is called.

Note: The transfer data size should be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame if bytesPerFrame is less than or equal to 4. For bytesPerFrame greater than 4: The transfer data size should be equal to bytesPerFrame if the bytesPerFrame is not an integer multiple of 4. Otherwise, the transfer data size can be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral base address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
transfer – pointer to lpspi_transfer_t structure.

Returns:

status of status_t.

void LPSPI_SlaveTransferAbortEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle)

LPSPI slave aborts a transfer which is using eDMA.

This function aborts a transfer which is using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral base address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

status_t LPSPI_SlaveTransferGetCountEDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the slave eDMA transfer remaining bytes.

This function gets the slave eDMA transfer remaining bytes.

Parameters:

base – LPSPI peripheral base address.
handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_edma_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the eDMA transaction.

Returns:

status of status_t.

struct _lpspi_master_edma_handle

#include <fsl_lpspi_edma.h>

LPSPI master eDMA transfer handle structure used for transactional API.

Public Members

volatile bool isPcsContinuous: Is PCS continuous in transfer.

volatile bool isByteSwap: A flag that whether should byte swap.

volatile uint8_t fifoSize: FIFO dataSize.

volatile uint8_t rxWatermark: Rx watermark.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachWrite: Bytes for each write TDR.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachRead: Bytes for each read RDR.

volatile uint8_t bytesLastRead: Bytes for last read RDR.

volatile bool isThereExtraRxBytes: Is there extra RX byte.

const uint8_t *volatile txData: Send buffer.

uint8_t *volatile rxData: Receive buffer.

volatile size_t txRemainingByteCount: Number of bytes remaining to send.

volatile size_t rxRemainingByteCount: Number of bytes remaining to receive.

volatile uint32_t writeRegRemainingTimes: Write TDR register remaining times.

volatile uint32_t readRegRemainingTimes: Read RDR register remaining times.

uint32_t totalByteCount: Number of transfer bytes

edma_tcd_t *lastTimeTCD: Pointer to the lastTime TCD

bool isMultiDMATransmit: Is there multi DMA transmit

volatile uint8_t dmaTransmitTime: DMA Transfer times.

uint32_t lastTimeDataBytes: DMA transmit last Time data Bytes

uint32_t dataBytesEveryTime: Bytes in a time for DMA transfer, default is DMA_MAX_TRANSFER_COUNT

edma_transfer_config_t transferConfigRx: Config of DMA rx channel.

edma_transfer_config_t transferConfigTx: Config of DMA tx channel.

uint32_t txBuffIfNull: Used if there is not txData for DMA purpose.

uint32_t rxBuffIfNull: Used if there is not rxData for DMA purpose.

uint32_t transmitCommand: Used to write TCR for DMA purpose.

volatile uint8_t state: LPSPI transfer state , _lpspi_transfer_state.

uint8_t nbytes: eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

lpspi_master_edma_transfer_callback_t callback: Completion callback.

void *userData: Callback user data.

edma_handle_t *edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle: edma_handle_t handle point used for RxReg to RxData buff

edma_handle_t *edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle: edma_handle_t handle point used for TxData to TxReg buff

edma_tcd_t lpspiSoftwareTCD[3]: SoftwareTCD, internal used

struct _lpspi_slave_edma_handle

#include <fsl_lpspi_edma.h>

LPSPI slave eDMA transfer handle structure used for transactional API.

Public Members

volatile bool isByteSwap: A flag that whether should byte swap.

volatile uint8_t fifoSize: FIFO dataSize.

volatile uint8_t rxWatermark: Rx watermark.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachWrite: Bytes for each write TDR.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachRead: Bytes for each read RDR.

volatile uint8_t bytesLastRead: Bytes for last read RDR.

volatile bool isThereExtraRxBytes: Is there extra RX byte.

uint8_t nbytes: eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

const uint8_t *volatile txData: Send buffer.

uint8_t *volatile rxData: Receive buffer.

volatile size_t txRemainingByteCount: Number of bytes remaining to send.

volatile size_t rxRemainingByteCount: Number of bytes remaining to receive.

volatile uint32_t writeRegRemainingTimes: Write TDR register remaining times.

volatile uint32_t readRegRemainingTimes: Read RDR register remaining times.

uint32_t totalByteCount: Number of transfer bytes

uint32_t txBuffIfNull: Used if there is not txData for DMA purpose.

uint32_t rxBuffIfNull: Used if there is not rxData for DMA purpose.

volatile uint8_t state: LPSPI transfer state.

uint32_t errorCount: Error count for slave transfer.

lpspi_slave_edma_transfer_callback_t callback: Completion callback.

void *userData: Callback user data.

edma_handle_t *edmaRxRegToRxDataHandle: edma_handle_t handle point used for RxReg to RxData buff

edma_handle_t *edmaTxDataToTxRegHandle: edma_handle_t handle point used for TxData to TxReg

edma_tcd_t lpspiSoftwareTCD[2]: SoftwareTCD, internal used

LPTMR: Low-Power Timer

void LPTMR_Init(LPTMR_Type *base, const lptmr_config_t *config)

Ungates the LPTMR clock and configures the peripheral for a basic operation.

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application using the LPTMR driver.

Parameters:

base – LPTMR peripheral base address
config – A pointer to the LPTMR configuration structure.

void LPTMR_Deinit(LPTMR_Type *base)

Gates the LPTMR clock.

Parameters:

base – LPTMR peripheral base address

void LPTMR_GetDefaultConfig(lptmr_config_t *config)

Fills in the LPTMR configuration structure with default settings.

The default values are as follows.

config->timerMode = kLPTMR_TimerModeTimeCounter;
config->pinSelect = kLPTMR_PinSelectInput_0;
config->pinPolarity = kLPTMR_PinPolarityActiveHigh;
config->enableFreeRunning = false;
config->bypassPrescaler = true;
config->prescalerClockSource = kLPTMR_PrescalerClock_1;
config->value = kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_0;

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the LPTMR configuration structure.

static inline void LPTMR_EnableInterrupts(LPTMR_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the selected LPTMR interrupts.

Parameters:

base – LPTMR peripheral base address
mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration lptmr_interrupt_enable_t

static inline void LPTMR_DisableInterrupts(LPTMR_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the selected LPTMR interrupts.

Parameters:

base – LPTMR peripheral base address
mask – The interrupts to disable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration lptmr_interrupt_enable_t.

static inline uint32_t LPTMR_GetEnabledInterrupts(LPTMR_Type *base)

Gets the enabled LPTMR interrupts.

Parameters:

base – LPTMR peripheral base address

Returns:

The enabled interrupts. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration lptmr_interrupt_enable_t

static inline uint32_t LPTMR_GetStatusFlags(LPTMR_Type *base)

Gets the LPTMR status flags.

Parameters:

base – LPTMR peripheral base address

Returns:

The status flags. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration lptmr_status_flags_t

static inline void LPTMR_ClearStatusFlags(LPTMR_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the LPTMR status flags.

Parameters:

base – LPTMR peripheral base address
mask – The status flags to clear. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration lptmr_status_flags_t.

static inline void LPTMR_SetTimerPeriod(LPTMR_Type *base, uint32_t ticks)

Sets the timer period in units of count.

Timers counts from 0 until it equals the count value set here. The count value is written to the CMR register.

Note

The TCF flag is set with the CNR equals the count provided here and then increments.
Call the utility macros provided in the fsl_common.h to convert to ticks.

Parameters:

base – LPTMR peripheral base address
ticks – A timer period in units of ticks, which should be equal or greater than 1.

static inline uint32_t LPTMR_GetCurrentTimerCount(LPTMR_Type *base)

Reads the current timer counting value.

This function returns the real-time timer counting value in a range from 0 to a timer period.

Note

Call the utility macros provided in the fsl_common.h to convert ticks to usec or msec.

Parameters:

base – LPTMR peripheral base address

Returns:

The current counter value in ticks

static inline void LPTMR_StartTimer(LPTMR_Type *base)

Starts the timer.

After calling this function, the timer counts up to the CMR register value. Each time the timer reaches the CMR value and then increments, it generates a trigger pulse and sets the timeout interrupt flag. An interrupt is also triggered if the timer interrupt is enabled.

Parameters:

base – LPTMR peripheral base address

static inline void LPTMR_StopTimer(LPTMR_Type *base)

Stops the timer.

This function stops the timer and resets the timer’s counter register.

Parameters:

base – LPTMR peripheral base address

FSL_LPTMR_DRIVER_VERSION: Driver Version

enum _lptmr_pin_select

LPTMR pin selection used in pulse counter mode.

Values:

enumerator kLPTMR_PinSelectInput_0: Pulse counter input 0 is selected

enumerator kLPTMR_PinSelectInput_1: Pulse counter input 1 is selected

enumerator kLPTMR_PinSelectInput_2: Pulse counter input 2 is selected

enumerator kLPTMR_PinSelectInput_3: Pulse counter input 3 is selected

enum _lptmr_pin_polarity

LPTMR pin polarity used in pulse counter mode.

Values:

enumerator kLPTMR_PinPolarityActiveHigh: Pulse Counter input source is active-high

enumerator kLPTMR_PinPolarityActiveLow: Pulse Counter input source is active-low

enum _lptmr_timer_mode

LPTMR timer mode selection.

Values:

enumerator kLPTMR_TimerModeTimeCounter: Time Counter mode

enumerator kLPTMR_TimerModePulseCounter: Pulse Counter mode

enum _lptmr_prescaler_glitch_value

LPTMR prescaler/glitch filter values.

Values:

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_0: Prescaler divide 2, glitch filter does not support this setting

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_1: Prescaler divide 4, glitch filter 2

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_2: Prescaler divide 8, glitch filter 4

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_3: Prescaler divide 16, glitch filter 8

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_4: Prescaler divide 32, glitch filter 16

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_5: Prescaler divide 64, glitch filter 32

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_6: Prescaler divide 128, glitch filter 64

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_7: Prescaler divide 256, glitch filter 128

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_8: Prescaler divide 512, glitch filter 256

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_9: Prescaler divide 1024, glitch filter 512

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_10: Prescaler divide 2048 glitch filter 1024

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_11: Prescaler divide 4096, glitch filter 2048

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_12: Prescaler divide 8192, glitch filter 4096

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_13: Prescaler divide 16384, glitch filter 8192

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_14: Prescaler divide 32768, glitch filter 16384

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_15: Prescaler divide 65536, glitch filter 32768

enum _lptmr_prescaler_clock_select

LPTMR prescaler/glitch filter clock select.

Note

Clock connections are SoC-specific

Values:

enumerator kLPTMR_PrescalerClock_0: Prescaler/glitch filter clock 0 selected.

enumerator kLPTMR_PrescalerClock_1: Prescaler/glitch filter clock 1 selected.

enumerator kLPTMR_PrescalerClock_2: Prescaler/glitch filter clock 2 selected.

enumerator kLPTMR_PrescalerClock_3: Prescaler/glitch filter clock 3 selected.

enum _lptmr_interrupt_enable

List of the LPTMR interrupts.

Values:

enumerator kLPTMR_TimerInterruptEnable: Timer interrupt enable

enum _lptmr_status_flags

List of the LPTMR status flags.

Values:

enumerator kLPTMR_TimerCompareFlag: Timer compare flag

typedef enum _lptmr_pin_select lptmr_pin_select_t: LPTMR pin selection used in pulse counter mode.

typedef enum _lptmr_pin_polarity lptmr_pin_polarity_t: LPTMR pin polarity used in pulse counter mode.

typedef enum _lptmr_timer_mode lptmr_timer_mode_t: LPTMR timer mode selection.

typedef enum _lptmr_prescaler_glitch_value lptmr_prescaler_glitch_value_t: LPTMR prescaler/glitch filter values.

typedef enum _lptmr_prescaler_clock_select lptmr_prescaler_clock_select_t: LPTMR prescaler/glitch filter clock select.

Note

Clock connections are SoC-specific

typedef enum _lptmr_interrupt_enable lptmr_interrupt_enable_t: List of the LPTMR interrupts.

typedef enum _lptmr_status_flags lptmr_status_flags_t: List of the LPTMR status flags.

typedef struct _lptmr_config lptmr_config_t

LPTMR config structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the LPTMR peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPTMR_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration struct can be made constant so it resides in flash.

static inline void LPTMR_EnableTimerDMA(LPTMR_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable or disable timer DMA request.

Parameters:

base – base LPTMR peripheral base address
enable – Switcher of timer DMA feature. “true” means to enable, “false” means to disable.

struct _lptmr_config

#include <fsl_lptmr.h>

LPTMR config structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the LPTMR peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPTMR_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration struct can be made constant so it resides in flash.

Public Members

lptmr_timer_mode_t timerMode: Time counter mode or pulse counter mode

lptmr_pin_select_t pinSelect: LPTMR pulse input pin select; used only in pulse counter mode

lptmr_pin_polarity_t pinPolarity: LPTMR pulse input pin polarity; used only in pulse counter mode

bool enableFreeRunning: True: enable free running, counter is reset on overflow False: counter is reset when the compare flag is set

bool bypassPrescaler: True: bypass prescaler; false: use clock from prescaler

lptmr_prescaler_clock_select_t prescalerClockSource: LPTMR clock source

lptmr_prescaler_glitch_value_t value: Prescaler or glitch filter value

LPUART: Low Power Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter Driver

LPUART Driver

static inline void LPUART_SoftwareReset(LPUART_Type *base)

Resets the LPUART using software.

This function resets all internal logic and registers except the Global Register. Remains set until cleared by software.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.

status_t LPUART_Init(LPUART_Type *base, const lpuart_config_t *config, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Initializes an LPUART instance with the user configuration structure and the peripheral clock.

This function configures the LPUART module with user-defined settings. Call the LPUART_GetDefaultConfig() function to configure the configuration structure and get the default configuration. The example below shows how to use this API to configure the LPUART.

lpuart_config_t lpuartConfig;
lpuartConfig.baudRate_Bps = 115200U;
lpuartConfig.parityMode = kLPUART_ParityDisabled;
lpuartConfig.dataBitsCount = kLPUART_EightDataBits;
lpuartConfig.isMsb = false;
lpuartConfig.stopBitCount = kLPUART_OneStopBit;
lpuartConfig.txFifoWatermark = 0;
lpuartConfig.rxFifoWatermark = 1;
LPUART_Init(LPUART1, &lpuartConfig, 20000000U);

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to a user-defined configuration structure.
srcClock_Hz – LPUART clock source frequency in HZ.

Return values:

kStatus_LPUART_BaudrateNotSupport – Baudrate is not support in current clock source.
kStatus_Success – LPUART initialize succeed

void LPUART_Deinit(LPUART_Type *base)

Deinitializes a LPUART instance.

This function waits for transmit to complete, disables TX and RX, and disables the LPUART clock.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.

void LPUART_GetDefaultConfig(lpuart_config_t *config)

Gets the default configuration structure.

This function initializes the LPUART configuration structure to a default value. The default values are: lpuartConfig->baudRate_Bps = 115200U; lpuartConfig->parityMode = kLPUART_ParityDisabled; lpuartConfig->dataBitsCount = kLPUART_EightDataBits; lpuartConfig->isMsb = false; lpuartConfig->stopBitCount = kLPUART_OneStopBit; lpuartConfig->txFifoWatermark = 0; lpuartConfig->rxFifoWatermark = 1; lpuartConfig->rxIdleType = kLPUART_IdleTypeStartBit; lpuartConfig->rxIdleConfig = kLPUART_IdleCharacter1; lpuartConfig->enableTx = false; lpuartConfig->enableRx = false;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to a configuration structure.

status_t LPUART_SetBaudRate(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t baudRate_Bps, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Sets the LPUART instance baudrate.

This function configures the LPUART module baudrate. This function is used to update the LPUART module baudrate after the LPUART module is initialized by the LPUART_Init.

LPUART_SetBaudRate(LPUART1, 115200U, 20000000U);

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
baudRate_Bps – LPUART baudrate to be set.
srcClock_Hz – LPUART clock source frequency in HZ.

Return values:

kStatus_LPUART_BaudrateNotSupport – Baudrate is not supported in the current clock source.
kStatus_Success – Set baudrate succeeded.

void LPUART_Enable9bitMode(LPUART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable 9-bit data mode for LPUART.

This function set the 9-bit mode for LPUART module. The 9th bit is not used for parity thus can be modified by user.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
enable – true to enable, flase to disable.

static inline void LPUART_SetMatchAddress(LPUART_Type *base, uint16_t address1, uint16_t address2)

Set the LPUART address.

This function configures the address for LPUART module that works as slave in 9-bit data mode. One or two address fields can be configured. When the address field’s match enable bit is set, the frame it receices with MSB being 1 is considered as an address frame, otherwise it is considered as data frame. Once the address frame matches one of slave’s own addresses, this slave is addressed. This address frame and its following data frames are stored in the receive buffer, otherwise the frames will be discarded. To un-address a slave, just send an address frame with unmatched address.

Note

Any LPUART instance joined in the multi-slave system can work as slave. The position of the address mark is the same as the parity bit when parity is enabled for 8 bit and 9 bit data formats.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
address1 – LPUART slave address1.
address2 – LPUART slave address2.

static inline void LPUART_EnableMatchAddress(LPUART_Type *base, bool match1, bool match2)

Enable the LPUART match address feature.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
match1 – true to enable match address1, false to disable.
match2 – true to enable match address2, false to disable.

static inline void LPUART_SetRxFifoWatermark(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t water)

Sets the rx FIFO watermark.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
water – Rx FIFO watermark.

static inline void LPUART_SetTxFifoWatermark(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t water)

Sets the tx FIFO watermark.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
water – Tx FIFO watermark.

static inline void LPUART_TransferEnable16Bit(lpuart_handle_t *handle, bool enable)

Sets the LPUART using 16bit transmit, only for 9bit or 10bit mode.

This function Enable 16bit Data transmit in lpuart_handle_t.

Parameters:

handle – LPUART handle pointer.
enable – true to enable, false to disable.

uint32_t LPUART_GetStatusFlags(LPUART_Type *base)

Gets LPUART status flags.

This function gets all LPUART status flags. The flags are returned as the logical OR value of the enumerators _lpuart_flags. To check for a specific status, compare the return value with enumerators in the _lpuart_flags. For example, to check whether the TX is empty:

if (kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag & LPUART_GetStatusFlags(LPUART1))
{
    ...
}

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPUART status flags which are ORed by the enumerators in the _lpuart_flags.

status_t LPUART_ClearStatusFlags(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears status flags with a provided mask.

This function clears LPUART status flags with a provided mask. Automatically cleared flags can’t be cleared by this function. Flags that can only cleared or set by hardware are: kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag, kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteFlag, kLPUART_RxDataRegFullFlag, kLPUART_RxActiveFlag, kLPUART_NoiseErrorFlag, kLPUART_ParityErrorFlag, kLPUART_TxFifoEmptyFlag,kLPUART_RxFifoEmptyFlag Note: This API should be called when the Tx/Rx is idle, otherwise it takes no effects.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
mask – the status flags to be cleared. The user can use the enumerators in the _lpuart_status_flag_t to do the OR operation and get the mask.

Return values:

kStatus_LPUART_FlagCannotClearManually – The flag can’t be cleared by this function but it is cleared automatically by hardware.
kStatus_Success – Status in the mask are cleared.

Returns:

0 succeed, others failed.

void LPUART_EnableInterrupts(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables LPUART interrupts according to a provided mask.

This function enables the LPUART interrupts according to a provided mask. The mask is a logical OR of enumeration members. See the _lpuart_interrupt_enable. This examples shows how to enable TX empty interrupt and RX full interrupt:

LPUART_EnableInterrupts(LPUART1,kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable | kLPUART_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable);

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
mask – The interrupts to enable. Logical OR of _lpuart_interrupt_enable.

void LPUART_DisableInterrupts(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables LPUART interrupts according to a provided mask.

This function disables the LPUART interrupts according to a provided mask. The mask is a logical OR of enumeration members. See _lpuart_interrupt_enable. This example shows how to disable the TX empty interrupt and RX full interrupt:

LPUART_DisableInterrupts(LPUART1,kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable | kLPUART_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable);

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
mask – The interrupts to disable. Logical OR of _lpuart_interrupt_enable.

uint32_t LPUART_GetEnabledInterrupts(LPUART_Type *base)

Gets enabled LPUART interrupts.

This function gets the enabled LPUART interrupts. The enabled interrupts are returned as the logical OR value of the enumerators _lpuart_interrupt_enable. To check a specific interrupt enable status, compare the return value with enumerators in _lpuart_interrupt_enable. For example, to check whether the TX empty interrupt is enabled:

uint32_t enabledInterrupts = LPUART_GetEnabledInterrupts(LPUART1);

if (kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable & enabledInterrupts)
{
    ...
}

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPUART interrupt flags which are logical OR of the enumerators in _lpuart_interrupt_enable.

static inline uintptr_t LPUART_GetDataRegisterAddress(LPUART_Type *base)

Gets the LPUART data register address.

This function returns the LPUART data register address, which is mainly used by the DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPUART data register addresses which are used both by the transmitter and receiver.

static inline void LPUART_EnableTxDMA(LPUART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the LPUART transmitter DMA request.

This function enables or disables the transmit data register empty flag, STAT[TDRE], to generate DMA requests.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void LPUART_EnableRxDMA(LPUART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the LPUART receiver DMA.

This function enables or disables the receiver data register full flag, STAT[RDRF], to generate DMA requests.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
enable – True to enable, false to disable.

uint32_t LPUART_GetInstance(LPUART_Type *base)

Get the LPUART instance from peripheral base address.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPUART instance.

static inline void LPUART_EnableTx(LPUART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the LPUART transmitter.

This function enables or disables the LPUART transmitter.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void LPUART_EnableRx(LPUART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the LPUART receiver.

This function enables or disables the LPUART receiver.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void LPUART_WriteByte(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t data)

Writes to the transmitter register.

This function writes data to the transmitter register directly. The upper layer must ensure that the TX register is empty or that the TX FIFO has room before calling this function.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
data – Data write to the TX register.

static inline uint8_t LPUART_ReadByte(LPUART_Type *base)

Reads the receiver register.

This function reads data from the receiver register directly. The upper layer must ensure that the receiver register is full or that the RX FIFO has data before calling this function.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

Data read from data register.

static inline uint8_t LPUART_GetRxFifoCount(LPUART_Type *base)

Gets the rx FIFO data count.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

rx FIFO data count.

static inline uint8_t LPUART_GetTxFifoCount(LPUART_Type *base)

Gets the tx FIFO data count.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

tx FIFO data count.

void LPUART_SendAddress(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t address)

Transmit an address frame in 9-bit data mode.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
address – LPUART slave address.

status_t LPUART_WriteBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, const uint8_t *data, size_t length)

Writes to the transmitter register using a blocking method.

This function polls the transmitter register, first waits for the register to be empty or TX FIFO to have room, and writes data to the transmitter buffer, then waits for the dat to be sent out to the bus.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
data – Start address of the data to write.
length – Size of the data to write.

Return values:

kStatus_LPUART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.
kStatus_Success – Successfully wrote all data.

status_t LPUART_WriteBlocking16bit(LPUART_Type *base, const uint16_t *data, size_t length)

Writes to the transmitter register using a blocking method in 9bit or 10bit mode.

Note

This function only support 9bit or 10bit transfer. Please make sure only 10bit of data is valid and other bits are 0.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
data – Start address of the data to write.
length – Size of the data to write.

Return values:

kStatus_LPUART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.
kStatus_Success – Successfully wrote all data.

status_t LPUART_ReadBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *data, size_t length)

Reads the receiver data register using a blocking method.

This function polls the receiver register, waits for the receiver register full or receiver FIFO has data, and reads data from the TX register.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
data – Start address of the buffer to store the received data.
length – Size of the buffer.

Return values:

kStatus_LPUART_RxHardwareOverrun – Receiver overrun happened while receiving data.
kStatus_LPUART_NoiseError – Noise error happened while receiving data.
kStatus_LPUART_FramingError – Framing error happened while receiving data.
kStatus_LPUART_ParityError – Parity error happened while receiving data.
kStatus_LPUART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.
kStatus_Success – Successfully received all data.

status_t LPUART_ReadBlocking16bit(LPUART_Type *base, uint16_t *data, size_t length)

Reads the receiver data register in 9bit or 10bit mode.

Note

This function only support 9bit or 10bit transfer.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
data – Start address of the buffer to store the received data by 16bit, only 10bit is valid.
length – Size of the buffer.

Return values:

kStatus_LPUART_RxHardwareOverrun – Receiver overrun happened while receiving data.
kStatus_LPUART_NoiseError – Noise error happened while receiving data.
kStatus_LPUART_FramingError – Framing error happened while receiving data.
kStatus_LPUART_ParityError – Parity error happened while receiving data.
kStatus_LPUART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.
kStatus_Success – Successfully received all data.

void LPUART_TransferCreateHandle(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, lpuart_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the LPUART handle.

This function initializes the LPUART handle, which can be used for other LPUART transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified LPUART instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

The LPUART driver supports the “background” receiving, which means that user can set up an RX ring buffer optionally. Data received is stored into the ring buffer even when the user doesn’t call the LPUART_TransferReceiveNonBlocking() API. If there is already data received in the ring buffer, the user can get the received data from the ring buffer directly. The ring buffer is disabled if passing NULL as ringBuffer.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.
callback – Callback function.
userData – User data.

status_t LPUART_TransferSendNonBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, lpuart_transfer_t *xfer)

Transmits a buffer of data using the interrupt method.

This function send data using an interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function, which returns directly without waiting for all data written to the transmitter register. When all data is written to the TX register in the ISR, the LPUART driver calls the callback function and passes the kStatus_LPUART_TxIdle as status parameter.

Note

The kStatus_LPUART_TxIdle is passed to the upper layer when all data are written to the TX register. However, there is no check to ensure that all the data sent out. Before disabling the TX, check the kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteFlag to ensure that the transmit is finished.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.
xfer – LPUART transfer structure, see lpuart_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start the data transmission.
kStatus_LPUART_TxBusy – Previous transmission still not finished, data not all written to the TX register.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Invalid argument.

void LPUART_TransferStartRingBuffer(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, uint8_t *ringBuffer, size_t ringBufferSize)

Sets up the RX ring buffer.

This function sets up the RX ring buffer to a specific UART handle.

When the RX ring buffer is used, data received is stored into the ring buffer even when the user doesn’t call the UART_TransferReceiveNonBlocking() API. If there is already data received in the ring buffer, the user can get the received data from the ring buffer directly.

Note

When using RX ring buffer, one byte is reserved for internal use. In other words, if ringBufferSize is 32, then only 31 bytes are used for saving data.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.
ringBuffer – Start address of ring buffer for background receiving. Pass NULL to disable the ring buffer.
ringBufferSize – size of the ring buffer.

void LPUART_TransferStopRingBuffer(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the background transfer and uninstalls the ring buffer.

This function aborts the background transfer and uninstalls the ring buffer.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.

size_t LPUART_TransferGetRxRingBufferLength(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle)

Get the length of received data in RX ring buffer.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.

Returns:

Length of received data in RX ring buffer.

void LPUART_TransferAbortSend(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the interrupt-driven data transmit.

This function aborts the interrupt driven data sending. The user can get the remainBtyes to find out how many bytes are not sent out.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.

status_t LPUART_TransferGetSendCount(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, uint32_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes that have been sent out to bus.

This function gets the number of bytes that have been sent out to bus by an interrupt method.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.
count – Send bytes count.

Return values:

kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – No send in progress.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Parameter is invalid.
kStatus_Success – Get successfully through the parameter count;

status_t LPUART_TransferReceiveNonBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, lpuart_transfer_t *xfer, size_t *receivedBytes)

Receives a buffer of data using the interrupt method.

This function receives data using an interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function which returns without waiting to ensure that all data are received. If the RX ring buffer is used and not empty, the data in the ring buffer is copied and the parameter receivedBytes shows how many bytes are copied from the ring buffer. After copying, if the data in the ring buffer is not enough for read, the receive request is saved by the LPUART driver. When the new data arrives, the receive request is serviced first. When all data is received, the LPUART driver notifies the upper layer through a callback function and passes a status parameter kStatus_UART_RxIdle. For example, the upper layer needs 10 bytes but there are only 5 bytes in ring buffer. The 5 bytes are copied to xfer->data, which returns with the parameter receivedBytes set to 5. For the remaining 5 bytes, the newly arrived data is saved from xfer->data[5]. When 5 bytes are received, the LPUART driver notifies the upper layer. If the RX ring buffer is not enabled, this function enables the RX and RX interrupt to receive data to xfer->data. When all data is received, the upper layer is notified.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.
xfer – LPUART transfer structure, see uart_transfer_t.
receivedBytes – Bytes received from the ring buffer directly.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully queue the transfer into the transmit queue.
kStatus_LPUART_RxBusy – Previous receive request is not finished.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Invalid argument.

void LPUART_TransferAbortReceive(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the interrupt-driven data receiving.

This function aborts the interrupt-driven data receiving. The user can get the remainBytes to find out how many bytes not received yet.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.

status_t LPUART_TransferGetReceiveCount(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, uint32_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes that have been received.

This function gets the number of bytes that have been received.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.
count – Receive bytes count.

Return values:

kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – No receive in progress.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Parameter is invalid.
kStatus_Success – Get successfully through the parameter count;

void LPUART_TransferHandleIRQ(LPUART_Type *base, void *irqHandle)

LPUART IRQ handle function.

This function handles the LPUART transmit and receive IRQ request.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
irqHandle – LPUART handle pointer.

void LPUART_TransferHandleErrorIRQ(LPUART_Type *base, void *irqHandle)

LPUART Error IRQ handle function.

This function handles the LPUART error IRQ request.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
irqHandle – LPUART handle pointer.

FSL_LPUART_DRIVER_VERSION: LPUART driver version.

Error codes for the LPUART driver.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxBusy: TX busy

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxBusy: RX busy

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxIdle: LPUART transmitter is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxIdle: LPUART receiver is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxWatermarkTooLarge: TX FIFO watermark too large

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxWatermarkTooLarge: RX FIFO watermark too large

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_FlagCannotClearManually: Some flag can’t manually clear

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_Error: Error happens on LPUART.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxRingBufferOverrun: LPUART RX software ring buffer overrun.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxHardwareOverrun: LPUART RX receiver overrun.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_NoiseError: LPUART noise error.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_FramingError: LPUART framing error.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_ParityError: LPUART parity error.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_BaudrateNotSupport: Baudrate is not support in current clock source

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_IdleLineDetected: IDLE flag.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_Timeout: LPUART times out.

enum _lpuart_parity_mode

LPUART parity mode.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_ParityDisabled: Parity disabled

enumerator kLPUART_ParityEven: Parity enabled, type even, bit setting: PE|PT = 10

enumerator kLPUART_ParityOdd: Parity enabled, type odd, bit setting: PE|PT = 11

enum _lpuart_data_bits

LPUART data bits count.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_EightDataBits: Eight data bit

enumerator kLPUART_SevenDataBits: Seven data bit

enum _lpuart_stop_bit_count

LPUART stop bit count.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_OneStopBit: One stop bit

enumerator kLPUART_TwoStopBit: Two stop bits

enum _lpuart_transmit_cts_source

LPUART transmit CTS source.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_CtsSourcePin: CTS resource is the LPUART_CTS pin.

enumerator kLPUART_CtsSourceMatchResult: CTS resource is the match result.

enum _lpuart_transmit_cts_config

LPUART transmit CTS configure.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_CtsSampleAtStart: CTS input is sampled at the start of each character.

enumerator kLPUART_CtsSampleAtIdle: CTS input is sampled when the transmitter is idle

enum _lpuart_idle_type_select

LPUART idle flag type defines when the receiver starts counting.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_IdleTypeStartBit: Start counting after a valid start bit.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleTypeStopBit: Start counting after a stop bit.

enum _lpuart_idle_config

LPUART idle detected configuration. This structure defines the number of idle characters that must be received before the IDLE flag is set.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter1: the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter2: the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter4: the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter8: the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter16: the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter32: the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter64: the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter128: the number of idle characters.

enum _lpuart_interrupt_enable

LPUART interrupt configuration structure, default settings all disabled.

This structure contains the settings for all LPUART interrupt configurations.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_LinBreakInterruptEnable: LIN break detect. bit 7

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveEdgeInterruptEnable: Receive Active Edge. bit 6

enumerator kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable: Transmit data register empty. bit 23

enumerator kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteInterruptEnable: Transmission complete. bit 22

enumerator kLPUART_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable: Receiver data register full. bit 21

enumerator kLPUART_IdleLineInterruptEnable: Idle line. bit 20

enumerator kLPUART_RxOverrunInterruptEnable: Receiver Overrun. bit 27

enumerator kLPUART_NoiseErrorInterruptEnable: Noise error flag. bit 26

enumerator kLPUART_FramingErrorInterruptEnable: Framing error flag. bit 25

enumerator kLPUART_ParityErrorInterruptEnable: Parity error flag. bit 24

enumerator kLPUART_Match1InterruptEnable: Parity error flag. bit 15

enumerator kLPUART_Match2InterruptEnable: Parity error flag. bit 14

enumerator kLPUART_TxFifoOverflowInterruptEnable: Transmit FIFO Overflow. bit 9

enumerator kLPUART_RxFifoUnderflowInterruptEnable: Receive FIFO Underflow. bit 8

enumerator kLPUART_AllInterruptEnable

enum _lpuart_flags

LPUART status flags.

This provides constants for the LPUART status flags for use in the LPUART functions.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag: Transmit data register empty flag, sets when transmit buffer is empty. bit 23

enumerator kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteFlag: Transmission complete flag, sets when transmission activity complete. bit 22

enumerator kLPUART_RxDataRegFullFlag: Receive data register full flag, sets when the receive data buffer is full. bit 21

enumerator kLPUART_IdleLineFlag: Idle line detect flag, sets when idle line detected. bit 20

enumerator kLPUART_RxOverrunFlag: Receive Overrun, sets when new data is received before data is read from receive register. bit 19

enumerator kLPUART_NoiseErrorFlag: Receive takes 3 samples of each received bit. If any of these samples differ, noise flag sets. bit 18

enumerator kLPUART_FramingErrorFlag: Frame error flag, sets if logic 0 was detected where stop bit expected. bit 17

enumerator kLPUART_ParityErrorFlag: If parity enabled, sets upon parity error detection. bit 16

enumerator kLPUART_LinBreakFlag: LIN break detect interrupt flag, sets when LIN break char detected and LIN circuit enabled. bit 31

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveEdgeFlag: Receive pin active edge interrupt flag, sets when active edge detected. bit 30

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveFlag: Receiver Active Flag (RAF), sets at beginning of valid start. bit 24

enumerator kLPUART_DataMatch1Flag: The next character to be read from LPUART_DATA matches MA1. bit 15

enumerator kLPUART_DataMatch2Flag: The next character to be read from LPUART_DATA matches MA2. bit 14

enumerator kLPUART_TxFifoEmptyFlag: TXEMPT bit, sets if transmit buffer is empty. bit 7

enumerator kLPUART_RxFifoEmptyFlag: RXEMPT bit, sets if receive buffer is empty. bit 6

enumerator kLPUART_TxFifoOverflowFlag: TXOF bit, sets if transmit buffer overflow occurred. bit 1

enumerator kLPUART_RxFifoUnderflowFlag: RXUF bit, sets if receive buffer underflow occurred. bit 0

enumerator kLPUART_AllClearFlags

enumerator kLPUART_AllFlags

typedef enum _lpuart_parity_mode lpuart_parity_mode_t: LPUART parity mode.

typedef enum _lpuart_data_bits lpuart_data_bits_t: LPUART data bits count.

typedef enum _lpuart_stop_bit_count lpuart_stop_bit_count_t: LPUART stop bit count.

typedef enum _lpuart_transmit_cts_source lpuart_transmit_cts_source_t: LPUART transmit CTS source.

typedef enum _lpuart_transmit_cts_config lpuart_transmit_cts_config_t: LPUART transmit CTS configure.

typedef enum _lpuart_idle_type_select lpuart_idle_type_select_t: LPUART idle flag type defines when the receiver starts counting.

typedef enum _lpuart_idle_config lpuart_idle_config_t: LPUART idle detected configuration. This structure defines the number of idle characters that must be received before the IDLE flag is set.

typedef struct _lpuart_config lpuart_config_t: LPUART configuration structure.

typedef struct _lpuart_transfer lpuart_transfer_t: LPUART transfer structure.

typedef struct _lpuart_handle lpuart_handle_t

typedef void (*lpuart_transfer_callback_t)(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): LPUART transfer callback function.

typedef void (*lpuart_isr_t)(LPUART_Type *base, void *handle)

void *s_lpuartHandle[]

const IRQn_Type s_lpuartTxIRQ[]

lpuart_isr_t s_lpuartIsr[]

UART_RETRY_TIMES: Retry times for waiting flag.

struct _lpuart_config

#include <fsl_lpuart.h>

LPUART configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t baudRate_Bps: LPUART baud rate

lpuart_parity_mode_t parityMode: Parity mode, disabled (default), even, odd

lpuart_data_bits_t dataBitsCount: Data bits count, eight (default), seven

bool isMsb: Data bits order, LSB (default), MSB

lpuart_stop_bit_count_t stopBitCount: Number of stop bits, 1 stop bit (default) or 2 stop bits

uint8_t txFifoWatermark: TX FIFO watermark

uint8_t rxFifoWatermark: RX FIFO watermark

bool enableRxRTS: RX RTS enable

bool enableTxCTS: TX CTS enable

lpuart_transmit_cts_source_t txCtsSource: TX CTS source

lpuart_transmit_cts_config_t txCtsConfig: TX CTS configure

lpuart_idle_type_select_t rxIdleType: RX IDLE type.

lpuart_idle_config_t rxIdleConfig: RX IDLE configuration.

bool enableTx: Enable TX

bool enableRx: Enable RX

struct _lpuart_transfer

#include <fsl_lpuart.h>

LPUART transfer structure.

Public Members

size_t dataSize: The byte count to be transfer.

struct _lpuart_handle

#include <fsl_lpuart.h>

LPUART handle structure.

Public Members

volatile size_t txDataSize: Size of the remaining data to send.

size_t txDataSizeAll: Size of the data to send out.

volatile size_t rxDataSize: Size of the remaining data to receive.

size_t rxDataSizeAll: Size of the data to receive.

size_t rxRingBufferSize: Size of the ring buffer.

volatile uint16_t rxRingBufferHead: Index for the driver to store received data into ring buffer.

volatile uint16_t rxRingBufferTail: Index for the user to get data from the ring buffer.

lpuart_transfer_callback_t callback: Callback function.

void *userData: LPUART callback function parameter.

volatile uint8_t txState: TX transfer state.

volatile uint8_t rxState: RX transfer state.

bool isSevenDataBits: Seven data bits flag.

bool is16bitData: 16bit data bits flag, only used for 9bit or 10bit data

union __unnamed24__

Public Members

uint8_t *data: The buffer of data to be transfer.

uint8_t *rxData: The buffer to receive data.

uint16_t *rxData16: The buffer to receive data.

const uint8_t *txData: The buffer of data to be sent.

const uint16_t *txData16: The buffer of data to be sent.

union __unnamed26__

Public Members

const uint8_t *volatile txData: Address of remaining data to send.

const uint16_t *volatile txData16: Address of remaining data to send.

union __unnamed28__

Public Members

uint8_t *volatile rxData: Address of remaining data to receive.

uint16_t *volatile rxData16: Address of remaining data to receive.

union __unnamed30__

Public Members

uint8_t *rxRingBuffer: Start address of the receiver ring buffer.

uint16_t *rxRingBuffer16: Start address of the receiver ring buffer.

LPUART eDMA Driver

void LPUART_TransferCreateHandleEDMA(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle, lpuart_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *txEdmaHandle, edma_handle_t *rxEdmaHandle)

Initializes the LPUART handle which is used in transactional functions.

Note

This function disables all LPUART interrupts.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to lpuart_edma_handle_t structure.
callback – Callback function.
userData – User data.
txEdmaHandle – User requested DMA handle for TX DMA transfer.
rxEdmaHandle – User requested DMA handle for RX DMA transfer.

status_t LPUART_SendEDMA(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle, lpuart_transfer_t *xfer)

Sends data using eDMA.

This function sends data using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is sent, the send callback function is called.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.
xfer – LPUART eDMA transfer structure. See lpuart_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – if succeed, others failed.
kStatus_LPUART_TxBusy – Previous transfer on going.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Invalid argument.

status_t LPUART_ReceiveEDMA(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle, lpuart_transfer_t *xfer)

Receives data using eDMA.

This function receives data using eDMA. This is non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is received, the receive callback function is called.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to lpuart_edma_handle_t structure.
xfer – LPUART eDMA transfer structure, see lpuart_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – if succeed, others fail.
kStatus_LPUART_RxBusy – Previous transfer ongoing.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Invalid argument.

void LPUART_TransferAbortSendEDMA(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the sent data using eDMA.

This function aborts the sent data using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to lpuart_edma_handle_t structure.

void LPUART_TransferAbortReceiveEDMA(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the received data using eDMA.

This function aborts the received data using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to lpuart_edma_handle_t structure.

status_t LPUART_TransferGetSendCountEDMA(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle, uint32_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes written to the LPUART TX register.

This function gets the number of bytes written to the LPUART TX register by DMA.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.
count – Send bytes count.

Return values:

kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – No send in progress.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Parameter is invalid.
kStatus_Success – Get successfully through the parameter count;

status_t LPUART_TransferGetReceiveCountEDMA(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle, uint32_t *count)

Gets the number of received bytes.

This function gets the number of received bytes.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
handle – LPUART handle pointer.
count – Receive bytes count.

Return values:

kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – No receive in progress.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Parameter is invalid.
kStatus_Success – Get successfully through the parameter count;

void LPUART_TransferEdmaHandleIRQ(LPUART_Type *base, void *lpuartEdmaHandle)

LPUART eDMA IRQ handle function.

This function handles the LPUART tx complete IRQ request and invoke user callback. It is not set to static so that it can be used in user application.

Note

This function is used as default IRQ handler by double weak mechanism. If user’s specific IRQ handler is implemented, make sure this function is invoked in the handler.

Parameters:

base – LPUART peripheral base address.
lpuartEdmaHandle – LPUART handle pointer.

FSL_LPUART_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION: LPUART EDMA driver version.

typedef struct _lpuart_edma_handle lpuart_edma_handle_t

typedef void (*lpuart_edma_transfer_callback_t)(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): LPUART transfer callback function.

struct _lpuart_edma_handle

#include <fsl_lpuart_edma.h>

LPUART eDMA handle.

Public Members

lpuart_edma_transfer_callback_t callback: Callback function.

void *userData: LPUART callback function parameter.

size_t rxDataSizeAll: Size of the data to receive.

size_t txDataSizeAll: Size of the data to send out.

edma_handle_t *txEdmaHandle: The eDMA TX channel used.

edma_handle_t *rxEdmaHandle: The eDMA RX channel used.

uint8_t nbytes: eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

volatile uint8_t txState: TX transfer state.

volatile uint8_t rxState: RX transfer state

MCM: Miscellaneous Control Module

FSL_MCM_DRIVER_VERSION: MCM driver version.

Enum _mcm_interrupt_flag. Interrupt status flag mask. .

Values:

enumerator kMCM_CacheWriteBuffer: Cache Write Buffer Error Enable.

enumerator kMCM_ParityError: Cache Parity Error Enable.

enumerator kMCM_FPUInvalidOperation: FPU Invalid Operation Interrupt Enable.

enumerator kMCM_FPUDivideByZero: FPU Divide-by-zero Interrupt Enable.

enumerator kMCM_FPUOverflow: FPU Overflow Interrupt Enable.

enumerator kMCM_FPUUnderflow: FPU Underflow Interrupt Enable.

enumerator kMCM_FPUInexact: FPU Inexact Interrupt Enable.

enumerator kMCM_FPUInputDenormalInterrupt: FPU Input Denormal Interrupt Enable.

typedef union _mcm_buffer_fault_attribute mcm_buffer_fault_attribute_t: The union of buffer fault attribute.

typedef union _mcm_lmem_fault_attribute mcm_lmem_fault_attribute_t: The union of LMEM fault attribute.

static inline void MCM_EnableCrossbarRoundRobin(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/Disables crossbar round robin.

Parameters:

base – MCM peripheral base address.
enable – Used to enable/disable crossbar round robin.
- true Enable crossbar round robin.
- false disable crossbar round robin.

static inline void MCM_EnableInterruptStatus(MCM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the interrupt.

Parameters:

base – MCM peripheral base address.
mask – Interrupt status flags mask(_mcm_interrupt_flag).

static inline void MCM_DisableInterruptStatus(MCM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the interrupt.

Parameters:

base – MCM peripheral base address.
mask – Interrupt status flags mask(_mcm_interrupt_flag).

static inline uint16_t MCM_GetInterruptStatus(MCM_Type *base)

Gets the Interrupt status .

Parameters:

base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline void MCM_ClearCacheWriteBufferErroStatus(MCM_Type *base)

Clears the Interrupt status .

Parameters:

base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline uint32_t MCM_GetBufferFaultAddress(MCM_Type *base)

Gets buffer fault address.

Parameters:

base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline void MCM_GetBufferFaultAttribute(MCM_Type *base, mcm_buffer_fault_attribute_t *bufferfault)

Gets buffer fault attributes.

Parameters:

base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline uint32_t MCM_GetBufferFaultData(MCM_Type *base)

Gets buffer fault data.

Parameters:

base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline void MCM_LimitCodeCachePeripheralWriteBuffering(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Limit code cache peripheral write buffering.

Parameters:

base – MCM peripheral base address.
enable – Used to enable/disable limit code cache peripheral write buffering.
- true Enable limit code cache peripheral write buffering.
- false disable limit code cache peripheral write buffering.

static inline void MCM_BypassFixedCodeCacheMap(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Bypass fixed code cache map.

Parameters:

base – MCM peripheral base address.
enable – Used to enable/disable bypass fixed code cache map.
- true Enable bypass fixed code cache map.
- false disable bypass fixed code cache map.

static inline void MCM_EnableCodeBusCache(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/Disables code bus cache.

Parameters:

base – MCM peripheral base address.
enable – Used to disable/enable code bus cache.
- true Enable code bus cache.
- false disable code bus cache.

static inline void MCM_ForceCodeCacheToNoAllocation(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Force code cache to no allocation.

Parameters:

base – MCM peripheral base address.
enable – Used to force code cache to allocation or no allocation.
- true Force code cache to no allocation.
- false Force code cache to allocation.

static inline void MCM_EnableCodeCacheWriteBuffer(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/Disables code cache write buffer.

Parameters:

base – MCM peripheral base address.
enable – Used to enable/disable code cache write buffer.
- true Enable code cache write buffer.
- false Disable code cache write buffer.

static inline void MCM_ClearCodeBusCache(MCM_Type *base)

Clear code bus cache.

Parameters:

base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline void MCM_EnablePcParityFaultReport(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/Disables PC Parity Fault Report.

Parameters:

base – MCM peripheral base address.
enable – Used to enable/disable PC Parity Fault Report.
- true Enable PC Parity Fault Report.
- false disable PC Parity Fault Report.

static inline void MCM_EnablePcParity(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/Disables PC Parity.

Parameters:

base – MCM peripheral base address.
enable – Used to enable/disable PC Parity.
- true Enable PC Parity.
- false disable PC Parity.

static inline void MCM_LockConfigState(MCM_Type *base)

Lock the configuration state.

Parameters:

base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline void MCM_EnableCacheParityReporting(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/Disables cache parity reporting.

Parameters:

base – MCM peripheral base address.
enable – Used to enable/disable cache parity reporting.
- true Enable cache parity reporting.
- false disable cache parity reporting.

static inline uint32_t MCM_GetLmemFaultAddress(MCM_Type *base)

Gets LMEM fault address.

Parameters:

base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline void MCM_GetLmemFaultAttribute(MCM_Type *base, mcm_lmem_fault_attribute_t *lmemFault)

Get LMEM fault attributes.

Parameters:

base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline uint64_t MCM_GetLmemFaultData(MCM_Type *base)

Gets LMEM fault data.

Parameters:

base – MCM peripheral base address.

MCM_LMFATR_TYPE_MASK

MCM_LMFATR_MODE_MASK

MCM_LMFATR_BUFF_MASK

MCM_LMFATR_CACH_MASK

MCM_ISCR_STAT_MASK

MCM_ISCR_CPEE_MASK

FSL_COMPONENT_ID

union _mcm_buffer_fault_attribute

#include <fsl_mcm.h>

The union of buffer fault attribute.

Public Members

uint32_t attribute: Indicates the faulting attributes, when a properly-enabled cache write buffer error interrupt event is detected.

struct _mcm_buffer_fault_attribute._mcm_buffer_fault_attribut attribute_memory

struct _mcm_buffer_fault_attribut

#include <fsl_mcm.h>

Public Members

uint32_t busErrorDataAccessType: Indicates the type of cache write buffer access.

uint32_t busErrorPrivilegeLevel: Indicates the privilege level of the cache write buffer access.

uint32_t busErrorSize: Indicates the size of the cache write buffer access.

uint32_t busErrorAccess: Indicates the type of system bus access.

uint32_t busErrorMasterID: Indicates the crossbar switch bus master number of the captured cache write buffer bus error.

uint32_t busErrorOverrun: Indicates if another cache write buffer bus error is detected.

union _mcm_lmem_fault_attribute

#include <fsl_mcm.h>

The union of LMEM fault attribute.

Public Members

uint32_t attribute: Indicates the attributes of the LMEM fault detected.

struct _mcm_lmem_fault_attribute._mcm_lmem_fault_attribut attribute_memory

struct _mcm_lmem_fault_attribut

#include <fsl_mcm.h>

Public Members

uint32_t parityFaultProtectionSignal: Indicates the features of parity fault protection signal.

uint32_t parityFaultMasterSize: Indicates the parity fault master size.

uint32_t parityFaultWrite: Indicates the parity fault is caused by read or write.

uint32_t backdoorAccess: Indicates the LMEM access fault is initiated by core access or backdoor access.

uint32_t parityFaultSyndrome: Indicates the parity fault syndrome.

uint32_t overrun: Indicates the number of faultss.

MMDVSQ: Memory-Mapped Divide and Square Root

int32_t MMDVSQ_GetDivideRemainder(MMDVSQ_Type *base, int32_t dividend, int32_t divisor, bool isUnsigned)

Performs the MMDVSQ division operation and returns the remainder.

Parameters:

base – MMDVSQ peripheral address
dividend – Dividend value
divisor – Divisor value
isUnsigned – Mode of unsigned divide
- true unsigned divide
- false signed divide

int32_t MMDVSQ_GetDivideQuotient(MMDVSQ_Type *base, int32_t dividend, int32_t divisor, bool isUnsigned)

Performs the MMDVSQ division operation and returns the quotient.

Parameters:

base – MMDVSQ peripheral address
dividend – Dividend value
divisor – Divisor value
isUnsigned – Mode of unsigned divide
- true unsigned divide
- false signed divide

uint16_t MMDVSQ_Sqrt(MMDVSQ_Type *base, uint32_t radicand)

Performs the MMDVSQ square root operation.

This function performs the MMDVSQ square root operation and returns the square root result of a given radicand value.

Parameters:

base – MMDVSQ peripheral address
radicand – Radicand value

static inline mmdvsq_execution_status_t MMDVSQ_GetExecutionStatus(MMDVSQ_Type *base)

Gets the MMDVSQ execution status.

This function checks the current MMDVSQ execution status of the combined CSR[BUSY, DIV, SQRT] indicators.

Parameters:

base – MMDVSQ peripheral address

Returns:

Current MMDVSQ execution status

static inline void MMDVSQ_SetFastStartConfig(MMDVSQ_Type *base, mmdvsq_fast_start_select_t mode)

Configures MMDVSQ fast start mode.

This function sets the MMDVSQ division fast start. The MMDVSQ supports two mechanisms for initiating a division operation. The default mechanism is a “fast start” where a write to the DSOR register begins the division. Alternatively, the start mechanism can begin after a write to the CSR register with CSR[SRT] set.

Parameters:

base – MMDVSQ peripheral address
mode – Mode of Divide-Fast-Start
- kMmdvsqDivideFastStart = 0
- kMmdvsqDivideNormalStart = 1

static inline void MMDVSQ_SetDivideByZeroConfig(MMDVSQ_Type *base, bool isDivByZero)

Configures the MMDVSQ divide-by-zero mode.

This function configures the MMDVSQ response to divide-by-zero calculations. If both CSR[DZ] and CSR[DZE] are set, then a subsequent read of the RES register is error-terminated to signal the processor of the attempted divide-by-zero. Otherwise, the register contents are returned.

Parameters:

base – MMDVSQ peripheral address
isDivByZero – Mode of Divide-By-Zero
- kMmdvsqDivideByZeroDis = 0
- kMmdvsqDivideByZeroEn = 1

FSL_MMSVSQ_DRIVER_VERSION: Version 2.0.3.

enum _mmdvsq_execution_status

MMDVSQ execution status.

Values:

enumerator kMMDVSQ_IdleSquareRoot: MMDVSQ is idle; the last calculation was a square root

enumerator kMMDVSQ_IdleDivide: MMDVSQ is idle; the last calculation was division

enumerator kMMDVSQ_BusySquareRoot: MMDVSQ is busy processing a square root calculation

enumerator kMMDVSQ_BusyDivide: MMDVSQ is busy processing a division calculation

enum _mmdvsq_fast_start_select

MMDVSQ divide fast start select.

Values:

enumerator kMMDVSQ_EnableFastStart: Division operation is initiated by a write to the DSOR register

enumerator kMMDVSQ_DisableFastStart: Division operation is initiated by a write to CSR[SRT] = 1; normal start instead fast start

typedef enum _mmdvsq_execution_status mmdvsq_execution_status_t: MMDVSQ execution status.

typedef enum _mmdvsq_fast_start_select mmdvsq_fast_start_select_t: MMDVSQ divide fast start select.

PDB: Programmable Delay Block

void PDB_Init(PDB_Type *base, const pdb_config_t *config)

Initializes the PDB module.

This function initializes the PDB module. The operations included are as follows.

Enable the clock for PDB instance.
Configure the PDB module.
Enable the PDB module.

Parameters:

base – PDB peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to the configuration structure. See “pdb_config_t”.

void PDB_Deinit(PDB_Type *base)

De-initializes the PDB module.

Parameters:

base – PDB peripheral base address.

void PDB_GetDefaultConfig(pdb_config_t *config)

Initializes the PDB user configuration structure.

This function initializes the user configuration structure to a default value. The default values are as follows.

config->loadValueMode = kPDB_LoadValueImmediately;
config->prescalerDivider = kPDB_PrescalerDivider1;
config->dividerMultiplicationFactor = kPDB_DividerMultiplicationFactor1;
config->triggerInputSource = kPDB_TriggerSoftware;
config->enableContinuousMode = false;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to configuration structure. See “pdb_config_t”.

static inline void PDB_Enable(PDB_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables the PDB module.

Parameters:

base – PDB peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the module or not.

static inline void PDB_DoSoftwareTrigger(PDB_Type *base)

Triggers the PDB counter by software.

Parameters:

base – PDB peripheral base address.

static inline void PDB_DoLoadValues(PDB_Type *base)

Loads the counter values.

This function loads the counter values from the internal buffer. See “pdb_load_value_mode_t” about PDB’s load mode.

Parameters:

base – PDB peripheral base address.

static inline void PDB_EnableDMA(PDB_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables the DMA for the PDB module.

Parameters:

base – PDB peripheral base address.
enable – Enable the feature or not.

static inline void PDB_EnableInterrupts(PDB_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the interrupts for the PDB module.

Parameters:

base – PDB peripheral base address.
mask – Mask value for interrupts. See “_pdb_interrupt_enable”.

static inline void PDB_DisableInterrupts(PDB_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the interrupts for the PDB module.

Parameters:

base – PDB peripheral base address.
mask – Mask value for interrupts. See “_pdb_interrupt_enable”.

static inline uint32_t PDB_GetStatusFlags(PDB_Type *base)

Gets the status flags of the PDB module.

Parameters:

base – PDB peripheral base address.

Returns:

Mask value for asserted flags. See “_pdb_status_flags”.

static inline void PDB_ClearStatusFlags(PDB_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the status flags of the PDB module.

Parameters:

base – PDB peripheral base address.
mask – Mask value of flags. See “_pdb_status_flags”.

static inline void PDB_SetModulusValue(PDB_Type *base, uint32_t value)

Specifies the counter period.

Parameters:

base – PDB peripheral base address.
value – Setting value for the modulus. 16-bit is available.

static inline uint32_t PDB_GetCounterValue(PDB_Type *base)

Gets the PDB counter’s current value.

Parameters:

base – PDB peripheral base address.

Returns:

PDB counter’s current value.

static inline void PDB_SetCounterDelayValue(PDB_Type *base, uint32_t value)

Sets the value for the PDB counter delay event.

Parameters:

base – PDB peripheral base address.
value – Setting value for PDB counter delay event. 16-bit is available.

static inline void PDB_SetADCPreTriggerConfig(PDB_Type *base, pdb_adc_trigger_channel_t channel, pdb_adc_pretrigger_config_t *config)

Configures the ADC pre-trigger in the PDB module.

Parameters:

base – PDB peripheral base address.
channel – Channel index for ADC instance.
config – Pointer to the configuration structure. See “pdb_adc_pretrigger_config_t”.

static inline void PDB_SetADCPreTriggerDelayValue(PDB_Type *base, pdb_adc_trigger_channel_t channel, pdb_adc_pretrigger_t pretriggerNumber, uint32_t value)

Sets the value for the ADC pre-trigger delay event.

This function sets the value for ADC pre-trigger delay event. It specifies the delay value for the channel’s corresponding pre-trigger. The pre-trigger asserts when the PDB counter is equal to the set value.

Parameters:

base – PDB peripheral base address.
channel – Channel index for ADC instance.
pretriggerNumber – Channel group index for ADC instance.
value – Setting value for ADC pre-trigger delay event. 16-bit is available.

static inline uint32_t PDB_GetADCPreTriggerStatusFlags(PDB_Type *base, pdb_adc_trigger_channel_t channel)

Gets the ADC pre-trigger’s status flags.

Parameters:

base – PDB peripheral base address.
channel – Channel index for ADC instance.

Returns:

Mask value for asserted flags. See “_pdb_adc_pretrigger_flags”.

static inline void PDB_ClearADCPreTriggerStatusFlags(PDB_Type *base, pdb_adc_trigger_channel_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Clears the ADC pre-trigger status flags.

Parameters:

base – PDB peripheral base address.
channel – Channel index for ADC instance.
mask – Mask value for flags. See “_pdb_adc_pretrigger_flags”.

void PDB_SetDACTriggerConfig(PDB_Type *base, pdb_dac_trigger_channel_t channel, pdb_dac_trigger_config_t *config)

Configures the DAC trigger in the PDB module.

Parameters:

base – PDB peripheral base address.
channel – Channel index for DAC instance.
config – Pointer to the configuration structure. See “pdb_dac_trigger_config_t”.

static inline void PDB_SetDACTriggerIntervalValue(PDB_Type *base, pdb_dac_trigger_channel_t channel, uint32_t value)

Sets the value for the DAC interval event.

This function sets the value for DAC interval event. DAC interval trigger triggers the DAC module to update the buffer when the DAC interval counter is equal to the set value.

Parameters:

base – PDB peripheral base address.
channel – Channel index for DAC instance.
value – Setting value for the DAC interval event.

static inline void PDB_EnablePulseOutTrigger(PDB_Type *base, pdb_pulse_out_channel_mask_t channelMask, bool enable)

Enables the pulse out trigger channels.

Parameters:

base – PDB peripheral base address.
channelMask – Channel mask value for multiple pulse out trigger channel.
enable – Whether the feature is enabled or not.

static inline void PDB_SetPulseOutTriggerDelayValue(PDB_Type *base, pdb_pulse_out_trigger_channel_t channel, uint32_t value1, uint32_t value2)

Sets event values for the pulse out trigger.

This function is used to set event values for the pulse output trigger. These pulse output trigger delay values specify the delay for the PDB Pulse-out. Pulse-out goes high when the PDB counter is equal to the pulse output high value (value1). Pulse-out goes low when the PDB counter is equal to the pulse output low value (value2).

Parameters:

base – PDB peripheral base address.
channel – Channel index for pulse out trigger channel.
value1 – Setting value for pulse out high.
value2 – Setting value for pulse out low.

FSL_PDB_DRIVER_VERSION: PDB driver version 2.0.4.

enum _pdb_status_flags

PDB flags.

Values:

enumerator kPDB_LoadOKFlag: This flag is automatically cleared when the values in buffers are loaded into the internal registers after the LDOK bit is set or the PDBEN is cleared.

enumerator kPDB_DelayEventFlag: PDB timer delay event flag.

enum _pdb_adc_pretrigger_flags

PDB ADC PreTrigger channel flags.

Values:

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTriggerChannel0Flag: Pre-trigger 0 flag.

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTriggerChannel1Flag: Pre-trigger 1 flag.

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTriggerChannel0ErrorFlag: Pre-trigger 0 Error.

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTriggerChannel1ErrorFlag: Pre-trigger 1 Error.

enum _pdb_interrupt_enable

PDB buffer interrupts.

Values:

enumerator kPDB_SequenceErrorInterruptEnable: PDB sequence error interrupt enable.

enumerator kPDB_DelayInterruptEnable: PDB delay interrupt enable.

enum _pdb_load_value_mode

PDB load value mode.

Selects the mode to load the internal values after doing the load operation (write 1 to PDBx_SC[LDOK]). These values are for the following operations.

PDB counter (PDBx_MOD, PDBx_IDLY)
ADC trigger (PDBx_CHnDLYm)
DAC trigger (PDBx_DACINTx)
CMP trigger (PDBx_POyDLY)

Values:

enumerator kPDB_LoadValueImmediately: Load immediately after 1 is written to LDOK.

enumerator kPDB_LoadValueOnCounterOverflow: Load when the PDB counter overflows (reaches the MOD register value).

enumerator kPDB_LoadValueOnTriggerInput: Load a trigger input event is detected.

enumerator kPDB_LoadValueOnCounterOverflowOrTriggerInput: Load either when the PDB counter overflows or a trigger input is detected.

enum _pdb_prescaler_divider

Prescaler divider.

Counting uses the peripheral clock divided by multiplication factor selected by times of MULT.

Values:

enumerator kPDB_PrescalerDivider1: Divider x1.

enumerator kPDB_PrescalerDivider2: Divider x2.

enumerator kPDB_PrescalerDivider4: Divider x4.

enumerator kPDB_PrescalerDivider8: Divider x8.

enumerator kPDB_PrescalerDivider16: Divider x16.

enumerator kPDB_PrescalerDivider32: Divider x32.

enumerator kPDB_PrescalerDivider64: Divider x64.

enumerator kPDB_PrescalerDivider128: Divider x128.

enum _pdb_divider_multiplication_factor

Multiplication factor select for prescaler.

Selects the multiplication factor of the prescaler divider for the counter clock.

Values:

enumerator kPDB_DividerMultiplicationFactor1: Multiplication factor is 1.

enumerator kPDB_DividerMultiplicationFactor10: Multiplication factor is 10.

enumerator kPDB_DividerMultiplicationFactor20: Multiplication factor is 20.

enumerator kPDB_DividerMultiplicationFactor40: Multiplication factor is 40.

enum _pdb_trigger_input_source

Trigger input source.

Selects the trigger input source for the PDB. The trigger input source can be internal or external (EXTRG pin), or the software trigger. See chip configuration details for the actual PDB input trigger connections.

Values:

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput0: Trigger-In 0.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput1: Trigger-In 1.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput2: Trigger-In 2.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput3: Trigger-In 3.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput4: Trigger-In 4.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput5: Trigger-In 5.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput6: Trigger-In 6.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput7: Trigger-In 7.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput8: Trigger-In 8.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput9: Trigger-In 9.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput10: Trigger-In 10.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput11: Trigger-In 11.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput12: Trigger-In 12.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput13: Trigger-In 13.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput14: Trigger-In 14.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerSoftware: Trigger-In 15, software trigger.

enum _pdb_adc_trigger_channel

List of PDB ADC trigger channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC dependent

Values:

enumerator kPDB_ADCTriggerChannel0: PDB ADC trigger channel number 0

enumerator kPDB_ADCTriggerChannel1: PDB ADC trigger channel number 1

enumerator kPDB_ADCTriggerChannel2: PDB ADC trigger channel number 2

enumerator kPDB_ADCTriggerChannel3: PDB ADC trigger channel number 3

enum _pdb_adc_pretrigger

List of PDB ADC pretrigger.

Note

Actual number of available pretrigger channels is SoC dependent

Values:

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTrigger0: PDB ADC pretrigger number 0

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTrigger1: PDB ADC pretrigger number 1

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTrigger2: PDB ADC pretrigger number 2

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTrigger3: PDB ADC pretrigger number 3

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTrigger4: PDB ADC pretrigger number 4

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTrigger5: PDB ADC pretrigger number 5

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTrigger6: PDB ADC pretrigger number 6

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTrigger7: PDB ADC pretrigger number 7

enum _pdb_dac_trigger_channel

List of PDB DAC trigger channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC dependent

Values:

enumerator kPDB_DACTriggerChannel0: PDB DAC trigger channel number 0

enumerator kPDB_DACTriggerChannel1: PDB DAC trigger channel number 1

enum _pdb_pulse_out_trigger_channel

List of PDB pulse out trigger channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC dependent

Values:

enumerator kPDB_PulseOutTriggerChannel0: PDB pulse out trigger channel number 0

enumerator kPDB_PulseOutTriggerChannel1: PDB pulse out trigger channel number 1

enumerator kPDB_PulseOutTriggerChannel2: PDB pulse out trigger channel number 2

enumerator kPDB_PulseOutTriggerChannel3: PDB pulse out trigger channel number 3

enum _pdb_pulse_out_channel_mask

List of PDB pulse out trigger channels mask.

Note

Actual number of available channels mask is SoC dependent

Values:

enumerator kPDB_PulseOutChannel0Mask: PDB pulse out trigger channel number 0 mask

enumerator kPDB_PulseOutChannel1Mask: PDB pulse out trigger channel number 1 mask

enumerator kPDB_PulseOutChannel2Mask: PDB pulse out trigger channel number 2 mask

enumerator kPDB_PulseOutChannel3Mask: PDB pulse out trigger channel number 3 mask

typedef enum _pdb_load_value_mode pdb_load_value_mode_t

PDB load value mode.

Selects the mode to load the internal values after doing the load operation (write 1 to PDBx_SC[LDOK]). These values are for the following operations.

PDB counter (PDBx_MOD, PDBx_IDLY)
ADC trigger (PDBx_CHnDLYm)
DAC trigger (PDBx_DACINTx)
CMP trigger (PDBx_POyDLY)

typedef enum _pdb_prescaler_divider pdb_prescaler_divider_t

Prescaler divider.

Counting uses the peripheral clock divided by multiplication factor selected by times of MULT.

typedef enum _pdb_divider_multiplication_factor pdb_divider_multiplication_factor_t

Multiplication factor select for prescaler.

Selects the multiplication factor of the prescaler divider for the counter clock.

typedef enum _pdb_trigger_input_source pdb_trigger_input_source_t

Trigger input source.

Selects the trigger input source for the PDB. The trigger input source can be internal or external (EXTRG pin), or the software trigger. See chip configuration details for the actual PDB input trigger connections.

typedef enum _pdb_adc_trigger_channel pdb_adc_trigger_channel_t: List of PDB ADC trigger channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC dependent

typedef enum _pdb_adc_pretrigger pdb_adc_pretrigger_t: List of PDB ADC pretrigger.

Note

Actual number of available pretrigger channels is SoC dependent

typedef enum _pdb_dac_trigger_channel pdb_dac_trigger_channel_t: List of PDB DAC trigger channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC dependent

typedef enum _pdb_pulse_out_trigger_channel pdb_pulse_out_trigger_channel_t: List of PDB pulse out trigger channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC dependent

typedef enum _pdb_pulse_out_channel_mask pdb_pulse_out_channel_mask_t: List of PDB pulse out trigger channels mask.

Note

Actual number of available channels mask is SoC dependent

typedef struct _pdb_config pdb_config_t: PDB module configuration.

typedef struct _pdb_adc_pretrigger_config pdb_adc_pretrigger_config_t: PDB ADC Pre-trigger configuration.

typedef struct _pdb_dac_trigger_config pdb_dac_trigger_config_t: PDB DAC trigger configuration.

struct _pdb_config

#include <fsl_pdb.h>

PDB module configuration.

Public Members

pdb_load_value_mode_t loadValueMode: Select the load value mode.

pdb_prescaler_divider_t prescalerDivider: Select the prescaler divider.

pdb_divider_multiplication_factor_t dividerMultiplicationFactor: Multiplication factor select for prescaler.

pdb_trigger_input_source_t triggerInputSource: Select the trigger input source.

bool enableContinuousMode: Enable the PDB operation in Continuous mode.

struct _pdb_adc_pretrigger_config

#include <fsl_pdb.h>

PDB ADC Pre-trigger configuration.

Public Members

uint32_t enablePreTriggerMask: PDB Channel Pre-trigger Enable.

uint32_t enableOutputMask: PDB Channel Pre-trigger Output Select. PDB channel’s corresponding pre-trigger asserts when the counter reaches the channel delay register.

uint32_t enableBackToBackOperationMask: PDB Channel pre-trigger Back-to-Back Operation Enable. Back-to-back operation enables the ADC conversions complete to trigger the next PDB channel pre-trigger and trigger output, so that the ADC conversions can be triggered on next set of configuration and results registers.

struct _pdb_dac_trigger_config

#include <fsl_pdb.h>

PDB DAC trigger configuration.

Public Members

bool enableExternalTriggerInput: Enables the external trigger for DAC interval counter.

bool enableIntervalTrigger: Enables the DAC interval trigger.

PMC: Power Management Controller

static inline void PMC_GetVersionId(PMC_Type *base, pmc_version_id_t *versionId)

Gets the PMC version ID.

This function gets the PMC version ID, including major version number, minor version number, and a feature specification number.

Parameters:

base – PMC peripheral base address.
versionId – Pointer to version ID structure.

void PMC_GetParam(PMC_Type *base, pmc_param_t *param)

Gets the PMC parameter.

This function gets the PMC parameter including the VLPO enable and the HVD enable.

Parameters:

base – PMC peripheral base address.
param – Pointer to PMC param structure.

void PMC_ConfigureLowVoltDetect(PMC_Type *base, const pmc_low_volt_detect_config_t *config)

Configures the low-voltage detect setting.

This function configures the low-voltage detect setting, including the trip point voltage setting, enables or disables the interrupt, enables or disables the system reset.

Parameters:

base – PMC peripheral base address.
config – Low-voltage detect configuration structure.

static inline bool PMC_GetLowVoltDetectFlag(PMC_Type *base)

Gets the Low-voltage Detect Flag status.

This function reads the current LVDF status. If it returns 1, a low-voltage event is detected.

Parameters:

base – PMC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Current low-voltage detect flag

true: Low-voltage detected
false: Low-voltage not detected

static inline void PMC_ClearLowVoltDetectFlag(PMC_Type *base)

Acknowledges clearing the Low-voltage Detect flag.

This function acknowledges the low-voltage detection errors (write 1 to clear LVDF).

Parameters:

base – PMC peripheral base address.

void PMC_ConfigureLowVoltWarning(PMC_Type *base, const pmc_low_volt_warning_config_t *config)

Configures the low-voltage warning setting.

This function configures the low-voltage warning setting, including the trip point voltage setting and enabling or disabling the interrupt.

Parameters:

base – PMC peripheral base address.
config – Low-voltage warning configuration structure.

static inline bool PMC_GetLowVoltWarningFlag(PMC_Type *base)

Gets the Low-voltage Warning Flag status.

This function polls the current LVWF status. When 1 is returned, it indicates a low-voltage warning event. LVWF is set when V Supply transitions below the trip point or after reset and V Supply is already below the V LVW.

Parameters:

base – PMC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Current LVWF status

true: Low-voltage Warning Flag is set.
false: the Low-voltage Warning does not happen.

static inline void PMC_ClearLowVoltWarningFlag(PMC_Type *base)

Acknowledges the Low-voltage Warning flag.

This function acknowledges the low voltage warning errors (write 1 to clear LVWF).

Parameters:

base – PMC peripheral base address.

void PMC_ConfigureHighVoltDetect(PMC_Type *base, const pmc_high_volt_detect_config_t *config)

Configures the high-voltage detect setting.

This function configures the high-voltage detect setting, including the trip point voltage setting, enabling or disabling the interrupt, enabling or disabling the system reset.

Parameters:

base – PMC peripheral base address.
config – High-voltage detect configuration structure.

static inline bool PMC_GetHighVoltDetectFlag(PMC_Type *base)

Gets the High-voltage Detect Flag status.

This function reads the current HVDF status. If it returns 1, a low voltage event is detected.

Parameters:

base – PMC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Current high-voltage detect flag

true: High-voltage detected
false: High-voltage not detected

static inline void PMC_ClearHighVoltDetectFlag(PMC_Type *base)

Acknowledges clearing the High-voltage Detect flag.

This function acknowledges the high-voltage detection errors (write 1 to clear HVDF).

Parameters:

base – PMC peripheral base address.

void PMC_ConfigureBandgapBuffer(PMC_Type *base, const pmc_bandgap_buffer_config_t *config)

Configures the PMC bandgap.

This function configures the PMC bandgap, including the drive select and behavior in low-power mode.

Parameters:

base – PMC peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to the configuration structure

static inline bool PMC_GetPeriphIOIsolationFlag(PMC_Type *base)

Gets the acknowledge Peripherals and I/O pads isolation flag.

This function reads the Acknowledge Isolation setting that indicates whether certain peripherals and the I/O pads are in a latched state as a result of having been in the VLLS mode.

Parameters:

base – PMC peripheral base address.
base – Base address for current PMC instance.

Returns:

ACK isolation 0 - Peripherals and I/O pads are in a normal run state. 1 - Certain peripherals and I/O pads are in an isolated and latched state.

static inline void PMC_ClearPeriphIOIsolationFlag(PMC_Type *base)

Acknowledges the isolation flag to Peripherals and I/O pads.

This function clears the ACK Isolation flag. Writing one to this setting when it is set releases the I/O pads and certain peripherals to their normal run mode state.

Parameters:

base – PMC peripheral base address.

static inline bool PMC_IsRegulatorInRunRegulation(PMC_Type *base)

Gets the regulator regulation status.

This function returns the regulator to run a regulation status. It provides the current status of the internal voltage regulator.

Parameters:

base – PMC peripheral base address.
base – Base address for current PMC instance.

Returns:

Regulation status 0 - Regulator is in a stop regulation or in transition to/from the regulation. 1 - Regulator is in a run regulation.

FSL_PMC_DRIVER_VERSION

PMC driver version.

Version 2.0.3.

enum _pmc_low_volt_detect_volt_select

Low-voltage Detect Voltage Select.

Values:

enumerator kPMC_LowVoltDetectLowTrip: Low-trip point selected (VLVD = VLVDL )

enumerator kPMC_LowVoltDetectHighTrip: High-trip point selected (VLVD = VLVDH )

enum _pmc_low_volt_warning_volt_select

Low-voltage Warning Voltage Select.

Values:

enumerator kPMC_LowVoltWarningLowTrip: Low-trip point selected (VLVW = VLVW1)

enumerator kPMC_LowVoltWarningMid1Trip: Mid 1 trip point selected (VLVW = VLVW2)

enumerator kPMC_LowVoltWarningMid2Trip: Mid 2 trip point selected (VLVW = VLVW3)

enumerator kPMC_LowVoltWarningHighTrip: High-trip point selected (VLVW = VLVW4)

enum _pmc_high_volt_detect_volt_select

High-voltage Detect Voltage Select.

Values:

enumerator kPMC_HighVoltDetectLowTrip: Low-trip point selected (VHVD = VHVDL )

enumerator kPMC_HighVoltDetectHighTrip: High-trip point selected (VHVD = VHVDH )

enum _pmc_bandgap_buffer_drive_select

Bandgap Buffer Drive Select.

Values:

enumerator kPMC_BandgapBufferDriveLow: Low-drive.

enumerator kPMC_BandgapBufferDriveHigh: High-drive.

enum _pmc_vlp_freq_option

VLPx Option.

Values:

enumerator kPMC_FreqRestrict: Frequency is restricted in VLPx mode.

enumerator kPMC_FreqUnrestrict: Frequency is unrestricted in VLPx mode.

typedef enum _pmc_low_volt_detect_volt_select pmc_low_volt_detect_volt_select_t: Low-voltage Detect Voltage Select.

typedef enum _pmc_low_volt_warning_volt_select pmc_low_volt_warning_volt_select_t: Low-voltage Warning Voltage Select.

typedef enum _pmc_high_volt_detect_volt_select pmc_high_volt_detect_volt_select_t: High-voltage Detect Voltage Select.

typedef enum _pmc_bandgap_buffer_drive_select pmc_bandgap_buffer_drive_select_t: Bandgap Buffer Drive Select.

typedef enum _pmc_vlp_freq_option pmc_vlp_freq_mode_t: VLPx Option.

typedef struct _pmc_version_id pmc_version_id_t: IP version ID definition.

typedef struct _pmc_param pmc_param_t: IP parameter definition.

typedef struct _pmc_low_volt_detect_config pmc_low_volt_detect_config_t: Low-voltage Detect Configuration Structure.

typedef struct _pmc_low_volt_warning_config pmc_low_volt_warning_config_t: Low-voltage Warning Configuration Structure.

typedef struct _pmc_high_volt_detect_config pmc_high_volt_detect_config_t: High-voltage Detect Configuration Structure.

typedef struct _pmc_bandgap_buffer_config pmc_bandgap_buffer_config_t: Bandgap Buffer configuration.

struct _pmc_version_id

#include <fsl_pmc.h>

IP version ID definition.

Public Members

uint16_t feature: Feature Specification Number.

uint8_t minor: Minor version number.

uint8_t major: Major version number.

struct _pmc_param

#include <fsl_pmc.h>

IP parameter definition.

Public Members

bool vlpoEnable: VLPO enable.

bool hvdEnable: HVD enable.

struct _pmc_low_volt_detect_config

#include <fsl_pmc.h>

Low-voltage Detect Configuration Structure.

Public Members

bool enableInt: Enable interrupt when Low-voltage detect

bool enableReset: Enable system reset when Low-voltage detect

pmc_low_volt_detect_volt_select_t voltSelect: Low-voltage detect trip point voltage selection

struct _pmc_low_volt_warning_config

#include <fsl_pmc.h>

Low-voltage Warning Configuration Structure.

Public Members

bool enableInt: Enable interrupt when low-voltage warning

pmc_low_volt_warning_volt_select_t voltSelect: Low-voltage warning trip point voltage selection

struct _pmc_high_volt_detect_config

#include <fsl_pmc.h>

High-voltage Detect Configuration Structure.

Public Members

bool enableInt: Enable interrupt when high-voltage detect

bool enableReset: Enable system reset when high-voltage detect

pmc_high_volt_detect_volt_select_t voltSelect: High-voltage detect trip point voltage selection

struct _pmc_bandgap_buffer_config

#include <fsl_pmc.h>

Bandgap Buffer configuration.

Public Members

bool enable: Enable bandgap buffer.

bool enableInLowPowerMode: Enable bandgap buffer in low-power mode.

pmc_bandgap_buffer_drive_select_t drive: Bandgap buffer drive select.

PORT: Port Control and Interrupts

static inline void PORT_SetPinConfig(PORT_Type *base, uint32_t pin, const port_pin_config_t *config)

Sets the port PCR register.

This is an example to define an input pin or output pin PCR configuration.

// Define a digital input pin PCR configuration
port_pin_config_t config = {
     kPORT_PullUp,
     kPORT_FastSlewRate,
     kPORT_PassiveFilterDisable,
     kPORT_OpenDrainDisable,
     kPORT_LowDriveStrength,
     kPORT_MuxAsGpio,
     kPORT_UnLockRegister,
};

Parameters:

base – PORT peripheral base pointer.
pin – PORT pin number.
config – PORT PCR register configuration structure.

static inline void PORT_SetMultiplePinsConfig(PORT_Type *base, uint32_t mask, const port_pin_config_t *config)

Sets the port PCR register for multiple pins.

This is an example to define input pins or output pins PCR configuration.

Define a digital input pin PCR configuration
port_pin_config_t config = {
     kPORT_PullUp ,
     kPORT_PullEnable,
     kPORT_FastSlewRate,
     kPORT_PassiveFilterDisable,
     kPORT_OpenDrainDisable,
     kPORT_LowDriveStrength,
     kPORT_MuxAsGpio,
     kPORT_UnlockRegister,
};

Parameters:

base – PORT peripheral base pointer.
mask – PORT pin number macro.
config – PORT PCR register configuration structure.

static inline void PORT_SetMultipleInterruptPinsConfig(PORT_Type *base, uint32_t mask, port_interrupt_t config)

Sets the port interrupt configuration in PCR register for multiple pins.

Parameters:

base – PORT peripheral base pointer.
mask – PORT pin number macro.
config – PORT pin interrupt configuration.
- kPORT_InterruptOrDMADisabled: Interrupt/DMA request disabled.
- kPORT_DMARisingEdge : DMA request on rising edge(if the DMA requests exit).
- kPORT_DMAFallingEdge: DMA request on falling edge(if the DMA requests exit).
- kPORT_DMAEitherEdge : DMA request on either edge(if the DMA requests exit).
- kPORT_FlagRisingEdge : Flag sets on rising edge(if the Flag states exit).
- kPORT_FlagFallingEdge : Flag sets on falling edge(if the Flag states exit).
- kPORT_FlagEitherEdge : Flag sets on either edge(if the Flag states exit).
- kPORT_InterruptLogicZero : Interrupt when logic zero.
- kPORT_InterruptRisingEdge : Interrupt on rising edge.
- kPORT_InterruptFallingEdge: Interrupt on falling edge.
- kPORT_InterruptEitherEdge : Interrupt on either edge.
- kPORT_InterruptLogicOne : Interrupt when logic one.
- kPORT_ActiveHighTriggerOutputEnable : Enable active high-trigger output (if the trigger states exit).
- kPORT_ActiveLowTriggerOutputEnable : Enable active low-trigger output (if the trigger states exit)..

static inline void PORT_SetPinMux(PORT_Type *base, uint32_t pin, port_mux_t mux)

Configures the pin muxing.

Note

: This function is NOT recommended to use together with the PORT_SetPinsConfig, because the PORT_SetPinsConfig need to configure the pin mux anyway (Otherwise the pin mux is reset to zero : kPORT_PinDisabledOrAnalog). This function is recommended to use to reset the pin mux

Parameters:

base – PORT peripheral base pointer.
pin – PORT pin number.
mux – pin muxing slot selection.
- kPORT_PinDisabledOrAnalog: Pin disabled or work in analog function.
- kPORT_MuxAsGpio : Set as GPIO.
- kPORT_MuxAlt2 : chip-specific.
- kPORT_MuxAlt3 : chip-specific.
- kPORT_MuxAlt4 : chip-specific.
- kPORT_MuxAlt5 : chip-specific.
- kPORT_MuxAlt6 : chip-specific.
- kPORT_MuxAlt7 : chip-specific.

static inline void PORT_EnablePinsDigitalFilter(PORT_Type *base, uint32_t mask, bool enable)

Enables the digital filter in one port, each bit of the 32-bit register represents one pin.

Parameters:

base – PORT peripheral base pointer.
mask – PORT pin number macro.
enable – PORT digital filter configuration.

static inline void PORT_SetDigitalFilterConfig(PORT_Type *base, const port_digital_filter_config_t *config)

Sets the digital filter in one port, each bit of the 32-bit register represents one pin.

Parameters:

base – PORT peripheral base pointer.
config – PORT digital filter configuration structure.

static inline void PORT_SetPinInterruptConfig(PORT_Type *base, uint32_t pin, port_interrupt_t config)

Configures the port pin interrupt/DMA request.

Parameters:

base – PORT peripheral base pointer.
pin – PORT pin number.
config – PORT pin interrupt configuration.
- kPORT_InterruptOrDMADisabled: Interrupt/DMA request disabled.
- kPORT_DMARisingEdge : DMA request on rising edge(if the DMA requests exit).
- kPORT_DMAFallingEdge: DMA request on falling edge(if the DMA requests exit).
- kPORT_DMAEitherEdge : DMA request on either edge(if the DMA requests exit).
- kPORT_FlagRisingEdge : Flag sets on rising edge(if the Flag states exit).
- kPORT_FlagFallingEdge : Flag sets on falling edge(if the Flag states exit).
- kPORT_FlagEitherEdge : Flag sets on either edge(if the Flag states exit).
- kPORT_InterruptLogicZero : Interrupt when logic zero.
- kPORT_InterruptRisingEdge : Interrupt on rising edge.
- kPORT_InterruptFallingEdge: Interrupt on falling edge.
- kPORT_InterruptEitherEdge : Interrupt on either edge.
- kPORT_InterruptLogicOne : Interrupt when logic one.
- kPORT_ActiveHighTriggerOutputEnable : Enable active high-trigger output (if the trigger states exit).
- kPORT_ActiveLowTriggerOutputEnable : Enable active low-trigger output (if the trigger states exit).

static inline void PORT_SetPinDriveStrength(PORT_Type *base, uint32_t pin, uint8_t strength)

Configures the port pin drive strength.

Parameters:

base – PORT peripheral base pointer.
pin – PORT pin number.
strength – PORT pin drive strength
- kPORT_LowDriveStrength = 0U - Low-drive strength is configured.
- kPORT_HighDriveStrength = 1U - High-drive strength is configured.

static inline uint32_t PORT_GetPinsInterruptFlags(PORT_Type *base)

Reads the whole port status flag.

If a pin is configured to generate the DMA request, the corresponding flag is cleared automatically at the completion of the requested DMA transfer. Otherwise, the flag remains set until a logic one is written to that flag. If configured for a level sensitive interrupt that remains asserted, the flag is set again immediately.

Parameters:

base – PORT peripheral base pointer.

Returns:

Current port interrupt status flags, for example, 0x00010001 means the pin 0 and 16 have the interrupt.

static inline void PORT_ClearPinsInterruptFlags(PORT_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the multiple pin interrupt status flag.

Parameters:

base – PORT peripheral base pointer.
mask – PORT pin number macro.

FSL_PORT_DRIVER_VERSION: PORT driver version.

enum _port_pull

Internal resistor pull feature selection.

Values:

enumerator kPORT_PullDisable: Internal pull-up/down resistor is disabled.

enumerator kPORT_PullDown: Internal pull-down resistor is enabled.

enumerator kPORT_PullUp: Internal pull-up resistor is enabled.

enum _port_slew_rate

Slew rate selection.

Values:

enumerator kPORT_FastSlewRate: Fast slew rate is configured.

enumerator kPORT_SlowSlewRate: Slow slew rate is configured.

enum _port_open_drain_enable

Open Drain feature enable/disable.

Values:

enumerator kPORT_OpenDrainDisable: Open drain output is disabled.

enumerator kPORT_OpenDrainEnable: Open drain output is enabled.

enum _port_passive_filter_enable

Passive filter feature enable/disable.

Values:

enumerator kPORT_PassiveFilterDisable: Passive input filter is disabled.

enumerator kPORT_PassiveFilterEnable: Passive input filter is enabled.

enum _port_drive_strength

Configures the drive strength.

Values:

enumerator kPORT_LowDriveStrength: Low-drive strength is configured.

enumerator kPORT_HighDriveStrength: High-drive strength is configured.

enum _port_lock_register

Unlock/lock the pin control register field[15:0].

Values:

enumerator kPORT_UnlockRegister: Pin Control Register fields [15:0] are not locked.

enumerator kPORT_LockRegister: Pin Control Register fields [15:0] are locked.

enum _port_mux

Pin mux selection.

Values:

enumerator kPORT_PinDisabledOrAnalog: Corresponding pin is disabled, but is used as an analog pin.

enumerator kPORT_MuxAsGpio: Corresponding pin is configured as GPIO.

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt0: Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt1: Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt2: Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt3: Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt4: Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt5: Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt6: Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt7: Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt8: Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt9: Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt10: Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt11: Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt12: Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt13: Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt14: Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt15: Chip-specific

enum _port_interrupt

Configures the interrupt generation condition.

Values:

enumerator kPORT_InterruptOrDMADisabled: Interrupt/DMA request is disabled.

enumerator kPORT_DMARisingEdge: DMA request on rising edge.

enumerator kPORT_DMAFallingEdge: DMA request on falling edge.

enumerator kPORT_DMAEitherEdge: DMA request on either edge.

enumerator kPORT_FlagRisingEdge: Flag sets on rising edge.

enumerator kPORT_FlagFallingEdge: Flag sets on falling edge.

enumerator kPORT_FlagEitherEdge: Flag sets on either edge.

enumerator kPORT_InterruptLogicZero: Interrupt when logic zero.

enumerator kPORT_InterruptRisingEdge: Interrupt on rising edge.

enumerator kPORT_InterruptFallingEdge: Interrupt on falling edge.

enumerator kPORT_InterruptEitherEdge: Interrupt on either edge.

enumerator kPORT_InterruptLogicOne: Interrupt when logic one.

enumerator kPORT_ActiveHighTriggerOutputEnable: Enable active high-trigger output.

enumerator kPORT_ActiveLowTriggerOutputEnable: Enable active low-trigger output.

enum _port_digital_filter_clock_source

Digital filter clock source selection.

Values:

enumerator kPORT_BusClock: Digital filters are clocked by the bus clock.

enumerator kPORT_LpoClock: Digital filters are clocked by the 1 kHz LPO clock.

typedef enum _port_mux port_mux_t: Pin mux selection.

typedef enum _port_interrupt port_interrupt_t: Configures the interrupt generation condition.

typedef enum _port_digital_filter_clock_source port_digital_filter_clock_source_t: Digital filter clock source selection.

typedef struct _port_digital_filter_config port_digital_filter_config_t: PORT digital filter feature configuration definition.

typedef struct _port_pin_config port_pin_config_t: PORT pin configuration structure.

FSL_COMPONENT_ID

struct _port_digital_filter_config

#include <fsl_port.h>

PORT digital filter feature configuration definition.

Public Members

uint32_t digitalFilterWidth: Set digital filter width

port_digital_filter_clock_source_t clockSource: Set digital filter clockSource

struct _port_pin_config

#include <fsl_port.h>

PORT pin configuration structure.

Public Members

uint16_t pullSelect: No-pull/pull-down/pull-up select

uint16_t slewRate: Fast/slow slew rate Configure

uint16_t passiveFilterEnable: Passive filter enable/disable

uint16_t openDrainEnable: Open drain enable/disable

uint16_t driveStrength: Fast/slow drive strength configure

uint16_t lockRegister: Lock/unlock the PCR field[15:0]

PWT: Pulse Width Timer

void PWT_Init(PWT_Type *base, const pwt_config_t *config)

Ungates the PWT clock and configures the peripheral for basic operation.

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application using the PWT driver.

Parameters:

base – PWT peripheral base address
config – Pointer to the user configuration structure.

void PWT_Deinit(PWT_Type *base)

Gates the PWT clock.

Parameters:

base – PWT peripheral base address

void PWT_GetDefaultConfig(pwt_config_t *config)

Fills in the PWT configuration structure with the default settings.

The default values are:

config->clockSource = kPWT_BusClock;
config->prescale = kPWT_Prescale_Divide_1;
config->inputSelect = kPWT_InputPort_0;
config->enableFirstCounterLoad = false;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the user configuration structure.

static inline void PWT_EnableInterrupts(PWT_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the selected PWT interrupts.

Parameters:

base – PWT peripheral base address
mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration pwt_interrupt_enable_t

static inline void PWT_DisableInterrupts(PWT_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the selected PWT interrupts.

Parameters:

base – PWT peripheral base address
mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration pwt_interrupt_enable_t

static inline uint32_t PWT_GetEnabledInterrupts(PWT_Type *base)

Gets the enabled PWT interrupts.

Parameters:

base – PWT peripheral base address

Returns:

The enabled interrupts. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration pwt_interrupt_enable_t

static inline uint32_t PWT_GetStatusFlags(PWT_Type *base)

Gets the PWT status flags.

Parameters:

base – PWT peripheral base address

Returns:

The status flags. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration pwt_status_flags_t

static inline void PWT_ClearStatusFlags(PWT_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the PWT status flags.

Parameters:

base – PWT peripheral base address
mask – The status flags to clear. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration pwt_status_flags_t

static inline void PWT_StartTimer(PWT_Type *base)

Starts the PWT counter.

Parameters:

base – PWT peripheral base address

static inline void PWT_StopTimer(PWT_Type *base)

Stops the PWT counter.

Parameters:

base – PWT peripheral base address

enum _pwt_clock_source

PWT clock source selection.

Values:

enumerator kPWT_BusClock: The Bus clock is used as the clock source of PWT counter

enumerator kPWT_AlternativeClock: Alternative clock is used as the clock source of PWT counter

enum _pwt_clock_prescale

PWT prescaler factor selection for clock source.

Values:

enumerator kPWT_Prescale_Divide_1: PWT clock divided by 1

enumerator kPWT_Prescale_Divide_2: PWT clock divided by 2

enumerator kPWT_Prescale_Divide_4: PWT clock divided by 4

enumerator kPWT_Prescale_Divide_8: PWT clock divided by 8

enumerator kPWT_Prescale_Divide_16: PWT clock divided by 16

enumerator kPWT_Prescale_Divide_32: PWT clock divided by 32

enumerator kPWT_Prescale_Divide_64: PWT clock divided by 64

enumerator kPWT_Prescale_Divide_128: PWT clock divided by 128

enum _pwt_input_select

PWT input port selection.

Values:

enumerator kPWT_InputPort_0: PWT input comes from PWTIN[0]

enumerator kPWT_InputPort_1: PWT input comes from PWTIN[1]

enumerator kPWT_InputPort_2: PWT input comes from PWTIN[2]

enumerator kPWT_InputPort_3: PWT input comes from PWTIN[3]

enum _pwt_interrupt_enable

List of PWT interrupts.

Values:

enumerator kPWT_PulseWidthReadyInterruptEnable: Pulse width data ready interrupt

enumerator kPWT_CounterOverflowInterruptEnable: Counter overflow interrupt

enum _pwt_status_flags

List of PWT flags.

Values:

enumerator kPWT_CounterOverflowFlag: Counter overflow flag

enumerator kPWT_PulseWidthValidFlag: Pulse width valid flag

typedef enum _pwt_clock_source pwt_clock_source_t: PWT clock source selection.

typedef enum _pwt_clock_prescale pwt_clock_prescale_t: PWT prescaler factor selection for clock source.

typedef enum _pwt_input_select pwt_input_select_t: PWT input port selection.

typedef struct _pwt_config pwt_config_t

PWT configuration structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the PWT peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the PWT_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to the configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so as to reside in flash.

static inline uint16_t PWT_GetCurrentTimerCount(PWT_Type *base)

Reads the current counter value.

This function returns the timer counting value

Parameters:

base – PWT peripheral base address

Returns:

Current 16-bit timer counter value

static inline uint16_t PWT_ReadPositivePulseWidth(PWT_Type *base)

Reads the positive pulse width.

This function reads the low and high registers and returns the 16-bit positive pulse width

Parameters:

base – PWT peripheral base address.

Returns:

The 16-bit positive pulse width.

static inline uint16_t PWT_ReadNegativePulseWidth(PWT_Type *base)

Reads the negative pulse width.

This function reads the low and high registers and returns the 16-bit negative pulse width

Parameters:

base – PWT peripheral base address.

Returns:

The 16-bit negative pulse width.

static inline void PWT_Reset(PWT_Type *base)

Performs a software reset on the PWT module.

Parameters:

base – PWT peripheral base address

FSL_PWT_DRIVER_VERSION: Version 2.0.1

struct _pwt_config

#include <fsl_pwt.h>

PWT configuration structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the PWT peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the PWT_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to the configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so as to reside in flash.

Public Members

pwt_clock_source_t clockSource: Clock source for the counter

pwt_clock_prescale_t prescale: Pre-scaler to divide down the clock

pwt_input_select_t inputSelect: PWT Pulse input port selection

bool enableFirstCounterLoad: true: Load the first counter value to registers; false: Do not load first counter value

RCM: Reset Control Module Driver

static inline void RCM_GetVersionId(RCM_Type *base, rcm_version_id_t *versionId)

Gets the RCM version ID.

This function gets the RCM version ID including the major version number, the minor version number, and the feature specification number.

Parameters:

base – RCM peripheral base address.
versionId – Pointer to the version ID structure.

static inline uint32_t RCM_GetResetSourceImplementedStatus(RCM_Type *base)

Gets the reset source implemented status.

This function gets the RCM parameter that indicates whether the corresponding reset source is implemented. Use source masks defined in the rcm_reset_source_t to get the desired source status.

This is an example.

uint32_t status;

To test whether the MCU is reset using Watchdog.
status = RCM_GetResetSourceImplementedStatus(RCM) & (kRCM_SourceWdog | kRCM_SourcePin);

Parameters:

base – RCM peripheral base address.

Returns:

All reset source implemented status bit map.

static inline uint32_t RCM_GetPreviousResetSources(RCM_Type *base)

Gets the reset source status which caused a previous reset.

This function gets the current reset source status. Use source masks defined in the rcm_reset_source_t to get the desired source status.

This is an example.

uint32_t resetStatus;

To get all reset source statuses.
resetStatus = RCM_GetPreviousResetSources(RCM) & kRCM_SourceAll;

To test whether the MCU is reset using Watchdog.
resetStatus = RCM_GetPreviousResetSources(RCM) & kRCM_SourceWdog;

To test multiple reset sources.
resetStatus = RCM_GetPreviousResetSources(RCM) & (kRCM_SourceWdog | kRCM_SourcePin);

Parameters:

base – RCM peripheral base address.

Returns:

All reset source status bit map.

static inline uint32_t RCM_GetStickyResetSources(RCM_Type *base)

Gets the sticky reset source status.

This function gets the current reset source status that has not been cleared by software for a specific source.

This is an example.

uint32_t resetStatus;

To get all reset source statuses.
resetStatus = RCM_GetStickyResetSources(RCM) & kRCM_SourceAll;

To test whether the MCU is reset using Watchdog.
resetStatus = RCM_GetStickyResetSources(RCM) & kRCM_SourceWdog;

To test multiple reset sources.
resetStatus = RCM_GetStickyResetSources(RCM) & (kRCM_SourceWdog | kRCM_SourcePin);

Parameters:

base – RCM peripheral base address.

Returns:

All reset source status bit map.

static inline void RCM_ClearStickyResetSources(RCM_Type *base, uint32_t sourceMasks)

Clears the sticky reset source status.

This function clears the sticky system reset flags indicated by source masks.

This is an example.

Clears multiple reset sources.
RCM_ClearStickyResetSources(kRCM_SourceWdog | kRCM_SourcePin);

Parameters:

base – RCM peripheral base address.
sourceMasks – reset source status bit map

void RCM_ConfigureResetPinFilter(RCM_Type *base, const rcm_reset_pin_filter_config_t *config)

Configures the reset pin filter.

This function sets the reset pin filter including the filter source, filter width, and so on.

Parameters:

base – RCM peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

static inline bool RCM_GetEasyPortModePinStatus(RCM_Type *base)

Gets the EZP_MS_B pin assert status.

This function gets the easy port mode status (EZP_MS_B) pin assert status.

Parameters:

base – RCM peripheral base address.

Returns:

status true - asserted, false - reasserted

static inline rcm_boot_rom_config_t RCM_GetBootRomSource(RCM_Type *base)

Gets the ROM boot source.

This function gets the ROM boot source during the last chip reset.

Parameters:

base – RCM peripheral base address.

Returns:

The ROM boot source.

static inline void RCM_ClearBootRomSource(RCM_Type *base)

Clears the ROM boot source flag.

This function clears the ROM boot source flag.

Parameters:

base – Register base address of RCM

void RCM_SetForceBootRomSource(RCM_Type *base, rcm_boot_rom_config_t config)

Forces the boot from ROM.

This function forces booting from ROM during all subsequent system resets.

Parameters:

base – RCM peripheral base address.
config – Boot configuration.

static inline void RCM_SetSystemResetInterruptConfig(RCM_Type *base, uint32_t intMask, rcm_reset_delay_t delay)

Sets the system reset interrupt configuration.

For a graceful shut down, the RCM supports delaying the assertion of the system reset for a period of time when the reset interrupt is generated. This function can be used to enable the interrupt and the delay period. The interrupts are passed in as bit mask. See rcm_int_t for details. For example, to delay a reset for 512 LPO cycles after the WDOG timeout or loss-of-clock occurs, configure as follows: RCM_SetSystemResetInterruptConfig(kRCM_IntWatchDog | kRCM_IntLossOfClk, kRCM_ResetDelay512Lpo);

Parameters:

base – RCM peripheral base address.
intMask – Bit mask of the system reset interrupts to enable. See rcm_interrupt_enable_t for details.
delay – Bit mask of the system reset interrupts to enable.

FSL_RCM_DRIVER_VERSION: RCM driver version 2.0.4.

enum _rcm_reset_source

System Reset Source Name definitions.

Values:

enumerator kRCM_SourceWakeup: Low-leakage wakeup reset

enumerator kRCM_SourceLvd: Low-voltage detect reset

enumerator kRCM_SourceLoc: Loss of clock reset

enumerator kRCM_SourceLol: Loss of lock reset

enumerator kRCM_SourceWdog: Watchdog reset

enumerator kRCM_SourcePin: External pin reset

enumerator kRCM_SourcePor: Power on reset

enumerator kRCM_SourceJtag: JTAG generated reset

enumerator kRCM_SourceLockup: Core lock up reset

enumerator kRCM_SourceSw: Software reset

enumerator kRCM_SourceMdmap: MDM-AP system reset

enumerator kRCM_SourceEzpt: EzPort reset

enumerator kRCM_SourceSackerr: Parameter could get all reset flags

enumerator kRCM_SourceAll

enum _rcm_run_wait_filter_mode

Reset pin filter select in Run and Wait modes.

Values:

enumerator kRCM_FilterDisable: All filtering disabled

enumerator kRCM_FilterBusClock: Bus clock filter enabled

enumerator kRCM_FilterLpoClock: LPO clock filter enabled

enum _rcm_boot_rom_config

Boot from ROM configuration.

Values:

enumerator kRCM_BootFlash: Boot from flash

enumerator kRCM_BootRomCfg0: Boot from boot ROM due to BOOTCFG0

enumerator kRCM_BootRomFopt: Boot from boot ROM due to FOPT[7]

enumerator kRCM_BootRomBoth: Boot from boot ROM due to both BOOTCFG0 and FOPT[7]

enum _rcm_reset_delay

Maximum delay time from interrupt asserts to system reset.

Values:

enumerator kRCM_ResetDelay8Lpo: Delay 8 LPO cycles.

enumerator kRCM_ResetDelay32Lpo: Delay 32 LPO cycles.

enumerator kRCM_ResetDelay128Lpo: Delay 128 LPO cycles.

enumerator kRCM_ResetDelay512Lpo: Delay 512 LPO cycles.

enum _rcm_interrupt_enable

System reset interrupt enable bit definitions.

Values:

enumerator kRCM_IntNone: No interrupt enabled.

enumerator kRCM_IntLossOfClk: Loss of clock interrupt.

enumerator kRCM_IntLossOfLock: Loss of lock interrupt.

enumerator kRCM_IntWatchDog: Watch dog interrupt.

enumerator kRCM_IntExternalPin: External pin interrupt.

enumerator kRCM_IntGlobal: Global interrupts.

enumerator kRCM_IntCoreLockup: Core lock up interrupt

enumerator kRCM_IntSoftware: software interrupt

enumerator kRCM_IntStopModeAckErr: Stop mode ACK error interrupt.

enumerator kRCM_IntCore1: Core 1 interrupt.

enumerator kRCM_IntAll: Enable all interrupts.

typedef enum _rcm_reset_source rcm_reset_source_t: System Reset Source Name definitions.

typedef enum _rcm_run_wait_filter_mode rcm_run_wait_filter_mode_t: Reset pin filter select in Run and Wait modes.

typedef enum _rcm_boot_rom_config rcm_boot_rom_config_t: Boot from ROM configuration.

typedef enum _rcm_reset_delay rcm_reset_delay_t: Maximum delay time from interrupt asserts to system reset.

typedef enum _rcm_interrupt_enable rcm_interrupt_enable_t: System reset interrupt enable bit definitions.

typedef struct _rcm_version_id rcm_version_id_t: IP version ID definition.

typedef struct _rcm_reset_pin_filter_config rcm_reset_pin_filter_config_t: Reset pin filter configuration.

struct _rcm_version_id

#include <fsl_rcm.h>

IP version ID definition.

Public Members

uint16_t feature: Feature Specification Number.

uint8_t minor: Minor version number.

uint8_t major: Major version number.

struct _rcm_reset_pin_filter_config

#include <fsl_rcm.h>

Reset pin filter configuration.

Public Members

bool enableFilterInStop: Reset pin filter select in stop mode.

rcm_run_wait_filter_mode_t filterInRunWait: Reset pin filter in run/wait mode.

uint8_t busClockFilterCount: Reset pin bus clock filter width.

RTC: Real Time Clock

void RTC_Init(RTC_Type *base, const rtc_config_t *config)

Ungates the RTC clock and configures the peripheral for basic operation.

This function issues a software reset if the timer invalid flag is set.

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application using the RTC driver.

Parameters:

base – RTC peripheral base address
config – Pointer to the user’s RTC configuration structure.

static inline void RTC_Deinit(RTC_Type *base)

Stops the timer and gate the RTC clock.

Parameters:

base – RTC peripheral base address

void RTC_GetDefaultConfig(rtc_config_t *config)

Fills in the RTC config struct with the default settings.

The default values are as follows.

config->wakeupSelect = false;
config->updateMode = false;
config->supervisorAccess = false;
config->compensationInterval = 0;
config->compensationTime = 0;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the user’s RTC configuration structure.

status_t RTC_SetDatetime(RTC_Type *base, const rtc_datetime_t *datetime)

Sets the RTC date and time according to the given time structure.

The RTC counter must be stopped prior to calling this function because writes to the RTC seconds register fail if the RTC counter is running.

Parameters:

base – RTC peripheral base address
datetime – Pointer to the structure where the date and time details are stored.

Returns:

kStatus_Success: Success in setting the time and starting the RTC kStatus_InvalidArgument: Error because the datetime format is incorrect

void RTC_GetDatetime(RTC_Type *base, rtc_datetime_t *datetime)

Gets the RTC time and stores it in the given time structure.

Parameters:

base – RTC peripheral base address
datetime – Pointer to the structure where the date and time details are stored.

status_t RTC_SetAlarm(RTC_Type *base, const rtc_datetime_t *alarmTime)

Sets the RTC alarm time.

The function checks whether the specified alarm time is greater than the present time. If not, the function does not set the alarm and returns an error.

Parameters:

base – RTC peripheral base address
alarmTime – Pointer to the structure where the alarm time is stored.

Returns:

kStatus_Success: success in setting the RTC alarm kStatus_InvalidArgument: Error because the alarm datetime format is incorrect kStatus_Fail: Error because the alarm time has already passed

void RTC_GetAlarm(RTC_Type *base, rtc_datetime_t *datetime)

Returns the RTC alarm time.

Parameters:

base – RTC peripheral base address
datetime – Pointer to the structure where the alarm date and time details are stored.

void RTC_EnableInterrupts(RTC_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the selected RTC interrupts.

Parameters:

base – RTC peripheral base address
mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration rtc_interrupt_enable_t

void RTC_DisableInterrupts(RTC_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the selected RTC interrupts.

Parameters:

base – RTC peripheral base address
mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration rtc_interrupt_enable_t

uint32_t RTC_GetEnabledInterrupts(RTC_Type *base)

Gets the enabled RTC interrupts.

Parameters:

base – RTC peripheral base address

Returns:

The enabled interrupts. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration rtc_interrupt_enable_t

uint32_t RTC_GetStatusFlags(RTC_Type *base)

Gets the RTC status flags.

Parameters:

base – RTC peripheral base address

Returns:

The status flags. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration rtc_status_flags_t

void RTC_ClearStatusFlags(RTC_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the RTC status flags.

Parameters:

base – RTC peripheral base address
mask – The status flags to clear. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration rtc_status_flags_t

static inline void RTC_EnableOscillatorClock(RTC_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable/Disable RTC 32kHz Oscillator clock.

Note

After setting this bit, wait the oscillator startup time before enabling the time counter to allow the 32.768 kHz clock time to stabilize.

Parameters:

base – RTC peripheral base address
enable – Enable/Disable RTC 32.768 kHz clock

static inline void RTC_SetClockSource(RTC_Type *base)

Set RTC clock source.

Deprecated:: Do not use this function. It has been superceded by RTC_EnableOscillatorClock

Note

After setting this bit, wait the oscillator startup time before enabling the time counter to allow the 32.768 kHz clock time to stabilize.

Parameters:

base – RTC peripheral base address

static inline void RTC_EnableLPOClock(RTC_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable/Disable RTC 1kHz LPO clock.

Note

After setting this bit, RTC prescaler increments using the LPO 1kHz clock and not the RTC 32kHz crystal clock.

Parameters:

base – RTC peripheral base address
enable – Enable/Disable RTC 1kHz LPO clock

static inline void RTC_StartTimer(RTC_Type *base)

Starts the RTC time counter.

After calling this function, the timer counter increments once a second provided SR[TOF] or SR[TIF] are not set.

Parameters:

base – RTC peripheral base address

static inline void RTC_StopTimer(RTC_Type *base)

Stops the RTC time counter.

RTC’s seconds register can be written to only when the timer is stopped.

Parameters:

base – RTC peripheral base address

void RTC_GetMonotonicCounter(RTC_Type *base, uint64_t *counter)

Reads the values of the Monotonic Counter High and Monotonic Counter Low and returns them as a single value.

Parameters:

base – RTC peripheral base address
counter – Pointer to variable where the value is stored.

void RTC_SetMonotonicCounter(RTC_Type *base, uint64_t counter)

Writes values Monotonic Counter High and Monotonic Counter Low by decomposing the given single value. The Monotonic Overflow Flag in RTC_SR is cleared due to the API.

Parameters:

base – RTC peripheral base address
counter – Counter value

status_t RTC_IncrementMonotonicCounter(RTC_Type *base)

Increments the Monotonic Counter by one.

Increments the Monotonic Counter (registers RTC_MCLR and RTC_MCHR accordingly) by setting the monotonic counter enable (MER[MCE]) and then writing to the RTC_MCLR register. A write to the monotonic counter low that causes it to overflow also increments the monotonic counter high.

Parameters:

base – RTC peripheral base address

Returns:

kStatus_Success: success kStatus_Fail: error occurred, either time invalid or monotonic overflow flag was found

FSL_RTC_DRIVER_VERSION: Version 2.3.0

enum _rtc_interrupt_enable

List of RTC interrupts.

Values:

enumerator kRTC_TimeInvalidInterruptEnable: Time invalid interrupt.

enumerator kRTC_TimeOverflowInterruptEnable: Time overflow interrupt.

enumerator kRTC_AlarmInterruptEnable: Alarm interrupt.

enumerator kRTC_MonotonicOverflowInterruptEnable: Monotonic Overflow Interrupt Enable

enumerator kRTC_SecondsInterruptEnable: Seconds interrupt.

enumerator kRTC_TestModeInterruptEnable

enumerator kRTC_FlashSecurityInterruptEnable

enumerator kRTC_TamperPinInterruptEnable

enumerator kRTC_SecurityModuleInterruptEnable

enumerator kRTC_LossOfClockInterruptEnable

enum _rtc_status_flags

List of RTC flags.

Values:

enumerator kRTC_TimeInvalidFlag: Time invalid flag

enumerator kRTC_TimeOverflowFlag: Time overflow flag

enumerator kRTC_AlarmFlag: Alarm flag

enumerator kRTC_MonotonicOverflowFlag: Monotonic Overflow Flag

enumerator kRTC_TamperInterruptDetectFlag: Tamper interrupt detect flag

enumerator kRTC_TestModeFlag

enumerator kRTC_FlashSecurityFlag

enumerator kRTC_TamperPinFlag

enumerator kRTC_SecurityTamperFlag

enumerator kRTC_LossOfClockTamperFlag

enum _rtc_osc_cap_load

List of RTC Oscillator capacitor load settings.

Values:

enumerator kRTC_Capacitor_2p: 2 pF capacitor load

enumerator kRTC_Capacitor_4p: 4 pF capacitor load

enumerator kRTC_Capacitor_8p: 8 pF capacitor load

enumerator kRTC_Capacitor_16p: 16 pF capacitor load

typedef enum _rtc_interrupt_enable rtc_interrupt_enable_t: List of RTC interrupts.

typedef enum _rtc_status_flags rtc_status_flags_t: List of RTC flags.

typedef enum _rtc_osc_cap_load rtc_osc_cap_load_t: List of RTC Oscillator capacitor load settings.

typedef struct _rtc_datetime rtc_datetime_t: Structure is used to hold the date and time.

typedef struct _rtc_pin_config rtc_pin_config_t: RTC pin config structure.

typedef struct _rtc_config rtc_config_t

RTC config structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the RTC peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the RTC_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your config structure instance.

The config struct can be made const so it resides in flash

static inline uint32_t RTC_GetTamperTimeSeconds(RTC_Type *base)

Get the RTC tamper time seconds.

Parameters:

base – RTC peripheral base address

static inline void RTC_SetOscCapLoad(RTC_Type *base, uint32_t capLoad)

This function sets the specified capacitor configuration for the RTC oscillator.

Parameters:

base – RTC peripheral base address
capLoad – Oscillator loads to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration rtc_osc_cap_load_t

static inline void RTC_Reset(RTC_Type *base)

Performs a software reset on the RTC module.

This resets all RTC registers except for the SWR bit and the RTC_WAR and RTC_RAR registers. The SWR bit is cleared by software explicitly clearing it.

Parameters:

base – RTC peripheral base address

static inline void RTC_EnableWakeUpPin(RTC_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the RTC Wakeup Pin Operation.

This function enable or disable RTC Wakeup Pin. The wakeup pin is optional and not available on all devices.

Parameters:

base – RTC_Type base pointer.
enable – true to enable, false to disable.

struct _rtc_datetime

#include <fsl_rtc.h>

Structure is used to hold the date and time.

Public Members

uint16_t year: Range from 1970 to 2099.

uint8_t month: Range from 1 to 12.

uint8_t day: Range from 1 to 31 (depending on month).

uint8_t hour: Range from 0 to 23.

uint8_t minute: Range from 0 to 59.

uint8_t second: Range from 0 to 59.

struct _rtc_pin_config

#include <fsl_rtc.h>

RTC pin config structure.

Public Members

bool inputLogic: true: Tamper pin input data is logic one. false: Tamper pin input data is logic zero.

bool pinActiveLow: true: Tamper pin is active low. false: Tamper pin is active high.

bool filterEnable: true: Input filter is enabled on the tamper pin. false: Input filter is disabled on the tamper pin.

bool pullSelectNegate: true: Tamper pin pull resistor direction will negate the tamper pin. false: Tamper pin pull resistor direction will assert the tamper pin.

bool pullEnable: true: Pull resistor is enabled on tamper pin. false: Pull resistor is disabled on tamper pin.

struct _rtc_config

#include <fsl_rtc.h>

RTC config structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the RTC peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the RTC_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your config structure instance.

The config struct can be made const so it resides in flash

Public Members

bool wakeupSelect: true: Wakeup pin outputs the 32 KHz clock; false:Wakeup pin used to wakeup the chip

bool updateMode: true: Registers can be written even when locked under certain conditions, false: No writes allowed when registers are locked

bool supervisorAccess: true: Non-supervisor accesses are allowed; false: Non-supervisor accesses are not supported

uint32_t compensationInterval: Compensation interval that is written to the CIR field in RTC TCR Register

uint32_t compensationTime: Compensation time that is written to the TCR field in RTC TCR Register

SIM: System Integration Module Driver

FSL_SIM_DRIVER_VERSION: Driver version.

enum _sim_flash_mode

Flash enable mode.

Values:

enumerator kSIM_FlashDisableInWait: Disable flash in wait mode.

enumerator kSIM_FlashDisable: Disable flash in normal mode.

typedef struct _sim_uid sim_uid_t: Unique ID.

void SIM_GetUniqueId(sim_uid_t *uid)

Gets the unique identification register value.

Parameters:

uid – Pointer to the structure to save the UID value.

static inline void SIM_SetFlashMode(uint8_t mode)

Sets the flash enable mode.

Parameters:

mode – The mode to set; see _sim_flash_mode for mode details.

struct _sim_uid

#include <fsl_sim.h>

Unique ID.

Public Members

uint32_t MH: UIDMH.

uint32_t ML: UIDML.

uint32_t L: UIDL.

SMC: System Mode Controller Driver

static inline void SMC_GetVersionId(SMC_Type *base, smc_version_id_t *versionId)

Gets the SMC version ID.

This function gets the SMC version ID, including major version number, minor version number, and feature specification number.

Parameters:

base – SMC peripheral base address.
versionId – Pointer to the version ID structure.

void SMC_GetParam(SMC_Type *base, smc_param_t *param)

Gets the SMC parameter.

This function gets the SMC parameter including the enabled power mdoes.

Parameters:

base – SMC peripheral base address.
param – Pointer to the SMC param structure.

static inline void SMC_SetPowerModeProtection(SMC_Type *base, uint8_t allowedModes)

Configures all power mode protection settings.

This function configures the power mode protection settings for supported power modes in the specified chip family. The available power modes are defined in the smc_power_mode_protection_t. This should be done at an early system level initialization stage. See the reference manual for details. This register can only write once after the power reset.

The allowed modes are passed as bit map. For example, to allow LLS and VLLS, use SMC_SetPowerModeProtection(kSMC_AllowPowerModeVlls | kSMC_AllowPowerModeVlps). To allow all modes, use SMC_SetPowerModeProtection(kSMC_AllowPowerModeAll).

Parameters:

base – SMC peripheral base address.
allowedModes – Bitmap of the allowed power modes.

static inline smc_power_state_t SMC_GetPowerModeState(SMC_Type *base)

Gets the current power mode status.

This function returns the current power mode status. After the application switches the power mode, it should always check the status to check whether it runs into the specified mode or not. The application should check this mode before switching to a different mode. The system requires that only certain modes can switch to other specific modes. See the reference manual for details and the smc_power_state_t for information about the power status.

Parameters:

base – SMC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Current power mode status.

void SMC_PreEnterStopModes(void)

Prepares to enter stop modes.

This function should be called before entering STOP/VLPS/LLS/VLLS modes.

void SMC_PostExitStopModes(void)

Recovers after wake up from stop modes.

This function should be called after wake up from STOP/VLPS/LLS/VLLS modes. It is used with SMC_PreEnterStopModes.

void SMC_PreEnterWaitModes(void)

Prepares to enter wait modes.

This function should be called before entering WAIT/VLPW modes.

void SMC_PostExitWaitModes(void)

Recovers after wake up from stop modes.

This function should be called after wake up from WAIT/VLPW modes. It is used with SMC_PreEnterWaitModes.

status_t SMC_SetPowerModeRun(SMC_Type *base)

Configures the system to RUN power mode.

Parameters:

base – SMC peripheral base address.

Returns:

SMC configuration error code.

status_t SMC_SetPowerModeHsrun(SMC_Type *base)

Configures the system to HSRUN power mode.

Parameters:

base – SMC peripheral base address.

Returns:

SMC configuration error code.

status_t SMC_SetPowerModeWait(SMC_Type *base)

Configures the system to WAIT power mode.

Parameters:

base – SMC peripheral base address.

Returns:

SMC configuration error code.

status_t SMC_SetPowerModeStop(SMC_Type *base, smc_partial_stop_option_t option)

Configures the system to Stop power mode.

Parameters:

base – SMC peripheral base address.
option – Partial Stop mode option.

Returns:

SMC configuration error code.

status_t SMC_SetPowerModeVlpr(SMC_Type *base, bool wakeupMode)

Configures the system to VLPR power mode.

Parameters:

base – SMC peripheral base address.
wakeupMode – Enter Normal Run mode if true, else stay in VLPR mode.

Returns:

SMC configuration error code.

status_t SMC_SetPowerModeVlpw(SMC_Type *base)

Configures the system to VLPW power mode.

Parameters:

base – SMC peripheral base address.

Returns:

SMC configuration error code.

status_t SMC_SetPowerModeVlps(SMC_Type *base)

Configures the system to VLPS power mode.

Parameters:

base – SMC peripheral base address.

Returns:

SMC configuration error code.

status_t SMC_SetPowerModeLls(SMC_Type *base, const smc_power_mode_lls_config_t *config)

Configures the system to LLS power mode.

Parameters:

base – SMC peripheral base address.
config – The LLS power mode configuration structure

Returns:

SMC configuration error code.

status_t SMC_SetPowerModeVlls(SMC_Type *base, const smc_power_mode_vlls_config_t *config)

Configures the system to VLLS power mode.

Parameters:

base – SMC peripheral base address.
config – The VLLS power mode configuration structure.

Returns:

SMC configuration error code.

FSL_SMC_DRIVER_VERSION: SMC driver version.

enum _smc_power_mode_protection

Power Modes Protection.

Values:

enumerator kSMC_AllowPowerModeVlls: Allow Very-low-leakage Stop Mode.

enumerator kSMC_AllowPowerModeLls: Allow Low-leakage Stop Mode.

enumerator kSMC_AllowPowerModeVlp: Allow Very-Low-power Mode.

enumerator kSMC_AllowPowerModeHsrun: Allow High-speed Run mode.

enumerator kSMC_AllowPowerModeAll: Allow all power mode.

enum _smc_power_state

Power Modes in PMSTAT.

Values:

enumerator kSMC_PowerStateRun: 0000_0001 - Current power mode is RUN

enumerator kSMC_PowerStateStop: 0000_0010 - Current power mode is STOP

enumerator kSMC_PowerStateVlpr: 0000_0100 - Current power mode is VLPR

enumerator kSMC_PowerStateVlpw: 0000_1000 - Current power mode is VLPW

enumerator kSMC_PowerStateVlps: 0001_0000 - Current power mode is VLPS

enumerator kSMC_PowerStateLls: 0010_0000 - Current power mode is LLS

enumerator kSMC_PowerStateVlls: 0100_0000 - Current power mode is VLLS

enumerator kSMC_PowerStateHsrun: 1000_0000 - Current power mode is HSRUN

enum _smc_run_mode

Run mode definition.

Values:

enumerator kSMC_RunNormal: Normal RUN mode.

enumerator kSMC_RunVlpr: Very-low-power RUN mode.

enumerator kSMC_Hsrun: High-speed Run mode (HSRUN).

enum _smc_stop_mode

Stop mode definition.

Values:

enumerator kSMC_StopNormal: Normal STOP mode.

enumerator kSMC_StopVlps: Very-low-power STOP mode.

enumerator kSMC_StopLls: Low-leakage Stop mode.

enumerator kSMC_StopVlls: Very-low-leakage Stop mode.

enum _smc_stop_submode

VLLS/LLS stop sub mode definition.

Values:

enumerator kSMC_StopSub0: Stop submode 0, for VLLS0/LLS0.

enumerator kSMC_StopSub1: Stop submode 1, for VLLS1/LLS1.

enumerator kSMC_StopSub2: Stop submode 2, for VLLS2/LLS2.

enumerator kSMC_StopSub3: Stop submode 3, for VLLS3/LLS3.

enum _smc_partial_stop_mode

Partial STOP option.

Values:

enumerator kSMC_PartialStop: STOP - Normal Stop mode

enumerator kSMC_PartialStop1: Partial Stop with both system and bus clocks disabled

enumerator kSMC_PartialStop2: Partial Stop with system clock disabled and bus clock enabled

_smc_status, SMC configuration status.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_SMC_StopAbort: Entering Stop mode is abort

typedef enum _smc_power_mode_protection smc_power_mode_protection_t: Power Modes Protection.

typedef enum _smc_power_state smc_power_state_t: Power Modes in PMSTAT.

typedef enum _smc_run_mode smc_run_mode_t: Run mode definition.

typedef enum _smc_stop_mode smc_stop_mode_t: Stop mode definition.

typedef enum _smc_stop_submode smc_stop_submode_t: VLLS/LLS stop sub mode definition.

typedef enum _smc_partial_stop_mode smc_partial_stop_option_t: Partial STOP option.

typedef struct _smc_version_id smc_version_id_t: IP version ID definition.

typedef struct _smc_param smc_param_t: IP parameter definition.

typedef struct _smc_power_mode_lls_config smc_power_mode_lls_config_t: SMC Low-Leakage Stop power mode configuration.

typedef struct _smc_power_mode_vlls_config smc_power_mode_vlls_config_t: SMC Very Low-Leakage Stop power mode configuration.

struct _smc_version_id

#include <fsl_smc.h>

IP version ID definition.

Public Members

uint16_t feature: Feature Specification Number.

uint8_t minor: Minor version number.

uint8_t major: Major version number.

struct _smc_param

#include <fsl_smc.h>

IP parameter definition.

Public Members

bool hsrunEnable: HSRUN mode enable.

bool llsEnable: LLS mode enable.

bool lls2Enable: LLS2 mode enable.

bool vlls0Enable: VLLS0 mode enable.

struct _smc_power_mode_lls_config

#include <fsl_smc.h>

SMC Low-Leakage Stop power mode configuration.

Public Members

smc_stop_submode_t subMode: Low-leakage Stop sub-mode

bool enableLpoClock: Enable LPO clock in LLS mode

struct _smc_power_mode_vlls_config

#include <fsl_smc.h>

SMC Very Low-Leakage Stop power mode configuration.

Public Members

smc_stop_submode_t subMode: Very Low-leakage Stop sub-mode

bool enablePorDetectInVlls0: Enable Power on reset detect in VLLS mode

bool enableRam2InVlls2: Enable RAM2 power in VLLS2

bool enableLpoClock: Enable LPO clock in VLLS mode

TRGMUX: Trigger Mux Driver

static inline void TRGMUX_LockRegister(TRGMUX_Type *base, uint32_t index)

Sets the flag of the register which is used to mark writeable.

The function sets the flag of the register which is used to mark writeable. Example:

TRGMUX_LockRegister(TRGMUX0,kTRGMUX_Trgmux0Dmamux0);

Parameters:

base – TRGMUX peripheral base address.
index – The index of the TRGMUX register, see the enum trgmux_device_t defined in <SOC>.h.

status_t TRGMUX_SetTriggerSource(TRGMUX_Type *base, uint32_t index, trgmux_trigger_input_t input, uint32_t trigger_src)

Configures the trigger source of the appointed peripheral.

The function configures the trigger source of the appointed peripheral. Example:

TRGMUX_SetTriggerSource(TRGMUX0, kTRGMUX_Trgmux0Dmamux0, kTRGMUX_TriggerInput0, kTRGMUX_SourcePortPin);

Parameters:

base – TRGMUX peripheral base address.
index – The index of the TRGMUX register, see the enum trgmux_device_t defined in <SOC>.h.
input – The MUX select for peripheral trigger input
trigger_src – The trigger inputs for various peripherals. See the enum trgmux_source_t defined in <SOC>.h.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Configured successfully.
kStatus_TRGMUX_Locked – Configuration failed because the register is locked.

FSL_TRGMUX_DRIVER_VERSION: TRGMUX driver version.

TRGMUX configure status.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_TRGMUX_Locked: Configure failed for register is locked

enum _trgmux_trigger_input

Defines the MUX select for peripheral trigger input.

Values:

enumerator kTRGMUX_TriggerInput0: The MUX select for peripheral trigger input 0

enumerator kTRGMUX_TriggerInput1: The MUX select for peripheral trigger input 1

enumerator kTRGMUX_TriggerInput2: The MUX select for peripheral trigger input 2

enumerator kTRGMUX_TriggerInput3: The MUX select for peripheral trigger input 3

typedef enum _trgmux_trigger_input trgmux_trigger_input_t: Defines the MUX select for peripheral trigger input.

Tsi_v5_driver

enum _tsi_main_clock_selection

TSI main clock selection.

These constants set the tsi main clock.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_MainClockSlection_0: Set TSI main clock frequency to 20.72MHz

enumerator kTSI_MainClockSlection_1: Set TSI main clock frequency to 16.65MHz

enumerator kTSI_MainClockSlection_2: Set TSI main clock frequency to 13.87MHz

enumerator kTSI_MainClockSlection_3: Set TSI main clock frequency to 11.91MHz

enum _tsi_sensing_mode_selection

TSI sensing mode selection.

These constants set the tsi sensing mode.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_SensingModeSlection_Self: Set TSI sensing mode to self-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_SensingModeSlection_Mutual: Set TSI sensing mode to mutual-cap mode

enum _tsi_dvolt_option

TSI DVOLT settings.

These bits indicate the comparator vp, vm and dvolt voltage.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_DvoltOption_0: DVOLT value option 0, the value may differ on different platforms

enumerator kTSI_DvoltOption_1: DVOLT value option 1, the value may differ on different platforms

enumerator kTSI_DvoltOption_2: DVOLT value option 2, the value may differ on different platforms

enumerator kTSI_DvoltOption_3: DVOLT value option 3, the value may differ on different platforms

enum _tsi_sensitivity_xdn_option

TSI sensitivity ajustment (XDN option).

These constants define the tsi sensitivity ajustment in self-cap mode, when TSI_MODE[S_SEN] = 1.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityXdnOption_0: Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 1/16

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityXdnOption_1: Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 1/8

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityXdnOption_2: Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 1/4

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityXdnOption_3: Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 1/2

enum _tsi_shield

TSI Shield setting (S_W_SHIELD option).

These constants define the shield pin used for HW shielding functionality. One or more shield pin can be selected. The involved bitfield is not fix can change from device to device (KE16Z7 and KE17Z7 support 3 shield pins, other KE serials only support 1 shield pin).

Values:

enumerator kTSI_shieldAllOff: No pin used

enumerator kTSI_shield0On: Shield 0 pin used

enumerator kTSI_shield1On: Shield 1 pin used

enumerator kTSI_shield1and0On: Shield 0,1 pins used

enumerator kTSI_shield2On: Shield 2 pin used

enumerator kTSI_shield2and0On: Shield 2,0 pins used

enumerator kTSI_shield2and1On: Shield 2,1 pins used

enumerator kTSI_shieldAllOn: Shield 2,1,0 pins used

enum _tsi_sensitivity_ctrim_option

TSI sensitivity ajustment (CTRIM option).

These constants define the tsi sensitivity ajustment in self-cap mode, when TSI_MODE[S_SEN] = 1.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityCtrimOption_0: Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 2.5p

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityCtrimOption_1: Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 5.0p

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityCtrimOption_2: Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 7.5p

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityCtrimOption_3: Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 10.0p

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityCtrimOption_4: Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 12.5p

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityCtrimOption_5: Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 15.0p

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityCtrimOption_6: Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 17.5p

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityCtrimOption_7: Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 20.0p

enum _tsi_current_multiple_input

TSI current ajustment (Input current multiple).

These constants set the tsi input current multiple in self-cap mode.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_CurrentMultipleInputValue_0: Adjust input current multiple in self-cap mode, 1/8

enumerator kTSI_CurrentMultipleInputValue_1: Adjust input current multiple in self-cap mode, 1/4

enum _tsi_current_multiple_charge

TSI current ajustment (Charge/Discharge current multiple).

These constants set the tsi charge/discharge current multiple in self-cap mode.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_CurrentMultipleChargeValue_0: Adjust charge/discharge current multiple in self-cap mode, 1/16

enumerator kTSI_CurrentMultipleChargeValue_1: Adjust charge/discharge current multiple in self-cap mode, 1/8

enumerator kTSI_CurrentMultipleChargeValue_2: Adjust charge/discharge current multiple in self-cap mode, 1/4

enumerator kTSI_CurrentMultipleChargeValue_3: Adjust charge/discharge current multiple in self-cap mode, 1/2

enumerator kTSI_CurrentMultipleChargeValue_4: Adjust charge/discharge current multiple in self-cap mode, 1/1

enumerator kTSI_CurrentMultipleChargeValue_5: Adjust charge/discharge current multiple in self-cap mode, 2/1

enumerator kTSI_CurrentMultipleChargeValue_6: Adjust charge/discharge current multiple in self-cap mode, 4/1

enumerator kTSI_CurrentMultipleChargeValue_7: Adjust charge/discharge current multiple in self-cap mode, 8/1

enum _tsi_mutual_pre_current

TSI current used in vref generator.

These constants Choose the current used in vref generator.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreCurrent_1uA: Vref generator current is 1uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreCurrent_2uA: Vref generator current is 2uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreCurrent_3uA: Vref generator current is 3uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreCurrent_4uA: Vref generator current is 4uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreCurrent_5uA: Vref generator current is 5uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreCurrent_6uA: Vref generator current is 6uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreCurrent_7uA: Vref generator current is 7uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreCurrent_8uA: Vref generator current is 8uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enum _tsi_mutual_pre_resistor

TSI resistor used in pre-charge.

These constants Choose the resistor used in pre-charge.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreResistor_1k: Vref generator resistor is 1k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreResistor_2k: Vref generator resistor is 2k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreResistor_3k: Vref generator resistor is 3k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreResistor_4k: Vref generator resistor is 4k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreResistor_5k: Vref generator resistor is 5k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreResistor_6k: Vref generator resistor is 6k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreResistor_7k: Vref generator resistor is 7k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreResistor_8k: Vref generator resistor is 8k, used in mutual-cap mode

enum _tsi_mutual_sense_resistor

TSI resistor used in I-sense generator.

These constants Choose the resistor used in I-sense generator.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_2k5: I-sense resistor is 2.5k , used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_5k: I-sense resistor is 5.0k , used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_7k5: I-sense resistor is 7.5k , used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_10k: I-sense resistor is 10.0k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_12k5: I-sense resistor is 12.5k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_15k: I-sense resistor is 15.0k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_17k5: I-sense resistor is 17.5k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_20k: I-sense resistor is 20.0k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_22k5: I-sense resistor is 22.5k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_25k: I-sense resistor is 25.0k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_27k5: I-sense resistor is 27.5k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_30k: I-sense resistor is 30.0k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_32k5: I-sense resistor is 32.5k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_35k: I-sense resistor is 35.0k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_37k5: I-sense resistor is 37.5k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_40k: I-sense resistor is 40.0k, used in mutual-cap mode

enum _tsi_mutual_tx_channel

TSI TX channel selection in mutual-cap mode.

These constants Choose the TX channel used in mutual-cap mode.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_MutualTxChannel_0: Select channel 0 as tx0, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualTxChannel_1: Select channel 1 as tx1, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualTxChannel_2: Select channel 2 as tx2, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualTxChannel_3: Select channel 3 as tx3, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualTxChannel_4: Select channel 4 as tx4, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualTxChannel_5: Select channel 5 as tx5, used in mutual-cap mode

enum _tsi_mutual_rx_channel

TSI RX channel selection in mutual-cap mode.

These constants Choose the RX channel used in mutual-cap mode.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_MutualRxChannel_6: Select channel 6 as rx6, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualRxChannel_7: Select channel 7 as rx7, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualRxChannel_8: Select channel 8 as rx8, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualRxChannel_9: Select channel 9 as rx9, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualRxChannel_10: Select channel 10 as rx10, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualRxChannel_11: Select channel 11 as rx11, used in mutual-cap mode

enum _tsi_mutual_sense_boost_current

TSI sensitivity boost current settings.

These constants set the sensitivity boost current.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_0uA: Sensitivity boost current is 0uA , used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_2uA: Sensitivity boost current is 2uA , used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_4uA: Sensitivity boost current is 4uA , used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_6uA: Sensitivity boost current is 6uA , used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_8uA: Sensitivity boost current is 8uA , used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_10uA: Sensitivity boost current is 10uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_12uA: Sensitivity boost current is 12uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_14uA: Sensitivity boost current is 14uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_16uA: Sensitivity boost current is 16uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_18uA: Sensitivity boost current is 18uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_20uA: Sensitivity boost current is 20uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_22uA: Sensitivity boost current is 22uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_24uA: Sensitivity boost current is 24uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_26uA: Sensitivity boost current is 26uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_28uA: Sensitivity boost current is 28uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_30uA: Sensitivity boost current is 30uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_32uA: Sensitivity boost current is 32uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_34uA: Sensitivity boost current is 34uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_36uA: Sensitivity boost current is 36uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_38uA: Sensitivity boost current is 38uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_40uA: Sensitivity boost current is 40uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_42uA: Sensitivity boost current is 42uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_44uA: Sensitivity boost current is 44uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_46uA: Sensitivity boost current is 46uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_48uA: Sensitivity boost current is 48uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_50uA: Sensitivity boost current is 50uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_52uA: Sensitivity boost current is 52uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_54uA: Sensitivity boost current is 54uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_56uA: Sensitivity boost current is 56uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_58uA: Sensitivity boost current is 58uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_60uA: Sensitivity boost current is 60uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_62uA: Sensitivity boost current is 62uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enum _tsi_mutual_tx_drive_mode

TSI TX drive mode control.

These constants Choose the TX drive mode control setting.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_MutualTxDriveModeOption_0: TX drive mode is -5v ~ +5v, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualTxDriveModeOption_1: TX drive mode is 0v ~ +5v, used in mutual-cap mode

enum _tsi_mutual_pmos_current_left

TSI Pmos current mirror selection on the left side.

These constants set the Pmos current mirror on the left side used in mutual-cap mode.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorLeft_4: Set Pmos current mirror left value as 4, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorLeft_8: Set Pmos current mirror left value as 8, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorLeft_12: Set Pmos current mirror left value as 12, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorLeft_16: Set Pmos current mirror left value as 16, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorLeft_20: Set Pmos current mirror left value as 20, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorLeft_24: Set Pmos current mirror left value as 24, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorLeft_28: Set Pmos current mirror left value as 28, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorLeft_32: Set Pmos current mirror left value as 32, used in mutual-cap mode

enum _tsi_mutual_pmos_current_right

TSI Pmos current mirror selection on the right side.

These constants set the Pmos current mirror on the right side used in mutual-cap mode.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorRight_1: Set Pmos current mirror right value as 1, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorRight_2: Set Pmos current mirror right value as 2, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorRight_3: Set Pmos current mirror right value as 3, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorRight_4: Set Pmos current mirror right value as 4, used in mutual-cap mode

enum _tsi_mutual_nmos_current

TSI Nmos current mirror selection.

These constants set the Nmos current mirror used in mutual-cap mode.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_MutualNmosCurrentMirror_1: Set Nmos current mirror value as 1, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualNmosCurrentMirror_2: Set Nmos current mirror value as 2, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualNmosCurrentMirror_3: Set Nmos current mirror value as 3, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualNmosCurrentMirror_4: Set Nmos current mirror value as 4, used in mutual-cap mode

enum _tsi_sinc_cutoff_div

TSI SINC cutoff divider setting.

These bits set the SINC cutoff divider.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_SincCutoffDiv_1: Set SINC cutoff divider as 1

enumerator kTSI_SincCutoffDiv_2: Set SINC cutoff divider as 2

enumerator kTSI_SincCutoffDiv_4: Set SINC cutoff divider as 4

enumerator kTSI_SincCutoffDiv_8: Set SINC cutoff divider as 8

enumerator kTSI_SincCutoffDiv_16: Set SINC cutoff divider as 16

enumerator kTSI_SincCutoffDiv_32: Set SINC cutoff divider as 32

enumerator kTSI_SincCutoffDiv_64: Set SINC cutoff divider as 64

enumerator kTSI_SincCutoffDiv_128: Set SINC cutoff divider as 128

enum _tsi_sinc_filter_order

TSI SINC filter order setting.

These bits set the SINC filter order.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_SincFilterOrder_1: Use 1 order SINC filter

enumerator kTSI_SincFilterOrder_2: Use 1 order SINC filter

enum _tsi_sinc_decimation_value

TSI SINC decimation value setting.

These bits set the SINC decimation value.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_1: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 1 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_2: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 2 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_3: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 3 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_4: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 4 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_5: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 5 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_6: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 6 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_7: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 7 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_8: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 8 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_9: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 9 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_10: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 10 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_11: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 11 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_12: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 12 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_13: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 13 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_14: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 14 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_15: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 15 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_16: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 16 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_17: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 17 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_18: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 18 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_19: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 19 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_20: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 20 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_21: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 21 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_22: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 22 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_23: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 23 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_24: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 24 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_25: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 25 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_26: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 26 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_27: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 27 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_28: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 28 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_29: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 29 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_30: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 30 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_31: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 31 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_32: The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 32 triger period.

enum _tsi_ssc_charge_num

TSI SSC output bit0’s period setting(SSC0[CHARGE_NUM])

These bits set the SSC output bit0’s period setting.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_1: The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 1 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_2: The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 2 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_3: The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 3 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_4: The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 4 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_5: The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 5 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_6: The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 6 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_7: The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 7 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_8: The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 8 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_9: The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 9 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_10: The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 10 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_11: The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 11 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_12: The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 12 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_13: The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 13 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_14: The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 14 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_15: The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 15 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_16: The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 16 clock cycle of system clock.

enum _tsi_ssc_nocharge_num

TSI SSC output bit1’s period setting(SSC0[BASE_NOCHARGE_NUM])

These bits set the SSC output bit1’s period setting.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_1: The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 1 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_2: The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 2 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_3: The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 3 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_4: The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 4 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_5: The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 5 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_6: The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 6 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_7: The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 7 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_8: The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 8 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_9: The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 9 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_10: The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 10 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_11: The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 11 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_12: The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 12 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_13: The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 13 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_14: The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 14 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_15: The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 15 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_16: The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 16 clock cycle of system clock.

enum _tsi_ssc_prbs_outsel

TSI SSC outsel choosing the length of the PRBS (Pseudo-RandomBinarySequence) method setting(SSC0[TSI_SSC0_PRBS_OUTSEL])

These bits set the SSC PRBS length.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_2: The length of the PRBS is 2.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_3: The length of the PRBS is 3.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_4: The length of the PRBS is 4.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_5: The length of the PRBS is 5.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_6: The length of the PRBS is 6.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_7: The length of the PRBS is 7.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_8: The length of the PRBS is 8.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_9: The length of the PRBS is 9.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_10: The length of the PRBS is 10.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_11: The length of the PRBS is 11.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_12: The length of the PRBS is 12.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_13: The length of the PRBS is 13.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_14: The length of the PRBS is 14.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_15: The length of the PRBS is 15.

enum _tsi_status_flags

TSI status flags.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_EndOfScanFlag: End-Of-Scan flag

enumerator kTSI_OutOfRangeFlag: Out-Of-Range flag

enum _tsi_interrupt_enable

TSI feature interrupt source.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_GlobalInterruptEnable: TSI module global interrupt

enumerator kTSI_OutOfRangeInterruptEnable: Out-Of-Range interrupt

enumerator kTSI_EndOfScanInterruptEnable: End-Of-Scan interrupt

enum _tsi_ssc_mode

TSI SSC mode selection.

These constants set the SSC mode.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_ssc_prbs_method: Using PRBS method generating SSC output bit.

enumerator kTSI_ssc_up_down_counter: Using up-down counter generating SSC output bit.

enumerator kTSI_ssc_disable: SSC function is disabled.

enum _tsi_ssc_prescaler

TSI main clock selection.

These constants set select the divider ratio for the clock used for generating the SSC output bit.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_ssc_div_by_1: Set SSC divider to 00000000 div1(2^0)

enumerator kTSI_ssc_div_by_2: Set SSC divider to 00000001 div2(2^1)

enumerator kTSI_ssc_div_by_4: Set SSC divider to 00000011 div4(2^2)

enumerator kTSI_ssc_div_by_8: Set SSC divider to 00000111 div8(2^3)

enumerator kTSI_ssc_div_by_16: Set SSC divider to 00001111 div16(2^4)

enumerator kTSI_ssc_div_by_32: Set SSC divider to 00011111 div32(2^5)

enumerator kTSI_ssc_div_by_64: Set SSC divider to 00111111 div64(2^6)

enumerator kTSI_ssc_div_by_128: Set SSC divider to 01111111 div128(2^7)

enumerator kTSI_ssc_div_by_256: Set SSC divider to 11111111 div256(2^8)

typedef enum _tsi_main_clock_selection tsi_main_clock_selection_t

TSI main clock selection.

These constants set the tsi main clock.

typedef enum _tsi_sensing_mode_selection tsi_sensing_mode_selection_t

TSI sensing mode selection.

These constants set the tsi sensing mode.

typedef enum _tsi_dvolt_option tsi_dvolt_option_t

TSI DVOLT settings.

These bits indicate the comparator vp, vm and dvolt voltage.

typedef enum _tsi_sensitivity_xdn_option tsi_sensitivity_xdn_option_t

TSI sensitivity ajustment (XDN option).

These constants define the tsi sensitivity ajustment in self-cap mode, when TSI_MODE[S_SEN] = 1.

typedef enum _tsi_shield tsi_shield_t

TSI Shield setting (S_W_SHIELD option).

These constants define the shield pin used for HW shielding functionality. One or more shield pin can be selected. The involved bitfield is not fix can change from device to device (KE16Z7 and KE17Z7 support 3 shield pins, other KE serials only support 1 shield pin).

typedef enum _tsi_sensitivity_ctrim_option tsi_sensitivity_ctrim_option_t

TSI sensitivity ajustment (CTRIM option).

These constants define the tsi sensitivity ajustment in self-cap mode, when TSI_MODE[S_SEN] = 1.

typedef enum _tsi_current_multiple_input tsi_current_multiple_input_t

TSI current ajustment (Input current multiple).

These constants set the tsi input current multiple in self-cap mode.

typedef enum _tsi_current_multiple_charge tsi_current_multiple_charge_t

TSI current ajustment (Charge/Discharge current multiple).

These constants set the tsi charge/discharge current multiple in self-cap mode.

typedef enum _tsi_mutual_pre_current tsi_mutual_pre_current_t

TSI current used in vref generator.

These constants Choose the current used in vref generator.

typedef enum _tsi_mutual_pre_resistor tsi_mutual_pre_resistor_t

TSI resistor used in pre-charge.

These constants Choose the resistor used in pre-charge.

typedef enum _tsi_mutual_sense_resistor tsi_mutual_sense_resistor_t

TSI resistor used in I-sense generator.

These constants Choose the resistor used in I-sense generator.

typedef enum _tsi_mutual_tx_channel tsi_mutual_tx_channel_t

TSI TX channel selection in mutual-cap mode.

These constants Choose the TX channel used in mutual-cap mode.

typedef enum _tsi_mutual_rx_channel tsi_mutual_rx_channel_t

TSI RX channel selection in mutual-cap mode.

These constants Choose the RX channel used in mutual-cap mode.

typedef enum _tsi_mutual_sense_boost_current tsi_mutual_sense_boost_current_t

TSI sensitivity boost current settings.

These constants set the sensitivity boost current.

typedef enum _tsi_mutual_tx_drive_mode tsi_mutual_tx_drive_mode_t

TSI TX drive mode control.

These constants Choose the TX drive mode control setting.

typedef enum _tsi_mutual_pmos_current_left tsi_mutual_pmos_current_left_t

TSI Pmos current mirror selection on the left side.

These constants set the Pmos current mirror on the left side used in mutual-cap mode.

typedef enum _tsi_mutual_pmos_current_right tsi_mutual_pmos_current_right_t

TSI Pmos current mirror selection on the right side.

These constants set the Pmos current mirror on the right side used in mutual-cap mode.

typedef enum _tsi_mutual_nmos_current tsi_mutual_nmos_current_t

TSI Nmos current mirror selection.

These constants set the Nmos current mirror used in mutual-cap mode.

typedef enum _tsi_sinc_cutoff_div tsi_sinc_cutoff_div_t

TSI SINC cutoff divider setting.

These bits set the SINC cutoff divider.

typedef enum _tsi_sinc_filter_order tsi_sinc_filter_order_t

TSI SINC filter order setting.

These bits set the SINC filter order.

typedef enum _tsi_sinc_decimation_value tsi_sinc_decimation_value_t

TSI SINC decimation value setting.

These bits set the SINC decimation value.

typedef enum _tsi_ssc_charge_num tsi_ssc_charge_num_t

TSI SSC output bit0’s period setting(SSC0[CHARGE_NUM])

These bits set the SSC output bit0’s period setting.

typedef enum _tsi_ssc_nocharge_num tsi_ssc_nocharge_num_t

TSI SSC output bit1’s period setting(SSC0[BASE_NOCHARGE_NUM])

These bits set the SSC output bit1’s period setting.

typedef enum _tsi_ssc_prbs_outsel tsi_ssc_prbs_outsel_t

TSI SSC outsel choosing the length of the PRBS (Pseudo-RandomBinarySequence) method setting(SSC0[TSI_SSC0_PRBS_OUTSEL])

These bits set the SSC PRBS length.

typedef enum _tsi_status_flags tsi_status_flags_t: TSI status flags.

typedef enum _tsi_interrupt_enable tsi_interrupt_enable_t: TSI feature interrupt source.

typedef enum _tsi_ssc_mode tsi_ssc_mode_t

TSI SSC mode selection.

These constants set the SSC mode.

typedef enum _tsi_ssc_prescaler tsi_ssc_prescaler_t

TSI main clock selection.

These constants set select the divider ratio for the clock used for generating the SSC output bit.

typedef struct _tsi_calibration_data tsi_calibration_data_t: TSI calibration data storage.

typedef struct _tsi_common_config tsi_common_config_t

TSI common configuration structure.

This structure contains the common settings for TSI self-cap or mutual-cap mode, configurations including the TSI module main clock, sensing mode, DVOLT options, SINC and SSC configurations.

typedef struct _tsi_selfCap_config tsi_selfCap_config_t

TSI configuration structure for self-cap mode.

This structure contains the settings for the most common TSI self-cap configurations including the TSI module charge currents, sensitivity configuration and so on.

typedef struct _tsi_mutualCap_config tsi_mutualCap_config_t

TSI configuration structure for mutual-cap mode.

This structure contains the settings for the most common TSI mutual-cap configurations including the TSI module generator settings, sensitivity related current settings and so on.

const clock_ip_name_t s_tsiClock[]

const IRQn_Type s_TsiIRQ[]

TSI_Type *const s_tsiBases[]

uint32_t TSI_GetInstance(TSI_Type *base)

Get the TSI instance from peripheral base address.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.

Returns:

TSI instance.

void TSI_InitSelfCapMode(TSI_Type *base, const tsi_selfCap_config_t *config)

Initialize hardware to Self-cap mode.

Initialize the peripheral to the targeted state specified by parameter config, such as sets sensitivity adjustment, current settings.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to TSI self-cap configuration structure.

Returns:

none

void TSI_InitMutualCapMode(TSI_Type *base, const tsi_mutualCap_config_t *config)

Initialize hardware to Mutual-cap mode.

Initialize the peripheral to the targeted state specified by parameter config, such as sets Vref generator setting, sensitivity boost settings, Pmos/Nmos settings.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to TSI mutual-cap configuration structure.

Returns:

none

void TSI_Deinit(TSI_Type *base)

De-initialize hardware.

De-initialize the peripheral to default state.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.

Returns:

none

void TSI_GetSelfCapModeDefaultConfig(tsi_selfCap_config_t *userConfig)

Get TSI self-cap mode user configure structure. This interface sets userConfig structure to a default value. The configuration structure only includes the settings for the whole TSI. The user configure is set to a value:

userConfig->commonConfig.mainClock     = kTSI_MainClockSlection_0;
userConfig->commonConfig.mode          = kTSI_SensingModeSlection_Self;
userConfig->commonConfig.dvolt         = kTSI_DvoltOption_2;
userConfig->commonConfig.cutoff        = kTSI_SincCutoffDiv_1;
userConfig->commonConfig.order         = kTSI_SincFilterOrder_1;
userConfig->commonConfig.decimation    = kTSI_SincDecimationValue_8;
userConfig->commonConfig.chargeNum     = kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_3;
userConfig->commonConfig.prbsOutsel    = kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_2;
userConfig->commonConfig.noChargeNum   = kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_2;
userConfig->commonConfig.ssc_mode      = kTSI_ssc_prbs_method;
userConfig->commonConfig.ssc_prescaler = kTSI_ssc_div_by_1;
userConfig->enableSensitivity          = true;
userConfig->enableShield               = false;
userConfig->xdn                        = kTSI_SensitivityXdnOption_1;
userConfig->ctrim                      = kTSI_SensitivityCtrimOption_7;
userConfig->inputCurrent               = kTSI_CurrentMultipleInputValue_0;
userConfig->chargeCurrent              = kTSI_CurrentMultipleChargeValue_1;

Parameters:

userConfig – Pointer to TSI user configure structure.

void TSI_GetMutualCapModeDefaultConfig(tsi_mutualCap_config_t *userConfig)

Get TSI mutual-cap mode default user configure structure. This interface sets userConfig structure to a default value. The configuration structure only includes the settings for the whole TSI. The user configure is set to a value:

userConfig->commonConfig.mainClock     = kTSI_MainClockSlection_1;
userConfig->commonConfig.mode          = kTSI_SensingModeSlection_Mutual;
userConfig->commonConfig.dvolt         = kTSI_DvoltOption_0;
userConfig->commonConfig.cutoff        = kTSI_SincCutoffDiv_1;
userConfig->commonConfig.order         = kTSI_SincFilterOrder_1;
userConfig->commonConfig.decimation    = kTSI_SincDecimationValue_8;
userConfig->commonConfig.chargeNum     = kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_4;
userConfig->commonConfig.prbsOutsel    = kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_2;
userConfig->commonConfig.noChargeNum   = kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_5;
userConfig->commonConfig.ssc_mode      = kTSI_ssc_prbs_method;
userConfig->commonConfig.ssc_prescaler = kTSI_ssc_div_by_1;
userConfig->preCurrent                 = kTSI_MutualPreCurrent_4uA;
userConfig->preResistor                = kTSI_MutualPreResistor_4k;
userConfig->senseResistor              = kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_10k;
userConfig->boostCurrent               = kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_0uA;
userConfig->txDriveMode                = kTSI_MutualTxDriveModeOption_0;
userConfig->pmosLeftCurrent            = kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorLeft_32;
userConfig->pmosRightCurrent           = kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorRight_1;
userConfig->enableNmosMirror           = true;
userConfig->nmosCurrent                = kTSI_MutualNmosCurrentMirror_1;

Parameters:

userConfig – Pointer to TSI user configure structure.

void TSI_SelfCapCalibrate(TSI_Type *base, tsi_calibration_data_t *calBuff)

Hardware base counter value for calibration.

Calibrate the peripheral to fetch the initial counter value of the enabled channels. This API is mostly used at initial application setup, it shall be called after the TSI_Init API, then user can use the calibrated counter values to setup applications(such as to determine

under which counter value we can confirm a touch event occurs).

Note

This API is mainly used for self-cap mode;

Note

The calibration work in mutual-cap mode shall be done in applications due to different board layout.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
calBuff – Data buffer that store the calibrated counter value.

Returns:

none

void TSI_EnableInterrupts(TSI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables TSI interrupt requests.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
mask – interrupt source The parameter can be combination of the following source if defined:
- kTSI_GlobalInterruptEnable
- kTSI_EndOfScanInterruptEnable
- kTSI_OutOfRangeInterruptEnable

void TSI_DisableInterrupts(TSI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables TSI interrupt requests.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
mask – interrupt source The parameter can be combination of the following source if defined:
- kTSI_GlobalInterruptEnable
- kTSI_EndOfScanInterruptEnable
- kTSI_OutOfRangeInterruptEnable

static inline uint32_t TSI_GetStatusFlags(TSI_Type *base)

Get interrupt flag. This function get tsi interrupt flags.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.

Returns:

The mask of these status flags combination.

void TSI_ClearStatusFlags(TSI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clear interrupt flag.

This function clear tsi interrupt flag, automatically cleared flags can not be cleared by this function.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
mask – The status flags to clear.

static inline uint32_t TSI_GetScanTriggerMode(TSI_Type *base)

Get TSI scan trigger mode.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.

Returns:

Scan trigger mode.

static inline bool TSI_IsScanInProgress(TSI_Type *base)

Get scan in progress flag.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.

Returns:

True - scan is in progress. False - scan is not in progress.

static inline void TSI_EnableModule(TSI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables the TSI Module or not.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
enable – Choose whether to enable or disable module;
- true Enable TSI module;
- false Disable TSI module;

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_EnableLowPower(TSI_Type *base, bool enable)

Sets the TSI low power STOP mode enable or not. This enables TSI module function in low power modes.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
enable – Choose to enable or disable STOP mode.
- true Enable module in STOP mode;
- false Disable module in STOP mode;

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_EnableHardwareTriggerScan(TSI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable the hardware trigger scan or not.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
enable – Choose to enable hardware trigger or software trigger scan.
- true Enable hardware trigger scan;
- false Enable software trigger scan;

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_StartSoftwareTrigger(TSI_Type *base)

Start one sotware trigger measurement (trigger a new measurement).

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_SetSelfCapMeasuredChannel(TSI_Type *base, uint8_t channel)

Set the measured channel number for self-cap mode.

Note

This API can only be used in self-cap mode!

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
channel – Channel number 0 … 24.

Returns:

none.

static inline uint8_t TSI_GetSelfCapMeasuredChannel(TSI_Type *base)

Get the current measured channel number, in self-cap mode.

Note

This API can only be used in self-cap mode!

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.

Returns:

uint8_t Channel number 0 … 24.

static inline void TSI_EnableDmaTransfer(TSI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable DMA transfer or not.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
enable – Choose to enable DMA transfer or not.
- true Enable DMA transfer;
- false Disable DMA transfer;

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_EnableEndOfScanDmaTransferOnly(TSI_Type *base, bool enable)

Decide whether to enable End of Scan DMA transfer request only.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
enable – Choose whether to enable End of Scan DMA transfer request only.
- true Enable End of Scan DMA transfer request only;
- false Both End-of-Scan and Out-of-Range can generate DMA transfer request.

Returns:

none.

static inline uint16_t TSI_GetCounter(TSI_Type *base)

Gets the conversion counter value.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.

Returns:

Accumulated scan counter value ticked by the reference clock.

static inline void TSI_SetLowThreshold(TSI_Type *base, uint16_t low_threshold)

Set the TSI wake-up channel low threshold.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
low_threshold – Low counter threshold.

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_SetHighThreshold(TSI_Type *base, uint16_t high_threshold)

Set the TSI wake-up channel high threshold.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
high_threshold – High counter threshold.

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_SetMainClock(TSI_Type *base, tsi_main_clock_selection_t mainClock)

Set the main clock of the TSI module.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
mainClock – clock option value.

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_SetSensingMode(TSI_Type *base, tsi_sensing_mode_selection_t mode)

Set the sensing mode of the TSI module.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
mode – Mode value.

Returns:

none.

static inline tsi_sensing_mode_selection_t TSI_GetSensingMode(TSI_Type *base)

Get the sensing mode of the TSI module.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.

Returns:

Currently selected sensing mode.

static inline void TSI_SetDvolt(TSI_Type *base, tsi_dvolt_option_t dvolt)

Set the DVOLT settings.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
dvolt – The voltage rails.

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_EnableNoiseCancellation(TSI_Type *base, bool enableCancellation)

Enable self-cap mode noise cancellation function or not.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
enableCancellation – Choose whether to enable noise cancellation in self-cap mode
- true Enable noise cancellation;
- false Disable noise cancellation;

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_SetMutualCapTxChannel(TSI_Type *base, tsi_mutual_tx_channel_t txChannel)

Set the mutual-cap mode TX channel.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
txChannel – Mutual-cap mode TX channel number

Returns:

none.

static inline tsi_mutual_tx_channel_t TSI_GetTxMutualCapMeasuredChannel(TSI_Type *base)

Get the current measured TX channel number, in mutual-cap mode.

Note

This API can only be used in mutual-cap mode!

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address;

Returns:

Tx Channel number 0 … 5;

static inline void TSI_SetMutualCapRxChannel(TSI_Type *base, tsi_mutual_rx_channel_t rxChannel)

Set the mutual-cap mode RX channel.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
rxChannel – Mutual-cap mode RX channel number

Returns:

none.

static inline tsi_mutual_rx_channel_t TSI_GetRxMutualCapMeasuredChannel(TSI_Type *base)

Get the current measured RX channel number, in mutual-cap mode.

Note

This API can only be used in mutual-cap mode!

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address;

Returns:

Rx Channel number 6 … 11;

static inline void TSI_SetSscMode(TSI_Type *base, tsi_ssc_mode_t mode)

Set the SSC clock mode of the TSI module.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
mode – SSC mode option value.

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_SetSscPrescaler(TSI_Type *base, tsi_ssc_prescaler_t prescaler)

Set the SSC prescaler of the TSI module.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
prescaler – SSC prescaler option value.

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_SetUsedTxChannel(TSI_Type *base, tsi_mutual_tx_channel_t txChannel)

Set used mutual-cap TX channel.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
txChannel – Mutual-cap mode TX channel number

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_ClearUsedTxChannel(TSI_Type *base, tsi_mutual_tx_channel_t txChannel)

Clear used mutual-cap TX channel.

Parameters:

base – TSI peripheral base address.
txChannel – Mutual-cap mode TX channel number

Returns:

none.

FSL_TSI_DRIVER_VERSION: TSI driver version.

ALL_FLAGS_MASK: TSI status flags macro collection.

struct _tsi_calibration_data

#include <fsl_tsi_v5.h>

TSI calibration data storage.

Public Members

uint16_t calibratedData[1]: TSI calibration data storage buffer

struct _tsi_common_config

#include <fsl_tsi_v5.h>

TSI common configuration structure.

This structure contains the common settings for TSI self-cap or mutual-cap mode, configurations including the TSI module main clock, sensing mode, DVOLT options, SINC and SSC configurations.

Public Members

tsi_main_clock_selection_t mainClock: Set main clock.

tsi_sensing_mode_selection_t mode: Choose sensing mode.

tsi_dvolt_option_t dvolt: DVOLT option value.

tsi_sinc_cutoff_div_t cutoff: Cutoff divider.

tsi_sinc_filter_order_t order: SINC filter order.

tsi_sinc_decimation_value_t decimation: SINC decimation value.

tsi_ssc_charge_num_t chargeNum: SSC High Width (t1), SSC output bit0’s period setting.

tsi_ssc_prbs_outsel_t prbsOutsel: SSC High Random Width (t2), length of PRBS(Pseudo-RandomBinarySequence),SSC output bit2’s period setting.

tsi_ssc_nocharge_num_t noChargeNum: SSC Low Width (t3), SSC output bit1’s period setting.

tsi_ssc_mode_t ssc_mode: Clock mode selection (basic - from main clock by divider,advanced - using SSC(Switching Speed Clock) by three configurable intervals.

tsi_ssc_prescaler_t ssc_prescaler: Set clock divider for basic mode.

struct _tsi_selfCap_config

#include <fsl_tsi_v5.h>

TSI configuration structure for self-cap mode.

This structure contains the settings for the most common TSI self-cap configurations including the TSI module charge currents, sensitivity configuration and so on.

Public Members

tsi_common_config_t commonConfig: Common settings.

bool enableSensitivity: Enable sensitivity boost of self-cap or not.

tsi_shield_t enableShield: Enable shield of self-cap mode or not.

tsi_sensitivity_xdn_option_t xdn: Sensitivity XDN option.

tsi_sensitivity_ctrim_option_t ctrim: Sensitivity CTRIM option.

tsi_current_multiple_input_t inputCurrent: Input current multiple.

tsi_current_multiple_charge_t chargeCurrent: Charge/Discharge current multiple.

struct _tsi_mutualCap_config

#include <fsl_tsi_v5.h>

TSI configuration structure for mutual-cap mode.

This structure contains the settings for the most common TSI mutual-cap configurations including the TSI module generator settings, sensitivity related current settings and so on.

Public Members

tsi_common_config_t commonConfig: Common settings.

tsi_mutual_pre_current_t preCurrent: Vref generator current.

tsi_mutual_pre_resistor_t preResistor: Vref generator resistor.

tsi_mutual_sense_resistor_t senseResistor: I-sense generator resistor.

tsi_mutual_sense_boost_current_t boostCurrent: Sensitivity boost current setting.

tsi_mutual_tx_drive_mode_t txDriveMode: TX drive mode control setting.

tsi_mutual_pmos_current_left_t pmosLeftCurrent: Pmos current mirror on the left side.

tsi_mutual_pmos_current_right_t pmosRightCurrent: Pmos current mirror on the right side.

bool enableNmosMirror: Enable Nmos current mirror setting or not.

tsi_mutual_nmos_current_t nmosCurrent: Nmos current mirror setting.

WDOG32: 32-bit Watchdog Timer

void WDOG32_GetDefaultConfig(wdog32_config_t *config)

Initializes the WDOG32 configuration structure.

This function initializes the WDOG32 configuration structure to default values. The default values are:

wdog32Config->enableWdog32 = true;
wdog32Config->clockSource = kWDOG32_ClockSource1;
wdog32Config->prescaler = kWDOG32_ClockPrescalerDivide1;
wdog32Config->workMode.enableWait = true;
wdog32Config->workMode.enableStop = false;
wdog32Config->workMode.enableDebug = false;
wdog32Config->testMode = kWDOG32_TestModeDisabled;
wdog32Config->enableUpdate = true;
wdog32Config->enableInterrupt = false;
wdog32Config->enableWindowMode = false;
wdog32Config->windowValue = 0U;
wdog32Config->timeoutValue = 0xFFFFU;

See also

wdog32_config_t

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the WDOG32 configuration structure.

AT_QUICKACCESS_SECTION_CODE (void WDOG32_Init(WDOG_Type *base, const wdog32_config_t *config))

Initializes the WDOG32 module.

This function initializes the WDOG32. To reconfigure the WDOG32 without forcing a reset first, enableUpdate must be set to true in the configuration.

Example:

wdog32_config_t config;
WDOG32_GetDefaultConfig(&config);
config.timeoutValue = 0x7ffU;
config.enableUpdate = true;
WDOG32_Init(wdog_base,&config);

Note

If there is errata ERR010536 (FSL_FEATURE_WDOG_HAS_ERRATA_010536 defined as 1), then after calling this function, user need delay at least 4 LPO clock cycles before accessing other WDOG32 registers.

Parameters:

base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.
config – The configuration of the WDOG32.

void WDOG32_Deinit(WDOG_Type *base)

De-initializes the WDOG32 module.

This function shuts down the WDOG32. Ensure that the WDOG_CS.UPDATE is 1, which means that the register update is enabled.

Parameters:

base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.

AT_QUICKACCESS_SECTION_CODE (void WDOG32_Unlock(WDOG_Type *base))

Unlocks the WDOG32 register written.

Disables the WDOG32 module.

Enables the WDOG32 module.

This function unlocks the WDOG32 register written.

Before starting the unlock sequence and following the configuration, disable the global interrupts. Otherwise, an interrupt could effectively invalidate the unlock sequence and the WCT may expire. After the configuration finishes, re-enable the global interrupts.

This function writes a value into the WDOG_CS register to enable the WDOG32. The WDOG_CS register is a write-once register. Please check the enableUpdate is set to true for calling WDOG32_Init to do wdog initialize. Before call the re-configuration APIs, ensure that the WCT window is still open and this register has not been written in this WCT while the function is called.

This function writes a value into the WDOG_CS register to disable the WDOG32. The WDOG_CS register is a write-once register. Please check the enableUpdate is set to true for calling WDOG32_Init to do wdog initialize. Before call the re-configuration APIs, ensure that the WCT window is still open and this register has not been written in this WCT while the function is called.

Parameters:

base – WDOG32 peripheral base address
base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.
base – WDOG32 peripheral base address

AT_QUICKACCESS_SECTION_CODE (void WDOG32_EnableInterrupts(WDOG_Type *base, uint32_t mask))

Enables the WDOG32 interrupt.

Clears the WDOG32 flag.

Disables the WDOG32 interrupt.

This function writes a value into the WDOG_CS register to enable the WDOG32 interrupt. The WDOG_CS register is a write-once register. Please check the enableUpdate is set to true for calling WDOG32_Init to do wdog initialize. Before call the re-configuration APIs, ensure that the WCT window is still open and this register has not been written in this WCT while the function is called.

Example to clear an interrupt flag:

WDOG32_ClearStatusFlags(wdog_base,kWDOG32_InterruptFlag);

Parameters:

base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.
mask – The interrupts to enable. The parameter can be a combination of the following source if defined:
- kWDOG32_InterruptEnable
This function writes a value into the WDOG_CS register to disable the WDOG32 interrupt. The WDOG_CS register is a write-once register. Please check the enableUpdate is set to true for calling WDOG32_Init to do wdog initialize. Before call the re-configuration APIs, ensure that the WCT window is still open and this register has not been written in this WCT while the function is called.
base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.
mask – The interrupts to disabled. The parameter can be a combination of the following source if defined:
- kWDOG32_InterruptEnable
This function clears the WDOG32 status flag.
base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.
mask – The status flags to clear. The parameter can be any combination of the following values:
- kWDOG32_InterruptFlag

static inline uint32_t WDOG32_GetStatusFlags(WDOG_Type *base)

Gets the WDOG32 all status flags.

This function gets all status flags.

Example to get the running flag:

uint32_t status;
status = WDOG32_GetStatusFlags(wdog_base) & kWDOG32_RunningFlag;

See also

_wdog32_status_flags_t

true: related status flag has been set.
false: related status flag is not set.

Parameters:

base – WDOG32 peripheral base address

Returns:

State of the status flag: asserted (true) or not-asserted (false).

AT_QUICKACCESS_SECTION_CODE (void WDOG32_SetTimeoutValue(WDOG_Type *base, uint16_t timeoutCount))

Sets the WDOG32 timeout value.

This function writes a timeout value into the WDOG_TOVAL register. The WDOG_TOVAL register is a write-once register. To ensure the reconfiguration fits the timing of WCT, unlock function will be called inline.

Parameters:

base – WDOG32 peripheral base address
timeoutCount – WDOG32 timeout value, count of WDOG32 clock ticks.

AT_QUICKACCESS_SECTION_CODE (void WDOG32_SetWindowValue(WDOG_Type *base, uint16_t windowValue))

Sets the WDOG32 window value.

This function writes a window value into the WDOG_WIN register. The WDOG_WIN register is a write-once register. Please check the enableUpdate is set to true for calling WDOG32_Init to do wdog initialize. Before call the re-configuration APIs, ensure that the WCT window is still open and this register has not been written in this WCT while the function is called.

Parameters:

base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.
windowValue – WDOG32 window value.

static inline void WDOG32_Refresh(WDOG_Type *base)

Refreshes the WDOG32 timer.

This function feeds the WDOG32. This function should be called before the Watchdog timer is in timeout. Otherwise, a reset is asserted.

Parameters:

base – WDOG32 peripheral base address

static inline uint16_t WDOG32_GetCounterValue(WDOG_Type *base)

Gets the WDOG32 counter value.

This function gets the WDOG32 counter value.

Parameters:

base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.

Returns:

Current WDOG32 counter value.

WDOG_FIRST_WORD_OF_UNLOCK: First word of unlock sequence

WDOG_SECOND_WORD_OF_UNLOCK: Second word of unlock sequence

WDOG_FIRST_WORD_OF_REFRESH: First word of refresh sequence

WDOG_SECOND_WORD_OF_REFRESH: Second word of refresh sequence

FSL_WDOG32_DRIVER_VERSION: WDOG32 driver version.

enum _wdog32_clock_source

Describes WDOG32 clock source.

Values:

enumerator kWDOG32_ClockSource0: Clock source 0

enumerator kWDOG32_ClockSource1: Clock source 1

enumerator kWDOG32_ClockSource2: Clock source 2

enumerator kWDOG32_ClockSource3: Clock source 3

enum _wdog32_clock_prescaler

Describes the selection of the clock prescaler.

Values:

enumerator kWDOG32_ClockPrescalerDivide1: Divided by 1

enumerator kWDOG32_ClockPrescalerDivide256: Divided by 256

enum _wdog32_test_mode

Describes WDOG32 test mode.

Values:

enumerator kWDOG32_TestModeDisabled: Test Mode disabled

enumerator kWDOG32_UserModeEnabled: User Mode enabled

enumerator kWDOG32_LowByteTest: Test Mode enabled, only low byte is used

enumerator kWDOG32_HighByteTest: Test Mode enabled, only high byte is used

enum _wdog32_interrupt_enable_t

WDOG32 interrupt configuration structure.

This structure contains the settings for all of the WDOG32 interrupt configurations.

Values:

enumerator kWDOG32_InterruptEnable: Interrupt is generated before forcing a reset

enum _wdog32_status_flags_t

WDOG32 status flags.

This structure contains the WDOG32 status flags for use in the WDOG32 functions.

Values:

enumerator kWDOG32_RunningFlag: Running flag, set when WDOG32 is enabled

enumerator kWDOG32_InterruptFlag: Interrupt flag, set when interrupt occurs

typedef enum _wdog32_clock_source wdog32_clock_source_t: Describes WDOG32 clock source.

typedef enum _wdog32_clock_prescaler wdog32_clock_prescaler_t: Describes the selection of the clock prescaler.

typedef struct _wdog32_work_mode wdog32_work_mode_t: Defines WDOG32 work mode.

typedef enum _wdog32_test_mode wdog32_test_mode_t: Describes WDOG32 test mode.

typedef struct _wdog32_config wdog32_config_t: Describes WDOG32 configuration structure.

struct _wdog32_work_mode

#include <fsl_wdog32.h>

Defines WDOG32 work mode.

Public Members

bool enableWait: Enables or disables WDOG32 in wait mode

bool enableStop: Enables or disables WDOG32 in stop mode

bool enableDebug: Enables or disables WDOG32 in debug mode

struct _wdog32_config

#include <fsl_wdog32.h>

Describes WDOG32 configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableWdog32: Enables or disables WDOG32

wdog32_clock_source_t clockSource: Clock source select

wdog32_clock_prescaler_t prescaler: Clock prescaler value

wdog32_work_mode_t workMode: Configures WDOG32 work mode in debug stop and wait mode

wdog32_test_mode_t testMode: Configures WDOG32 test mode

bool enableUpdate: Update write-once register enable

bool enableInterrupt: Enables or disables WDOG32 interrupt

bool enableWindowMode: Enables or disables WDOG32 window mode

uint16_t windowValue: Window value

uint16_t timeoutValue: Timeout value